Docstoc

AURORA COLLEGE

Document Sample
AURORA COLLEGE Powered By Docstoc
					                  AurorA College
                           2010/2011 CAlendAr




                                    BoArd of governors
	          	   John	McKee	                   Chairperson	 	              	       Deh	Cho	Representative
	          	   Ted	Blondin	                  Vice	Chairperson	           	       North	Slave	Representative
	          	   Lani	Cooke		                  Member	      	              	       Yellowknife	Representative
	          	   Denise	Kurszewski	            Member	      	              	       Beaufort	Delta	Representative
	          	   Ethel	Blondin-Andrew	         Member	      	              	       Sahtu	Representative
	          	   Sydney	O’Sullivan	            Member	      	              	       South	Slave	Representative
               Vacant                        Member                              Member at Large
	          	   Vacant	                       Staff	Representative	       		      Yellowknife	Campus
	          	   Vacant	                       Student	Representative	     	       Inuvik	Campus

                      The Board members listed are representatives as of November 2009.
                         Please check the College web site for up-to-date information.




                                       Mission stAteMent
 Aurora	College	is	focused	on	Student	Success	and	is	committed	to	supporting	the	development	of	our	Northern	society	
through	excellence	in	education,	training	and	research	that	is	culturally	sensitive	and	responsive	to	the	people	we	serve.




                                                                                                                         1
                       iMportAnt notiCe
    iMportAnt notiCe   The	information	presented	in	this	calendar	is	prepared	several	months	in	advance	of	the	academic	year	for	which	
                       it	is	intended	to	provide	guidance,	and	students	are	advised	that	the	information	contained	herein	is	subject	
                       to	ongoing	review	and	revision. The offering of programs and courses is dependent on sufficient enrolment
                       and on the availability of funding. Prospective students should contact the nearest Campus to determine the
                       delivery of programs of choice.		Therefore,	the	content	of	this	calendar	is	subject	to	change	without	notice	(ie:	
                       tuition,	fees,	programs	deliveries),	and	every	student	accepted	for	registration	in	the	College	shall	be	deemed	to	
                       have	agreed	to	any	such	deletion,	revision	or	addition	whether	made	before	or	after	said	acceptance.	

                       Aurora	College	does	not	accept	any	responsibility	for	loss	or	damage	suffered	or	incurred	by	any	student	as	a	
                       result	of	suspension	or	termination	of	services,	courses	or	classes	caused	by	strikes,	lockouts,	riots,	weather,	
                       damage	to	College	property	or	for	any	other	cause	beyond	the	reasonable	control	of	Aurora	College.


                       tHe progrAMs And Courses outlined in tHe CAlendAr Will Be
                       offered suBJeCt to suffiCient enrolMent And funding.




                       Your CAreer stArts Here
                       Flipping	through	this	calendar	is	the	first	step	on	the	path	to	a	great	career.		The	next	step	to	a	successful	and	
                       rewarding	future	is	enrolling	in	an	Aurora	College	course	or	program	at	any	of	the	locations	throughout	the	
                       Northwest	Territories	(NWT).		Whether	you	have	just	finished	school,	are	returning	to	school	after	a	few	years,	
                       continuing	your	education	or	changing	careers,	Aurora	College	offers	a	range	of	educational	options	that	lead	
                       to	a	bright	future.		

                       You	have	dreams	and	goals.		Aurora	College	can	help	you	achieve	them.		This	calendar	provides	all	the	information	
                       you’ll	 need	 to	 learn	 more	 about	 courses,	 programs,	 and	 personal	 interest	 courses,	 eligibility	 requirements,	
                       upgrading,	financial	assistance,	Campus	and	Learning	Centre	locations,	student	services,	contact	information	
                       and	so	much	more.		Use	this	book	for	ideas	and	inspiration.		Discover	what	you	can	do	and	how	far	you	can	go.	          	
                       Discover	your	potential!




2
HoW to ApplY




                                                                                                                       HoW to ApplY
Applying	to	Aurora	College	is	straight	forward.	If	you	require	any	assistance	with	forms,	or	have	any	questions	
about	our	programs	and	services,	please	don’t	hesitate	to	contact	our	staff	at	any	Aurora	College	location,	or	call	
the	toll-free	number	at	the	campus	nearest	you.	For	help	with	Student	Financial	Assistance,	please	contact	the	
Department	of	Education,	Culture	and	Employment	in	your	area,	or	call	toll-free	at	1-800-661-0793.

1.		 Your	journey	begins	when	you	pick	up	an	Aurora	College	application	form	from	any	Campus,	Community		
	    Learning	Centre	or	high	school	in	the	NWT.	Check	the	application	deadlines	to	ensure	the	program	you	are		
	    interested	in	is	available.

2.		 Complete	the	application	form	and	include	any	extra	documents	listed	in	the	Admission	Requirements		
	    section	of	the	program	to	which	you	are	applying,	as	noted	in	the	calendar.	Applications	are	accepted	by		
	    date	–	the	earlier	you	apply	the	better	your	chance	of	entering	the	program	you	desire.

3.		   This	is	a	good	time	to	prepare	your	documents	for	Government	of	the	Northwest	Territories	(GNWT)		 	
	      Student	Financial	Assistance	(SFA).	Please	note	that	Student	Financial	Assistance	is	administered	by	the		
	      Department	of	Education,	Culture	and	Employment	(ECE).	While	Aurora	College	staff	can	provide	general		
	      information	on	SFA,	specific	inquiries	should	be	directed	to	the	Department.	More	detailed	information	is		
	      available	on	the	website	at	www.nwtsfa.gov.nt.ca.

4.			 Mail	or	drop	off	your	application	to	the	following:

Mail
Aurora Campus                         Thebacha Campus                     Yellowknife Campus
Box	1008	        	           	        Box	600	 	       	         	        Bag	Service	9700
Inuvik,	NT	X0E	0T0	          	        Fort	Smith,	NT	X0E	0P0	    	        Yellowknife,	NT	X1A	2R3

In Person
Aurora Campus                         Thebacha Campus                     Yellowknife Campus
#87	Gwich’in	Road	           	        50	Conibear	Crescent	      	        5004-54th	Street
Inuvik,	NT	     	            	        Fort	Smith,	NT	 	          	        Northern	United	Place
	        	      	            	        	        	       	         	        Yellowknife,	NT
ToLL Free
Aurora Campus                         Thebacha Campus                     Yellowknife Campus
1-866-287-2655	 	            	        1-866-266-4966	 	          	        1-866-291-4866




After You ApplY...
1.	 You	will	receive	a	letter	acknowledging	that	your	application	has	been	received	and	requesting	any		      	
	 additional	information	or	documentation	that	is	required.

2.	 You	will	be	contacted	if	an	interview	is	needed.	Some	programs	require	interviews,	while	others	do	not.

3.	    You	will	be	notified	when	you	are:
	      a)	accepted,	with	information	on	how	to	proceed	with	registration,
	      b)	not	accepted,	but	recommended	for	another	field	of	study	at	Aurora	College,
	      c)	not	accepted,	with	an	explanation.




                                    ApplY todAY!

                                                                                                                                      3
                          AurorA                                                                  CoMMunitY leArning Centres

    ContACt inforMAtion
                                                                                                  (867)
                          College                                                                 Fort Liard	.................................. 770-3064	/	3064	Fax
                                                                                                  Fort	Providence	........................ 699-3231	/	4305	Fax
                                                                                                  Fort	Resolution	......................... 394-5401	/	3181	Fax
                          Aurora	College	delivers	programs	at	three	Campuses,	                    Fort Simpson	.............................695-7339/	7353	Fax
                          23 Community Learning Centres and other community                       Hay	River	.................................. 874-6455	/	4201	Fax
                          sites	in	the	NWT.	The	Office	of	the	President	is	located	               Hay	River	Reserve	..................... 874-3107	/	3229	Fax
                          in	Fort	Smith.	The	Aurora	Research	Institute,	a	division	               __________________________________________
                          of	 Aurora	 College,	 has	 two	 Research	 Centres	 from	
                          which	 they	 offer	 licensing	 and	 research	 assistance	
                                                                                                  YelloWknife CAMpus
                          throughout	 the	 NWT.	 The	 Aurora	 Research	 Institute	
                                                                                                  Bag	Service	9700,	Yellowknife,	NT	X1A	2R3
                          Head	Office	is	located	in	Inuvik.
                                                                                                  Tel:	(867)	920-3030
                                                                                                  Fax:	(867)	873-0333
                                                                                                  Toll	free:	1-866-291-4866
                          BoArD oF GoVerners
                          Contact:	Office	of	the	President	below
                                                                                                  CoMMunitY leArning Centres
                          oFFICe oF THe PresIDenT                                                 (867)
                          Box	1290,	Fort	Smith,	NT	X0E	0P0                                        Behchokõ	...................................392-6082	/	6366	fax
                          Tel:	(867)	872-7009                                                                     .
                                                                                                  Dettah/Ndilo	 ...................... 920-3107	/	873-0160	fax
                          Fax:		(867)	872-5143                                                    Gamètí	.......................................997-3200	/	3201	fax
                          ___________________________________                                               .
                                                                                                  Lutselk’e	................................... 370-3902	/	3013	Fax
                                                                                                  Wekweèti	...................................713-2023	/	2023	fax
                          AurorA CAmPus                                                           Whatí	.........................................573-3084	/	3085	fax
                          Box	1008,	Inuvik,	NT	X0E	0T0
                          Tel:	(867)	777-7800                                                         AurorA College Also Administers
                          Fax:	(867)	777-2850                                                       Community leArning Centres in other
                          Toll	free:	1-866-287-2655                                                     Communities depending on
                                                                                                           demAnd And funding.
                          CoMMunitY leArning Centres                                              ___________________________________
                          (867)
                          Aklavik	........................................978-2224	/	2460	Fax     AurorA reseArCH institute
                          Colville	Lake	................................709-2444	/	2444	Fax       Aurora	Research	Institute	Head	Office
                          Deline	.........................................589-3701	/	4036	Fax     Box	1450,	Inuvik,	NT	X0E	0T0
                          Fort	Good	Hope	..........................598-2270	/	2744	Fax            Tel:	(867)	777-3298
                          Fort	McPherson	..........................952-2551	/	2647	Fax            Fax:	(867)	777-4264
                          Inuvik	..........................................777-7841	/	2876	Fax
                          Norman	Wells	.............................587-7154	/	2117	Fax	          inuvik reseArCH Centre
                          Tsiigehtchic	.................................953-3036	/	3038	Fax       Box	1430,	Inuvik,	NT	X0E	0T0
                          Tuktoyaktuk	................................977-2328	/	2275	Fax         Tel:	(867)	777-3298
                          Tulita	...........................................588-4313	/	4714	Fax   Fax:	(867)	777-4264
                          Ulukhaktok	.................................396-4213	/	4312	Fax
                          __________________________________________                              soutH slAve reseArCH Centre
                                                                                                  Box	45,	Fort	Smith,	NT	X0E	0P0
                          tHeBACHA CAMpus                                                         Tel:	(867)	872-4909
                          Box	600,	Fort	Smith,	NT	X0E	0P0                                         Fax:	(867)	872-4922
                          Tel:	(867)	872-7500
                          Fax:	(867)	872-4511
                          Toll	free:	1-866-266-4966




4
Contents                                                                      progrAMs




                                                                                                                                                              Contents / progrAMs
President’s	Message	............................................... 6         developMentAl studies
History of Aurora College	....................................... 6           Adult	Basic	Education	Equivalencies	....................... 24
2010-2011	Academic	Schedule	.............................. 7                  Adult	Basic	Education	.............................................. 25

generAl inforMAtion                                                           offiCe AdMinistrAtion
Admission	Requirements........................................ 8              Office	Administration		............................................. 30
Mature Students	.................................................... 8
Application	Procedures	.......................................... 8           Business AdMinistrAtion
Financial Assistance	................................................ 8       Business	Administration	Access	.............................. 37
Tuition	Fees	............................................................ 9   Business	Administration	.......................................... 39
Additional	Fees	....................................................... 9
Your	Rights	and	Responsibilities	............................. 9              sCHool of HeAltH &
Alcohol	and	Illegal	Drugs	........................................ 9
Audit Status	............................................................ 9
                                                                              HuMAn serviCes
                                                                              Nursing	Access	Program	.......................................... 44
              .
Convocation	 ........................................................... 9
                                                                              Bachelor of Science in Nursing	................................ 46
Copyright	.............................................................. 10
                                                                              Master	of	Nursing-NP-PHC	Stream…………..…………..	52
Final	Grade	Determination	................................... 10
                                                                                               .
                                                                              Practical	Nurse	 ........................................................ 56
Harassment	.......................................................... 10
                                                                              Community	Health	Worker...................................... 58
Prior	Learning	Assessment	................................... 10
                                                                              Community	Health	Representitive	.......................... 60
Registration	.......................................................... 10
                                                                              Social	Work	Access	.................................................. 62
Smoking	................................................................ 11
                                                                              Social	Work	.............................................................. 64
Student	Academic	Evaluation	............................... 11
                                                                              Personal	Support	Worker			...................................... 68
                                     .
Supplemental	Examination	 .................................. 11
Withdrawal	........................................................... 11
                                                                              sCHool of eduCAtion
student serviCes                                                                                         .
                                                                              Teacher	Education	Access	 ....................................... 71
Counselling/Student	Success	Centres	.................. 12                     Bachelor	of	Education	............................................. 73
Registrar’s	Office	.................................................. 12      Aboriginal	Language	and	Cultural	Instructor	II	........ 81
Library	Services	.................................................... 12      Early	Childhood	Development	................................. 85
Accommodation	................................................... 12          Certificate	in	Adult	Education	.................................. 90
Day	Care/Recreation	Services	.............................. 12
Scholarships,	Bursaries	&	Awards	........................ 12                  nAturAl resourCes
Student	Associations	............................................ 12          Natural Resources Technology Access	..................... 94
                                                                              Natural Resources Technology	................................ 96
CoMMunitY progrAMs
Programs	and	Services	......................................... 13            trAdes
Community Learning Centres	............................... 13                 Trades Access	........................................................ 101
Continuing	Education	........................................... 14                           .
                                                                              Trades	Access	II	 ..................................................... 104
                                                                              Introduction	to	Underground	Mining	.................... 107
AurorA reseArCH institute                                                     Underground	Miner	Training	................................. 109
General	Information	............................................. 16          Heavy	Equipment	Operator	................................... 111
                                                                              Camp Cook	............................................................ 115
                                                                              Apprenticeship	Programs	...................................... 117
pArtnersHips, ArtiCulAtion
And trAnsfer Credit
General	Information	............................................. 17
                                                                              fine Arts And CrAfts
                                                                              Traditional	Arts	...................................................... 118
University	of	the	Arctic	......................................... 19
Bachelor	of	Administration	Program	.................... 20
Observer/Communicator	Training	........................ 21
Environmental	Monitoring	Training		.................... .22
Small	Business	Development................................ 23




                                                                                                                                                                                    5
WelCoMe froM tHe                                                                            HistorY of
president                                                                                   AurorA College
                                                      Thank you for exploring the               As the only college in the Northwest Territories
                                                 Aurora	 College	 Calendar.	 It	 is	 our	   (NWT),	 Aurora	 College	 is	 the	 cornerstone	 of	 the	 NWT	
                                                 hope	 that	 this	 book	 gives	 you	 the	   post-secondary	education	system.	Sprawling	across	more	
                                                 information	 you	 need	 to	 make	          than	1.1	million	square	kilometers,	the	College	operates	
                                                 informed decisions about the               three campuses and 23 community learning centres in
                                                 exciting	 educational	 options	 we	        communities	both	large	and	small.
                                                 offer	at	Aurora	College.                       What	is	now	Aurora	College	began	40	years	ago	with	
                                                      The Calendar will introduce you       the	start	of	a	heavy	equipment	operator	program	in	Fort	
                                                 to	our	curriculum,	which	has	been	         Smith.	In	1968,	teacher	education	was	added,	and	the	
                                                 tailor-made	for	the	unique	needs	of	       institution	 was	 formally	 named	 the	 Adult	 Vocational	
                                                 Northerners	 and	 the	 NWT	 labour	        Training	Centre	(AVTC).	Over	the	next	two	decades,	the	
                                                 market.	 Our	 programs	 draw	 from	        College changed rapidly as the Northwest Territories
                                                 the	 latest	 technologies	 to	 provide	    evolved	 from	 a	 jurisdiction	 run	 from	 Ottawa	 to	 a	 self-
                                                 up-to-date training and we also            governing	 territory	 with	 its	 own	 unique	 cultural	 and	
                                                 draw	on	traditional	knowledge	that	        educational	needs.
                                                 has informed the rich cultures of              Throughout	 the	 1970s,	 programming	 at	 AVTC	
                                                 the	North	for	centuries.	The	result	       continued	 to	 grow,	 encompassing	 not	 just	 vocational	
is	 a	 rewarding	 educational	 experience	 that	 prepares	 you	 for	 an	 exciting	          training	 but	 also	 more	 academic	 programming.	 At	
career	and	enriches	your	life	experience.                                                   various	 times,	 programs	 such	 as	 Dental	 Therapy,	
	      At	Aurora	College,	we	pride	ourselves	on	our	presence	throughout	the	                Electronic	 Engineering,	 and	 Nursing	 Assistant	 were	
Northwest Territories and work closely with partners throughout the North to                offered,	 and	 programs	 such	 as	 Management	 Studies,	
ensure	that	the	educational	needs	of	Northerners	are	addressed.	We	are	also	                Natural	 Resources	 Technology,	 Social	 Work	 and	 Office	
involved	in	global	educational	initiatives,	such	as	the	University	of	the	Arctic,	          Administration	 grew	 into	 regular	 staples	 of	 College	
a	virtual	institution	supported	by	circumpolar	nations	throughout	the	world.	               programming.
Through	transfer	agreements,	our	programming	connects	Northerners	to	a	                         In	 1976,	 the	 College	 established	 our	 longest-
wide	 world	 of	 educational	 opportunities	 throughout	 Canada	 and	 beyond.	              standing partnership agreement when we worked
Our	goal	is	to	offer	Northerners	access	to	whatever	educational	opportunities	              with	the	University	of	Saskatchewan	(U	of	S)	to	create	
they	need	to	achieve	their	dreams.                                                          a	formal	transfer	agreement	for	our	Teacher	Education	
	      Historically,	this	land	has	been	a	place	of	hunting,	harvesting	and	trading	         Diploma	 Program.	 The	 transfer	 agreement	 meant	 our	
for	 the	 Inuvialuit,	 Gwich’in,	 North	 Slavey,	 South	 Slavey,	 Chipewyan,	 Cree,	        students	could	use	their	diplomas	as	the	first	two	years	
Inuit	and	Metis	peoples,	and	this	cultural	history	is	reflected	in	areas	of	study	          of	a	Bachelor	of	Education	Degree,	leading	115	Aurora	
such	as	Teacher	Education,	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	Technology,	                   College graduates to go on to complete degrees in the
Social	Work	and	Nursing.		Today,	NWT	residents	come	from	all	over	Canada,	                  coming	years.
and our small but cosmopolitan capital city of Yellowknife is home to new                       This expansion of academic programming coincided
Northerners	 from	 over	 100	 countries	 across	 the	 globe.	 Our	 trades	 and	             with a strengthening of our trades training to include
technological	programming	reflects	the	needs	of	the	modern	North	as	well,	                  Carpenter,	 Heavy	 Duty	 Equipment	 Technician	 and	
ensuring our graduates are well prepared for employment in a broad range                    Housing	Maintainer.	These	developments	made	it	clear	
of	exciting	careers.	                                                                       that	AVTC	had	moved	beyond	its	vocational	roots,	and	in	
	      Over	the	past	forty	years,	Aurora	College	has	grown	from	our	humble	                 recognition	of	this	fact,	Thebacha	College	was	created	in	
roots	as	a	vocational	school	to	a	vibrant	post-secondary	institution	offering	              1981	as	a	formal	accredited	institution	through	an	act	of	
certificates,	diplomas,	degrees	and	trades	training.	Our	unique	programs	offer	             the	NWT	Legislative	Assembly.
strong cultural content and plenty of hands-on experiences combined with                        The success of Thebacha College was such that in
the	 latest	 technology	 and	 practices.	 It	 is	 this	 innovative	 programming	 mix	       1984	 the	 government	 decided	 to	 expand	 it	 across	 the	
that	makes	helps	to	make	an	Aurora	College	education	such	a	transformative	                 Northwest	 Territories	 (which	 at	 that	 time	 still	 included	
experience.		                                                                               Nunavut).	 Thus,	 Arctic	 College	 was	 created,	 with	
	      It	 is	 our	 pleasure	 to	 serve	 the	 people	 of	 the	 North,	 and	 to	 welcome	    Thebacha	 College	 becoming	 Thebacha	 Campus,	 the	
new	students	from	throughout	Canada	and	the	world.	I	invite	you	to	use	this	                partner	 to	 Kitikmeot	 Campus	 in	 Cambridge	 Bay	 and	
Calendar	to	explore	Aurora	College.	We	have	much	to	offer,	and	we	hope	to	                  Nunatta	Campus	in	Iqaluit.	
see	you	in	our	classrooms	and	shops	in	the	future.                                          	 The	1980s	proved	to	be	a	period	of	exciting	expansion	
                                                                                            for	 the	 NWT	 College	 system.	 From	 1986	 to	 1989,	
Sarah	Wright	Cardinal                                                                       additional	 campuses	 were	 created	 in	 Yellowknife,	
President,	Aurora	College                                                                   Inuvik	 and	 Rankin	 Inlet.	 During	 the	 same	 time	 period,	
                                                                                            community	adult	education	centres	were	transferred	to	
                                                                                            the	College	from	the	GNWT	Department	of	Education,	
                                                                                            creating	a	truly	pan-territorial	adult	education	system.
6
                                                                   2010-2011
	 As	 the	 college	 system	 developed,	 a	 parallel	 series	




                                                                                                                                              2010 - 2011 ACAdeMiC sCHedule
of	 developments	 were	 going	 on	 in	 the	 NWT	 science	
community.	 The	 Science	 Advisory	 Board	 was	 created	
in	 1976	 to	 advise	 the	 NWT	 government	 on	 matters	
relating	to	science	and	research.	In	1984,	the	council	had	
                                                                   ACAdeMiC
evolved	into	the	Science	Institute	of	the	NWT	with	a	head	
office	 in	 Yellowknife	 and	 major	 research	 centres	 in	 the	
                                                                   sCHedule
communities	of	Inuvik	and	in	Igloolik.                             The	 dates	 listed	 are	 guidelines.	 	 Please	 contact	 the	
	 In	1995,	fours	years	ahead	of	the	division	of	the	NWT	           appropriate	Campus	for	exact	start	and	end	dates.	
into	two	territories,	the	government	of	the	NWT	created	
two	college	systems	to	serve	the	unique	needs	of	each	             suMMer terM 2010
new	territory.	In	the	east,	Nunavut	Arctic	College	would	
help	the	people	of	Nunavut	build	a	skilled	public	sector.	
                                                                         .
                                                                   July 1	 ......................................... Holiday - Canada Day
In	 the	 west,	 Arctic	 College	 became	 Aurora	 College,	
                                                                         .
                                                                   July	5	 ......................................... Summer term begins
which	 would	 serve	 the	 people	 of	 the	 new	 Northwest	
                                                                   August 2	................................................Holiday	-	Civic
Territories,	where	training	needs	were	increasingly	driven	
                                                                   August 13	..................................... Summer term ends
by	major	industrial	developments.	At	the	same	time,	the	
GNWT	integrated	the	Science	Institute	into	the	colleges,	
providing	 each	 with	 a	 research	 institute	 to	 serve	 their	   fAll terM 2010
specific	needs.
	 Aurora	 College	 continues	 to	 evolve	 as	 the	 needs	 of	      September	6	............................... Holiday - Labour Day
the	NWT	labour	market	change.	In	response	to	a	need	               September	7	......................... Registration/Orientation
for	more	nurses	in	the	NWT,	the	College	established	the	           September	7	.......................................Fall term begins
Northern	 Nursing	 Program	 Diploma	 Program	 in	 1994,	           October 11............................... Holiday	-	Thanksgiving
which	 quickly	 established	 a	 national	 reputation	 for	         November	11	..................Holiday - Remembrance Day
excellence.	In	recognition	of	the	success	of	the	diploma	          December	17	........................................ Fall term ends
program	 and	 the	 quality	 of	 our	 students,	 the	 College	
developed	a	partnership	with	the	University	of	Victoria	           Winter terM 2011
to	begin	delivery	of	a	Bachelor	in	the	Science	of	Nursing	
Degree	in	2000.	We	also	built	upon	our	partnership	with	           January 4	.............................. Registration/Orientation
the	University	of	Saskatchewan,	expanding	our	two-year	            January 4	...................................... Winter	term	begins
diploma	to	a	three-year	diploma,	and,	in	2007,	replacing	          April 22	.....................................Holiday	-	Good	Friday
that	program	with	a	Bachelor	of	Education	Degree.                  April	25	................................. Holiday - Easter Monday
	 In	 response	 to	 rapid	 growth	 in	 the	 NWT	 industrial	       April	29	............................................Winter	term	ends
sector,	 the	 College	 developed	 a	 number	 of	 programs	
that focused directly on preparing Northerners for
employment	 in	 the	 mining	 and	 oil	 and	 gas	 sectors.	
                                                                   spring terM 2011
Mineral	Processing,	Drill	Rig	training,	Pipeline	Operations	
Training,	 Diamond	 Cutting	 and	 Polishing	 and	 other	                 .
                                                                   May 2	 ............................................ Spring term begins
related	 programs	 were	 developed	 in	 consultation	 and	                 .
                                                                   May 23	 ......................................Holiday - Victoria Day
partnership	 with	 Aboriginal	 governments	 and	 industry,	        June	17	.............................................Spring term ends
ensuring that our programs met the needs of both the               June 21 	................. 	Holiday	-	National	Aboriginal	Day
people	of	the	North	and	the	labour	market.
	 Today,	 Aurora	 College	 is	 a	 modern	 post-secondary	
education	 institution	 connected	 through	 transfer	
agreements and partnerships to a wide network of
technical	 schools,	 colleges	 and	 universities	 throughout	
Canada.	 The	 College	 offers	 certificate	 and	 diploma	
programs,	 and	 conduct	 a	 broad	 range	 of	 trades	 and	
apprenticeship	 training	 in	 the	 Northwest	 Territories.	
The	 College	 also	 offers	 full	 and	 part-time	 courses	 on	
many	 different	 general	 interest	 subjects,	 with	 services	
ranging	from	adult	literacy	and	basic	education	to	degree	
programs.
	 In	 2006,	 the	 College	 developed	 a	 10-year	 strategic	
plan	 that	 would	 guide	 development	 over	 the	 next	
decade.	Building	on	forty	years	of	experience,	the	College	
is	well-positioned	to	continue	to	work	with	Northerners	
in	building	a	strong	and	vibrant	society	in	the	NWT.

                                                                                                                                                                              7
                          generAl                                                        in	 the	 Northwest	 Territories.	 During	 the	 summer,	


    generAl inforMAtion
                                                                                         application	 forms	 can	 be	 obtained	 from	 the	 local	

                          inforMAtion
                                                                                         Community	 Employment	 Officer.	 If	 you	 have	 Internet	
                                                                                         access,	 the	 application	 can	 be	 downloaded	 from	 the	
                                                                                         College website at www.auroracollege.nt.ca then
                          Applying	 to	 Aurora	 College	 requires	 you	 to	 do	 some	    mailed	 or	 faxed	 in	 to	 the	 Campus	 location	 for	 which	
                          planning	 and	 preparation.	 When	 considering	 your	          you	 are	 applying.	 Official	 transcripts	 of	 your	 previous	
                          application,	it	is	important	to	ask	yourself	a	number	of	      education	must	accompany	or	follow	your	application.		
                          questions:
                                                                                         Aurora	College	recognizes	that	each	program	has	specific	
                          •		Have	I	filled	in	the	proper	forms	and	sent	them	to		        admission	 requirements	 and	 through	 standardized	
                             the right campus?                                           entrance	 testing	 supports	 equity	 for	 all	 students.	 The	
                          •		Have	I	sent	in	my	application	fee	with	my	forms?            College	 recognizes	 that	 tests	 for	 General	 Educational	
                          •		Is	my	account	with	Aurora	College	in	good		 	               Development	 (GED)	 are	 not	 considered	 equivalent	 to	
                             standing?                                                   academic	requirements	for	the	purposes	of	admission	
                          •		Have	I	sent	in	my	forms	for	financial	assistance?           to	Aurora	College’s	Certificate	and	Diploma	programs.
                          •		Have	I	brought	money	with	me	to	last	until	my		
                          	 financial	assistance	arrives?                                Letters	 of	 reference,	 security	 checks	 and	 letters	
                          •		Have	I	made	arrangements	for	daycare	and			                 explaining	your	interest	in	a	field	of	study	are	required	
                          	 accommodations?                                              by	certain	programs.	If	required,	you	must	submit	this	
                                                                                         information	with	the	application	for	admission.
                          If	 you	 have	 answered,	 “yes”	 to	 all	 these	 questions,	
                          then	you	are	prepared	to	begin	classes.	If	not,	then	you	      finAnCiAl AssistAnCe
                          still	have	work	to	do	before	the	academic	year	begins.	        You	may	be	eligible	for	financial	assistance	through:
                          Review	 the	 following	 information,	 it	 will	 help	 you	     •		Human	Resources	Development	Canada;
                          complete	your	preparations.                                    •		Student	Financial	Assistance	Program	of	the	
                                                                                         	 Department	of		Education,	Culture	and		
                          For	 more	 detailed	 information	 regarding	 Aurora	           	 Employment,	GNWT;	or,
                          College	 policies,	 refer	 to	 the	 Aurora	 College	 Policy	   •		Training	Services	section	of	the	Department	of	
                          and	 Procedures	 Manual,	 which	 is	 available	 through	       	 Education,	Culture	and	Employment,	GNWT.
                          the	 Registrar’s	 Office	 at	 any	 Campus	 or	 your	 local	
                          Community	Learning	Centre.                                     If	 you	 are	 applying	 for	 student	 financial	 assistance	
                                                                                         (SFA)	 from	 the	 Department	 of	 Education	 Culture	 and	
                          AdMission requireMents                                         Employment,	your	application	must	be	received	by:
                          Admission	 requirements	 may	 vary	 from	 one	 program	        •		July	 15	 for	 programs	 commencing	 between	 August	
                          to	another.	Check	the	detailed	program	sections	of	this	       	 16	and	September	30;
                          calendar	for	program-specific	admission	requirements.	         •		November	15	for	programs	commencing	in		
                          see Adult Basic education equivalencies chart on page 24.      	 January;	or
                                                                                         •	One	calendar	month	prior	to	your	start	date	for		
                          MAture students                                                	 programs	commencing	in	all	other	months.	
                          If	you	do	not	have	the	academic	requirements	for	direct	       For	specific	details,	check	with	the	website	at	
                          entry,	you	may	be	eligible	as	a	mature	student.	A	mature	      www.nwtsfa.gov.nt.ca
                          student	must	be	20	years	of	age	or	older,	and	have	been	
                          out	of	school	for	at	least	one	year.                           Contact the agency to which you are applying for
                                                                                         specific	 information.	 An	 acceptance	 letter	 from	 the	
                          Mature	 applicants	 will	 be	 required	 to	 complete	 the	     College	 is	 not	 necessary	 when	 initially	 applying	 for	
                          Aurora	College	Placement	Package.	Candidates	who	do	           student	financial	assistance.
                          not	meet	the	academic	requirements	for	admission	into	
                          a program will be recommended for enrollment in Adult          If	 you	 require	 financial	 assistance,	 you	 must	 contact	
                          Basic	Education	or	preparatory	courses.                        the	assisting	agency	or	department	directly,	as	Aurora	
                                                                                         College	 has	 no	 role	 in	 the	 granting	 or	 approval	 of	
                                                                                         financial	 assistance.	 You	 will	 be	 informed	 by	 the	
                          AppliCAtion proCedures
                                                                                         appropriate	 agency	 if	 your	 application	 for	 assistance	
                          (poliCY C.12)                                                  has	been	accepted.	Check	with	your	sponsoring	agency	
                          You	 must	 fill	 out	 and	 submit	 an	 Aurora	 College	        regarding	application	deadlines.	Sponsor	letters	should	
                          application	form	to	the	nearest	campus	or	Community	           be	forwarded	to	the	Campus	location	at	which	you	have	
                          Learning	 Centre	 that	 offers	 the	 program	or	course	 for	   applied	to.
                          which	 you	 are	 applying.	 Application	 forms	 may	 be	
                          obtained	from	the	Registrar’s	office	at	any	Campus,	or	
                          from any Community Learning Centre or high school
8
tuition fees                                                                  defines	a	senior	or	elder	as	a	person	60	years	of	age	or	




                                                                                                                                                   generAl inforMAtion
The	fees	for	the	2010-2011	academic	year,	are	listed	                         older.	 	 Any	 continuing	 education	 course	 taken	 will	 be	
below.	All	fees	are	payable	in	advance	and	suBJeCT                            charged	a	tuition	fee.	
To CHAnGe.
                                                                              Your rigHts And responsiBilities
tuition fees                                                                  As An AurorA College student
$245.00	per	course	up	to	two	courses                                          Upon	 being	 accepted	 to	 Aurora	 College,	 you	 should	
$1200.00	per	term                                                             make	yourself	aware	of	your	responsibilities	and	rights	
$1925.00	per	delivery	for	Heavy	Equipment	Operator	
                                                  	                           as	a	student.	As	an	adult	learner,	you	are	expected	to	
program                                                                       conduct	 yourself	 appropriately.	 Conversely,	 you	 will	
                                                                              be	treated	with	respect	by	the	College	staff	(see	Policy	
student ACCoMModAtion                                                         D.17	for	an	outline	of	Student	Behaviour).	What	follows	
                                                                              is	an	outline	of	the	responsibilities	and	rights	of	Aurora	
rentAl rAtes                                                                  College	 students.	 Detailed	 descriptions	 are	 available	
a)	Residence	Room	                               $7.00	per	day
                                                                              from	 the	 Registrar’s	 Office.	 For	 further	 information,	
b)	Bachelor	                                   $315.00	per	month
                                                                              refer	 to	 the	 Aurora	 College	 Policy	 and	 Procedures	
c)	1	Bedroom	Apt.	                             $360.00	per	month
                                                                              Manual.	The	bracketed	number	refers	to	the	section	in	
d)	2	Bedroom	Apt.	                             $390.00	per	month
                                                                              the	manual	relating	to	each	policy.
e)	3/4	Bedroom	House/Apt.	                     $465.00	per	month

AdditionAl fees                                                               AlCoHol And illegAl drugs
Student	fees	                           	     $25.00	per	term                 (poliCY e.02)
Computer	Lab	use		                      	     $40.00	per	term                 The	 possession	 and/or	 consumption	 of	 alcohol,	
Recreation		                            	     $20.00	per	term                 alcohol	 substitutes,	 solvents,	 and/or	 illegal	 drugs	
Materials	and	Supplies	                 	     Cost	recovery	bases             on	 Aurora	 College	 property,	 or	 during	 College	
                                                                              sponsored	 activities	 are	 strictly	 prohibited.	 	 The	
As	and	when	required:	                                                        College recognizes that maintaining an alcohol and
Course	extension	fee	                 																														$30.00    drug	 free	 learning	 environment	 is	 fundamental	 to	
Duplicate	documents	of	recognition	                              			$15.00    the	 pursuit	 of	 excellence	 in	 education.	 	 The	 College	
Official	Transcripts	                   	 		                     					$5.00   supports	 students	 who	 request	 assistance	 in	 dealing	
Duplicate	receipts	                     	 		                     					$5.00   with	 substance	 abuse	 issues.	 	 Students	 will	 receive	
NSF	cheques	                            	 		                     			$30.00    assistance	 from	 Student	 Services	 Staff,	 and	 may	 be	
Supplemental	examination	or	assignment	 			$40.00                             referred	to	outside	agencies.	
Prior	Learning	Assessment		 	 	 	                                			$70.00
Transfer	Credit		                       	 		                     			$70.00    Audit stAtus (poliCY C.29)
Examination	sitting	fee	                	 		                     			$15.00    You may apply to audit any regular credit course as long
Invigilation	fee	-														To	be	determined	at	Campus                    as	 space	 is	 available.	 You	 are	 required	 to	 pay	 the	 full	
                                                                              tuition	and	materials	fee	for	audited	courses.	Prior	to	
Application	 fee:	 	 A	 fee	 of	 $40	 is	 payable	 to	 Aurora	                applying	for	audit	status,	you	must	provide	transcripts	
College	upon	the	submission	of	your	application	for	                          for	 any/all	 identified	 prerequisite	 courses,	 and	 have	
any	 Access,	 Certificate,	 Diploma,	 Degree	 or	 Trades	                     written	permission	to	be	an	auditor	from	the	Program	
(except	Apprenticeship)	programs.		Effective	January	                         Manager	and	the	instructor	who	is	teaching	the	course.
1,	2009.
                                                                              As	 an	 auditor,	 you	 are	 not	 required	 to	 complete	
Book Fees and Materials - Contact your campus or                              assignments	 or	 examinations.	 In	 the	 event	 that	 you	
Community	Learning	Centre	for	program-specific	fees	                          choose	to	complete	assignments	or	examinations,	the	
relating	to	books	and	materials.                                              results	may	not	be	used	for	credit	purposes,	unless	the	
                                                                              audit status has been changed to credit status prior to
Some	 programs	 have	 transfer	 agreements	 with	                             delivery	of	the	third	class.
other	 universities	 and/or	 course	 work	 required	
from	 other	 institutions	 (ie:	 Management	 Studies,	
                                                                              ConvoCAtion (poliCY C.17)
Nursing,	 Social	 Work	 and	 Teacher	 Education).	 This	
                                                                              Each	Campus	of	Aurora	College	shall	hold	Convocation	
may	 require	 students	 to	 apply	 to	 the	 institution	
                                                                              for	 students	 who	 successfully	 meet	 the	 requirements	
and	 pay	 appropriate	 application	 fees.	 	 Please	 verify	
                                                                              for	an	Aurora	College	Certificate	or	Diploma.	You	must	
application	 requirements	 for	 the	 Aurora	 College	
                                                                              apply	in	writing	to	the	Registrar	if	you	wish	to	attend	
program	to	which	you	are	applying.
                                                                              Convocation	ceremonies	with	your	class.
Seniors and elders may take courses in base-funded
programs	free	of	charge.		Proof	of	age	will	be	required	
at	the	time	of	registration.		The	NWT	Seniors’	Society	
                                                                                                                                                                         9
                           CopYrigHt (poliCY B.18)                                         HArAssMent (poliCY e.07)


     generAl inforMAtion
                           The	 reproduction	 or	 use	 of	 creative	 property	 in	         Aurora	 College	 is	 committed	 to	 providing	 an	
                           any	 form	 by	 staff	 or	 students	 of	 Aurora	 College	 is	    educational	 environment	 which	 is	 free	 from	
                           subject	 to	 copyright	 or	 other	 protective	 legislation.     harassment.	 Every	 staff	 member	 and	 every	 student	
                           Aurora	 College	 recognizes	 the	 Canadian	 legislation	        has	 the	 right	 to	 perform	 his/her	 assigned	 role	 at	
                           on	copyright	relating	to	the	reproduction	of	materials	         the	 College	 free	 from	 harassment	 by	 another	 staff	
                           and	does	not	sanction	or	authorize	any	infringements	           member	or	student.
                           or	violations	of	copyright.
                                                                                           prior leArning AssessMent
                           finAl grAde deterMinAtion                                       (poliCY C.03)
                           (poliCY C.24)                                                   Aurora	 College	 uses	 Prior	 Learning	 Assessment	
                           In	 order	 to	 receive	 recognition	 for	 successful	           to recognize past learning to meet admission
                           completion	 of	 a	 course,	 all	 evaluation	 requirements	      requirements	for	a	program	and/or	obtain	credit	for	
                           identified	by	the	instructor	in	the	course	outline	must	        one	 or	 more	 courses	 within	 a	 program.	 In	 order	 to	
                           be	complete.	Even	if	you	have	achieved	a	cumulative	            be	considered	for	a	PLA,	you	must	apply	in	writing	to	
                           grade	 that	 meets	 or	 exceeds	 50	 per	 cent,	 but	 have	     the	Registrar	at	the	time	of	application.	The	Registrar,	
                           not	 completed	 the	 assignments	 or	 written	 the	             in	 consultation	 with	 program	 staff,	 will	 assess	 prior	
                           examinations,	the	final	mark	will	be	incomplete.                learning.	You	may	be	granted	up	to	40	percent	of	a	
                                                                                           total	program	or	course	requirement	through	PLA.
                           CALCuLATInG Your GrADe PoInT AVerAGe (GPA)
                           The	grade	point	average	(GPA)	measures	achievement	             Course credits can be obtained by successfully
                           in	credit	courses,	and	is	calculated	as	follows:                challenging	 an	 Aurora	 College	 course.	 Credit	 by	
                                                                                           challenge	 may	 be	 evaluated	 through	 written	 and/
                                              Total	Grade	Points						=	GPA                or	 oral	 examination,	 portfolio	 review	 and	 other	
                                                    Total Credits                          methods	approved	by	the	Campus	Director.	A	fee	is	
                                                                                           charged	for	each	course	that	is	challenged.	You	must	
                           Each	course	is	assigned	a	credit	value	based	on	course	         apply	to	the	Registrar	for	challenge	credits.
                           hours.
                           1.		Multiply	the	number	of	credits	by	the	grade	points	         registrAtion (poliCY C.44)
                           	 received	for	each	course.                                     You	 must	 be	 registered	 to	 participate	 in	 a	 course	 or	
                           2.		Total	the	grade	point	value	for	each	course.                program.
                           3.		Divide	 the	 total	 grade	 point	 value	 by	 the	 total	    •		 Registration	creates	a	contract	between	the		
                           number of                                                       	 	 student	and	the	College,	under	which	the	student
                           	 credits.                                                      	 	 agrees	to	adhere	to	the	policies	of	the	college.
                                                                                           •		 You	are	responsible	for	completing	and			
                           example:                                                        	 	 submitting	all	required	documents	of	application
                                                                                           	 	 and	registration.
                                                   P
                           Course	#		 Grade	 Mark			 oints	X	Credits	=	Grade	Points        •		 You	may	not	register	in	subsequent	terms	until		
                           020-107	      B-	      67	        			2.70	   3
                                                                        	 .0	     8.1      	 	 all	accounts	with	the	College	have	been	paid.
                           020-213	     	B+	      79	          	3.3	    	 .0	
                                                                        3         9.9      •		 You	must	have	an	official	letter	of	acceptance		
                           020-215	      A-	      84	        			3.70	   3.0      11.1      	 	 signed	by	the	Registrar	to	register	as	a	full-time		
                                                                                           	 	 student.
                           	              	        T
                                                   	 otal	      	       9
                                                                        	 .0		   	29.1
                                                                                           •		 You	must	register	on	the	date	and	at	the	time		
                                                 29.1	   =	3.23	GPA                        	 	 specified	in	your	official	letter	of	acceptance.
                                                  9                                        •		 To	be	registered,	you	must	comply	with	all		
                                                                                           	 	 registration	procedures,	including	payment	of		
                           This	calculation	is	done	on	an	ongoing	basis	for	the	           	 	 fees	associated	with	registration.
                           entire	 program	 (cumulative	 grade	 point	 average)	           •		 Registration	dates	and	procedures	for	part-time
                           but can be manually calculated on a term by term                	 	 students	are	available	from	the	Registrar’s		
                           basis.	 	 This	 grade	 point	 average	 calculation	 is	 used	   	 	 Office	and	will	be	detailed	in	Continuing	Education
                           to	 determine;	 a)eligibility	 for	 some	 awards	 and	          	 	 publications.
                           scholarships;	b)progression	to	the	next	term	or	year	           •		 You	are	responsible	for	notifying	the	Registrar,		
                           of	study;	c)if	program	honor	requirements	have	been	                 in writing,	of	any	changes	of	address,	phone		
                           met;	d)if	transfer	requirements	to	other	colleges	have	         	 	 number	or	any	other	pertinent	information.
                           been	met.




10
sMoking (gnWt poliCY)




                                                                generAl inforMAtion
Smoking	 is	 not	 permitted	 in	 any	 College	 facility,	
vehicle	 or	 workplace.	 Smoking	 may	 be	 permitted	
in	 designated	 areas	 of	 residences	 or	 residential	
buildings.

student ACAdeMiC evAluAtion
(poliCY C.28)
The	 passing	 mark	 for	 courses	 is	 50	 per	 cent,	 or	 as	
otherwise	 specified	 in	 the	 program	 outline.	 You	 are	
required	to	maintain	a	cumulative	average	of	60	per	
cent	 or	 better.	 If	 you	 do	 not	 maintain	 a	 cumulative	
average	of	60	per	cent,	you	will	be	placed	on	academic	
probation.	If,	at	the	end	of	the	probationary	period,	
you	do	not	obtain	a	cumulative	average	of	60	per	cent	
or	better,	you	will	be	dismissed	from	the	program.

suppleMentAl exAMinAtions
And AssignMents (poliCY C.27)
In	 order	 to	 be	 able	 to	 write	 a	 supplemental	
examination,	 you	 must	 have	 obtained	 a	 cumulative	
average	of	60	per	cent	or	better	prior	to	writing	the	
final	exam.	You	are	eligible	to	write	one	supplemental	
examination	for	Aurora	College	credit	courses	if	you	
attempted	 and	 failed	 the	 final	 examination,	 and	
subsequently	failed	the	course.	You	must	document	
the	 extenuating	 circumstances	 that	 existed	 to	
warrant	consideration	of	a	supplemental	examination	
or	assignment	and	submit	this	documentation	to	the	
Program	Manager.

WitHdrAWAl (poliCY C.30)
If	you	find	it	necessary	to	withdraw	from	a	course	or	
program,	 you	 may	 do	 so	 without	 academic	 penalty	
if	the	withdrawal	takes	place	during	the	first	third	of	
the	course.

Policies	 are	 approved	 by	 the	 Aurora	 College	 Board	
of	 Governors	 and	 are	 periodically	 amended.	 Refer	
to	 the	 official	 Aurora	 College	 Policy	 and	 Procedures	
Manual	in	the	Registrar’s	Office,	Student	Services	and	
all	other	college	sites.

While	it	is	intended	that	the	programs	of	study	and	
the	regulations	set	forth	in	this	calendar	will	apply	for	
the	 current	 academic	 year,	 Aurora	 College	 reserves	
the	right	to	make	changes	as	required.	




                                                                                      11
                        student                                                                career	 counselling.	 To	 find	 out	 more	 about	 the	


     student serviCes
                                                                                               Student	 Success	 Centres	 at	 each	 of	 the	 campuses,	

                        serviCes
                                                                                               please	contact	the	coordinators	at	each	Campus.

                                                                                               sCHolArsHips, BursAries &
                        Some	of	the	many	services	provided	by	the	Student	Services	            AWArds
                        Department	are:                                                        A	broad	range	of	scholarships,	bursaries	and	awards	are	
                        •		 Orientation	to	college	life                                        available	to	students.	For	the	most	current	information	
                        •		 Academic,	career	and	personal	counselling                          on	awards,	please	contact:
                        •		 Employment	counselling                                             •	 the	Student	Services	Department	at	any	Campus
                        •		 Financial	information                                              •		 the	Adult	Educator	at	any	Community	Learning		
                        •		 Personal	development                                                    Centre
                        •		 Referrals                                                          •	 	the	GNWT	Department	of	Education,	Culture	and	
                                                                                                    Employment
                        For	 information	 on	 the	 full	 range	 of	 services	 or	 hours	 of	   •		 the	research	centres	of	the	Aurora	Research	Institute
                        operation,	please	call	the	toll-free	number	for	your	campus.
                                                                                               See	 our	 booklet	 entitled	 Scholarships, Bursaries and
                        registrAr’s offiCe                                                     Awards	for	further	information.
                        The	Registrar’s	Office	at	each	campus	is	responsible	for	
                        administering	 student	 admissions	 and	 registrations,	               Counselling
                        course	 changes	 and	 maintaining	 student	 records.	                  Counselling	 services	 are	 provided	 at	 each	 campus	 to	
                        This	 office	 also	 issues	 marks,	 certificates,	 diplomas,	          assist	you	in	developing	abilities	and	realizing	your	full	
                        transcripts	and	all	other	documents	of	recognition.                    potential.		Aurora	College	provides	a	trained	Counsellor	
                                                                                               to	 assist	 students	 with	 personal	 and	 social	 concerns.	
                        ACCoMModAtion                                                          The	 counselor	 offers	 workshops	 and	 presentations,	
                        Aurora	 College	 provides	 a	 limited	 selection	 of	                  assistance	 in	 finding	 on-line	 community	 resourses,	
                        accommodation	 for	 both	 single	 students	 and	 for	                  individual	counselling	and	self	help	materials.
                        those	 with	 families.	 Students	 should	 apply	 for	
                        accommodation	when	you	apply	to	attend	the	College.                    reCreAtion serviCes
                                                                                               Aurora	 College’s	 athletic	 activities	 range	 from	
                        Family	accommodation	is	available	on	a	limited	basis.	                 intramural	sports,	such	as	basketball,	volleyball,	soccer,	
                        Full-time	 students	 registered	 in	 long-term	 programs	              badminton	 and	 hockey,	 to	 recreational	 programs	
                        have	first	priority	for	family	accommodation.	Housing	                 designed	to	make	your	stay	on	campus	more	enjoyable.	
                        will be assigned once you are registered for full-                     For	more	information	on	recreation	activities,	please	
                        time	 study.	 For	 availability	 and	 accommodation	 rate	             call	your	campus’	toll-free	number.
                        information,	contact	the	Student	Services	Department	
                        at the campus or Community Learning Centre to which
                                                                                               student AssoCiAtions & CounCils
                        you	are	applying.	Aurora	College	makes	every	attempt	
                                                                                               A	student	association	or	council	is	established	at	each	
                        to	accommodate	students	with	disabilities.
                                                                                               Aurora	 College	 campus.	 The	 associations/councils	
                                                                                               are	 student	 organizations	 governed	 by	 an	 executive,	
                        liBrArY serviCes                                                       which	 is	 elected	 annually.	 You	 are	 required	 to	 pay	 a	
                        Aurora College maintains libraries at each of the                      student	 association	 fee	 at	 all	 campuses.	 The	 student	
                        three	 campuses	 and	 the	 Aurora	 Research	 Institute.	  	            associations/councils,	 through	 their	 executives,	 are	
                        Libraries	 support	 students	 and	 staff	 through	 a	 full	            responsible	 for	 social	 activities,	 some	 publications,	
                        range	of	library	services.		Library	collections	across	the	            coordination	 of	 events	 and	 communication	 between	
                        three	campuses	include	(25,000+	)	books,	periodicals	                  students	and	the	administration	of	Aurora	College.
                        subscriptions,	 videos,	 Canadian	 and	 government	
                        documents,	 pamphlets,	 CD-ROM	 and	 web-based	                        The	 student	 associations/councils	 at	 each	 campus,	
                        resources.	 Internet	 access	 and	 interlibrary	 loan	                 sell	 College	 clothing	 and	 memorabilia.	 For	 more	
                        services	are	available	at	all	campus	locations.                        information	 on	 services	 provided	 by	 the	 student	
                        Aurora	 College	 makes	 every	 attempt	 to	 accomodate	                association/council	 at	 your	 campus,	 please	 call	 your	
                        Students	with	disabilities.                                            campus’	toll-free	number.

                        student suCCess Centres                                                dAY CAre
                        As	 part	 of	 the	 Student	 Success	 initiative,	 each	 of	            Aurora	 College	 does	 not	 provide	 day	 care	 services.	
                        the Aurora College campuses has a Student Success                      If	 you	 require	 information	 about	 day	 care,	 you	 may	
                        Centre.	 These	 centres	 are	 equipped	 with	 the	 means	              contact	 the	 Student	 Services	 Department	 at	 the	
                        to	 assist	 students	 in	 achieving	 personal	 success	 at	            appropriate	 campus,	 or	 contact	 the	 local	 day	 care	
                        the	 College.	 The	 Student	 Success	 Centres	 provide	                centres	in	the	community.	There	are	limited	spaces	in	
                        academic assistance to students in the form of                         most	community	day	care	centres,	so	apply	early.
12                      tutoring,	 workshops,	 a	 collection	 of	 resources	 and	
                                                            __________________________________________

CoMMunitY




                                                                                                                                               CoMMunitY progrAMs
                                                            AurorA CAMpus
progrAMs                                                    CoMMunitY leArning Centres
                                                            (867)
                                                            Aklavik		....................................... 978-2224	/	2460	Fax
progrAMs And serviCes                                       Colville	Lake	................................ 709-2444	/	2444	Fax
The	 Aurora	 College	 Community	 Programs	                  Deline 	........................................ 589-3701	/	4036	Fax
Departments work with community groups and                  Fort	Good	Hope		......................... 598-2270	/	2744	Fax
agencies	to	design	educational	and	training	programs	       Fort	McPherson		......................... 952-2551	/	2647	Fax
tailored	to	a	specific	community’s	need.                    Inuvik		......................................... 777-7841	/	2876	Fax
                                                            Norman	Wells		............................ 587-7154	/	2117	Fax
Drawing	 on	 local	 sources	 of	 skills	 and	 knowledge,	   Paulatuk		......................................................................
Community	 Programs	 works	 in	 partnership	 with	          Sachs Harbour 	............................................................
community	 groups	 and	 agencies	 to	 identify	 and	        Tsiigehtchic 	................................ 953-3036	/	3038	Fax
respond	 to	 training	 needs.	 The	 College	 staff     	    Tuktoyaktuk 	............................... 977-2328	/	2275	Fax
understands	 that	 every	 community	 is	 unique	 and	       Tulita 	.......................................... 588-4313	/	4714	Fax
services	 must	 be	 adapted	 to	 different	 situations.	    Ulukhaktok		................................ 396-4213	/	4312	Fax
Program	 delivery	 at	 the	 community	 level	 requires	     ____________________________________________
new	 and	 flexible	 approaches	 to	 accommodate	 a	
variety	 of	 clients	 who	 want	 access	 to	 educational	
opportunities	in	their	home	communities.                    tHeBACHA CAMpus
                                                            CoMMunitY leArning Centres
The	 College	 offers	 the	 following	 services	 and	        (867)
programs	to	communities:                                    Enterprise 	.................(Call	Hay	River	for	information)
                                                            Fort Liard	...................................	770-3064	/	3064	Fax
•		   Educational	assessment	and	counselling                Fort	Providence		.........................699-3231	/	4305	Fax
•		   Developmental	Studies	and	literacy	programming        Fort	Resolution		..........................394-5401	/	3181	Fax
•		   Certificate	and	diploma	programs                      Fort Simpson ..............................695-7339	/	7353	Fax
•		   Skill	development	programs                            Hay	River	....................................874-6455	/	4201	Fax
•		   Personal	development	courses                          Hay	River	Reserve	......................	874-3107	/	3229	Fax
•		   Support	for	distance	education	learners               Jean	Marie	River	....................................................... *
•		   Program	development                                   Kakisa	....................................................................... *
                                                            Nahanni	Butte	.......................................................... *
A	broad	range	of	programs	and	courses	are	delivered	        Trout Lake	................................................................. *
in	 communities	 depending	 upon	 the	 interest	 and	       Wrigley	..................................................................... *
availability	of	funding.                                    * Contact the Community Learning Centre Coordinator
                                                            for the Deh Cho region at (867) 695-7339
CoMMunitY leArning Centres                                  ____________________________________________
The Community Learning Centres of Aurora College
bring	our	programs	to	communities	throughout	the	           YelloWknife CAMpus
Northwest	Territories.	A	Community	Adult	Educator	          CoMMunitY leArning Centre
staffs	each	centre.                                         (867)
                                                            Behchokõ .................................... 392-6082	/	6366	Fax
Adult Educators conduct academic assessments                Dettah/Ndilo		........................920-3107	/	873-0160	Fax
and	assist	you	in	making	vocational	and	educational	        Gamètí		....................................... 997-3200	/	3201	Fax
choices.	 They	 can	 also	 assist	 with	 information	       Lutselk’e 	.....................................370-3902	/	3013	Fax
on career programs at Aurora College or other                            .
                                                            Wekweèti		 ..................................713-2023	/	2023	Fax
community	colleges	and	universities.	The	Community	         Whatí		......................................... 573-3084	/	3085	Fax
Adult	Educator	is	the	first	person	you	should	contact	
regarding	any	educational	need.




                                                                                                                                                                    13
                                                                                          College	have	a	mandate	to	offer	quality,	cost	effective	


     Continuing eduCAtion
                                                                                          programs	for	personal	and	professional	development.
                            Continuing                                                    We	 customize	 courses	 to	 suit	 your	 specific	 training	
                                                                                          requirements/goals.	 We	 offer	 practical,	 hands-on	
                            eduCAtion                                                     training	 relevant	 to	 real	 work	 situations,	 and	 we	
                                                                                          conduct	training	in	a	concise,	time-sensitive	manner,	
                            To	find	out	what	courses	are	currently	being	offered	at	      which enables employees to gain the maximum
                            a	campus	near	you	visit	the	Aurora	College	website	at         amount	of	learning	-	at	our	facility	or	yours.
                            www.auroracollege.nt.ca	and	follow	the	Program	links	
                            to	Continuing	Education	for	each	campus,	or	contact	us	       If	 you	 would	 like	 more	 information	 on	 customized	
                            directly	at:                                                  training	 for	 your	 organization,	 please	 contact	 your	
                                                                                          local	 Continuing	 Education	 department	 at	 Aurora	
                                                                                          College.
                            AurorA CAMpus
                            Anne Church
                            Coordinator,	Continuing	Education                             Continuing eduCAtion
                            Phone	(867)	777-7811	Fax	(867)	777-2850                       Courses
                            Email:	achurch@auroracollege.nt.ca                            Some	of	these	courses	may	be	offered	at	the	Campus	
                            Website:	www.auroracollege.nt.ca/campuses/                    nearest	 you.	 Course	 delivery	 is	 not	 limited	 to	 this	
                            auroracontedu.aspx                                            list.	 Please	 contact	 your	 local	 Continuing	 Education	
                                                                                          department	for	more	information.
                            tHeBACHA CAMpus
                            Vacant                                                        Business developMent
                            Coordinator,	Continuing	Education                             •		 Business	Basics
                            Phone	(867)	872-7519	Fax	(867)	872-5024                       •		 Bookkeeping
                            Email:	xxx@auroracollege.nt.ca                                •		 Accounting	and	Finance
                            Website:	www.auroracollege.nt.ca/campuses/                    •		 Simply	Accounting
                            thebachacontedu.aspx                                          •		 Quickbooks
                                                                                          •		 Proposal/Tendering	process
                            YelloWknife CAMpus                                            •		 Proposal	Writing
                            Karen Horn                                                    •		 Financial	Planning
                            Coordinator,	Continuing	Education                             •		 Project	Management
                            Phone	(867)	920-8802	Fax	(867)873-0333                        •		 Office	Procedures
                            Email:	khorn@auroracollege.nt.ca                              •		 Small	Business	Development
                            Website: www.auroracollege.nt.ca/campuses/
                            ykcontedu.aspx                                                CoMputer trAining
                                                                                          •		 Microsoft	Office	(Outlook,	Word,	Excel,		
                            MACA tuition suBsidY                                          	 PowerPoint,	
                            Subsidies	of	up	to	50%	are	now	available	for	qualifying	      			 Access,	Publisher	etc.)	and	related	software
                            non-profit	 organizations	 through	 MACA!	 Aurora	            •		 Adobe	software	(PageMaker,	Photoshop,	Go	Live,	
                            College	 and	 Municipal	 and	 Community	 Affairs	 have	       			 Live	Motion	etc.)
                            teamed	 up	 to	 offer	 community	 organizations	 an	          •		 Macromedia	software	(Fireworks,	DreamWeaver,
                            opportunity	to	apply	for	a	50	per	cent	tuition	subsidy	       	 Flash)
                            on	Continuing	Education	courses.                              •		 Introduction	to	Microcomputer	Applications
                                                                                          •		 Introduction	to	Microsoft	Windows
                            The	Department	of	Municipal	and	Community	Affairs	            •				Introduction	to	MacIntosh
                            (MACA)	recognizes	and	supports	the	voluntary	sector	          •	 ARCVIEW	GIS	Software	–	Intro,	Intermediate	&	
                            in	their	efforts	to	help	build	effective	and	sustainable	     	 Advanced
                            communities.	 Voluntary	 organizations	 rely	 on	 skilled	    •		 ARC	Explorer	GIS	Software
                            unpaid	and	paid	staff	to	manage	their	organizations.	         •		 Introduction	to	GPS
                            MACA	supports	building	the	capacity	of	the	voluntary	         •		 AutoCAD
                            sector	 so	 they	 may	 better	 carry	 out	 their	 valuable	   •		 Simply	Accounting
                            work.                                                         •		 Web	Page	design

                            For	 more	 information	 on	 this	 program	 and	 the	          finAnCe And ACCounting
                            application	 process,	 please	 contact	 your	 local	          •		 Finance	for	Non-Financial	Managers
                            Continuing	Education	department	at	Aurora	College.            •		 Pre-retirement	Planning
                                                                                          •		 Accounting
                            CustoMized trAining                                           •		 Quickbooks
                            The	 Continuing	 Education	 departments	 at	 Aurora	          •		 Simply	Accounting	
14
•		 Proposal/Tendering	Process




                                                       Continuing eduCAtion
•		 Overview	of	Contracting
•		 Financial	Planning

generAl interest
•		 Feng	Shui	for	the	Office
•		 Driver	Education
•		 Stained	Glass
•		 Languages
•		 Beadwork
•		 Traditional	Footwear
•		 Yoga
•		 Line	Dancing
•		 Caribou	Hair	Tufting
•		 Car	Maintenance
•		 Small	Engine	Maintenance

personAl skill developMent
•		 Communication	Skills
•		 Customer	Service	Training
•		 Office	Procedures
•		 Telephone	Skills
•		 Reception	Skills
•		 Time	Management
•		 Stress	Management
•		 Conflict	Resolution
•		 Dealing	with	Angry	People
•		 Managing	the	Hostile	Client
•		 Assertiveness	Training
•		 Public	Speaking
•		 Cross	Cultural	Awareness
•		 Proposal	Writing
•		 Tactical	Communications
•		 Therapeutic	Touch
•		 Leadership	Certificate	in	partnership	with		
	 Vancouver	Community	College
•		 General	Writing	Skills
•		 Supervision	Skills

sAfetY trAining
•		 First	Aid
•		 CPR
•		 H2S	Alive
•		 Transport	of	Dangerous	Goods
•		 WHMIS
•		 Chainsaw	Operations	and	Maintenance

Please	 contact	 your	 local	 continuing	 education	
department	for	more	information.




                                                                              15
                                 AurorA
     AurorA reseArCH institute   reseArCH
                                 institute
                                 The	 Aurora	 Research	 Institute	 (ARI)	 is	 the	 research	
                                 and	 scientific	 arm	 of	 Aurora	 College.	 ARI	 operates	
                                 two	 research	 centres	 in	 the	 Western	 Arctic,	 one	 in	
                                 Inuvik	and	one	in	Fort	Smith.

                                 The	 institute	 offers	 a	 variety	 of	 scientific	 expertise	
                                 and	 services,	 including	 research	 licensing,	 the	
                                 provision	 of	 laboratory	 and	 office	 space	 for	 visiting	
                                 researchers	and	the	promotion	of	science	in	northern	
                                 schools.	This	last	function	is	fulfilled	through	regular	
                                 science fairs at elementary and high schools across
                                 the	Western	Arctic.

                                 With	the	assistance	of	community	leaders	throughout	
                                 the	 western	 NWT,	 ARI	 has	 developed	 the	 northern	
                                 research	agenda,	identifying	which	areas	of	research	
                                 are	 of	 highest	 priority	 to	 northerners.	 One	 of	 the	
                                 guiding	 philosophies	 of	 ARI	 is	 that	 science	 must	 be	
                                 accessible	 to	 people	 and	 relevant	 to	 their	 everyday	
                                 lives.

                                 ARI	is	also	dedicated	to	the	advancement	of	traditional	
                                 knowledge,	the	ancient	wisdom	developed	over	the	
                                 centuries	 by	 northern	 Aboriginal	 people,	 and	 the	
                                 joining	of	this	knowledge	with	western	science.

                                 ContACt tHe AurorA reseArCH
                                 institute:

                                 Ari HeAd offiCe
                                 Phone:	(867)	777-3298
                                 Fax:	(867)	777-4264

                                 soutH slAve reseArCH Centre
                                 Phone:	(867)	872-4909
                                 Fax:	(867)	872-4922

                                 inuvik reseArCH Centre
                                 Phone:	(867)	777-3298
                                 Fax:	(867)	777-4264




16
pArtnersHips,                                                    organizations	that	are	reviewed	on	an	ongoing	basis.	




                                                                                                                                 pArtnersHip ArtiCulAtion And trAnsfer AgreeMents
                                                                 Additional	 information	 on	 transfer	 credits	 can	 be	

ArtiCulAtion                                                     obtained from the program manager of the College
                                                                 program	of	interest.

And trAnsfer                                                     Students wishing to obtain transfer credits at post-
                                                                 secondary	 institutions	 in	 Alberta	 should	 refer	 to	 the	
AgreeMents                                                       Alberta	 Transfer	 Guide,	 which	 lists	 all	 courses	 and	
                                                                 program transfer agreements between post secondary
pArtnersHips                                                     institutions	 in	 Alberta,	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	 and	
Aurora College works with a large number of                      Nunavut.	 	 The	 Guide	 and	 other	 transfer	 information	
Aboriginal	groups,	government	and	non-government	                are	 available	 online	 at	 www.acat.gov.ab.ca or
departments,	 and	 business	 and	 industry	 partners	            transferalberta.ca	or	by	contacting:
to	 ensure	 the	 timely	 delivery	 of	 relevant	 and	 high	
quality	post-secondary	programming	throughout	the	               Alberta Council of Admissions and Transfer
Northwest	Territories.	                                          11th.	Floor,	Commerce	Place
                                                                 10155	–	102	Street
Programs	delivered	and	funded	through	partnership	               Edmonton,	AB	T5J	4L5
arrangements	form	a	key	area	of	college	operations.	             Phone:	(780)	422-9021	or	310-0000	toll	free
These programs may focus on immediate training                   Email:	acat@gov.ab.ca
needs,	but	may	also	address	reoccurring	or	demand	
program	requirements.                                            Listed	 below	 are	 the	 organizations	 with	 which	 Aurora	
                                                                 College	has	current	transfer	agreements.	Some	courses	
Please	contact	the	registrar	at	your	nearest	Campus	             in the listed programs may not be transferable under
location	 or	 the	 Adult	 Educator	 at	 your	 Community	         existing	agreements.
Learning	Center	to	find	out	more	information	about	
these	programs.                                                  CertifiCAte in Adult
                                                                 eduCAtion
ArtiCulAtion And trAnsfer                                        •		 University	of	Alberta
Credit AgreeMents
Aurora	College	has	a	wide	variety	of	accreditation	and	          enviroMent & nAturAl
transfer credit agreements with other post-secondary             resourCes teCHnologY
institutions	 and	 organizations	 that	 are	 reviewed	 on	       progrAM
an	ongoing	basis.	                                               •		     Wildlife	Technology	Program	by	the	North		
                                                                 	       American	Wildlife	Technology	Association	
Transfer credit is the awarding of credits that were             •				   University	of	Saskatchewan	(BA	Northern		
formally	 earned	 from	 another	 institution	 for	 an	           	       Studies)
equivalent	course	or	credit	granted	for	the	successful	          •		     University	of	Lethbridge
completion	of	course	work	from	another	accredited	
post-secondary	institution.                                      Business AdMinistrAtion
                                                                     University	of	Saskatchewan	(BA	Northern		
                                                                 •				
If	 you	 have	 completed	 what	 you	 believe	 to	 be	 the	       	 	 Studies)
equivalent	 of	 an	 Aurora	 College	 course	 at	 another	        •			University	of	Lethbridge
post-secondary	 institution,	 you	 may	 apply	 for	 a	           •			The	Community	Economic	Development	(CED)		
transfer	 credit	 as	 part	 of	 your	 program	 application	          Stream of the Management Studies Diploma is
process.	 	 Approval	 of	 transfer	 credits	 is	 at	 the	        	 	 accredited	by	the	Council	for	the	Advancement		
discretion	of	the	host	institution.                              	 	 of	Native	Development	Officers	(CANDO)
Transfer credit is the awarding of course credits earned
at	 another	 post-secondary	 educational	 institution	
                                                                 soCiAl Work
                                                                 •			 University	of	Regina
for	an	equivalent	course.	If	you	have	completed	the	
equivalent	 of	 an	 Aurora	 College	 course	 at	 another	
institution,	 you	 may	 apply	 for	 transfer	 credit	 after	     BACHelor of eduCAtion
you	have	been	accepted	to	the	institution.	Approval	             •			 University	of	Saskatchewan
of	 transfer	 credits	 is	 at	 the	 discretion	 of	 the	 host	
institution.                                                     BACHelor of sCienCe in
                                                                 nursing
The	 College	 has	 a	 variety	 of	 credit	 transfer	             •			 University	of	Victoria
arrangements	 with	 other	 institutions	 and	

                                                                                                                                                                                    17
                                                        nurse prACtitioner                                              For	further	information	on	agreements	between	NWT	


     pArtnersHip ArtiCulAtion And trAnsfer AgreeMents
                                                        •			 Dalhousie	University                                       secondary	schools	and	Aurora	College	contact:
                                                                                                                        Secondary	 Program	 Co-ordinator,	 Department	 of	
                                                        Most progrAMs*                                                  Education,	Culture	and	Employment
                                                        •			 Nunavut	Arctic	College                                     Phone:	(867)	920-8769			Fax:	(867)	873-0109

                                                        * Check with the Vice president, Academic for                   Vice	President,	Academic
                                                        current program transfer agreements between                     Aurora College
                                                        Aurora College and other institutions.                          Phone:	(867)	872-7019
                                                                                                                        Fax:	(867)	872-5143
                                                        AdMission requireMents
                                                        Each	 university	 maintains	 its	 own	 admissions	 policy.	
                                                        Check with the Registrar to see which policies apply
                                                        to	you.	Full-time	students	are	expected	to	complete	a	
                                                        minimum	of	20	courses.

                                                        CertifiCAtion
                                                        Participants	 will	 receive	 a	 College	 transcript	 as	 the	
                                                        official	document	of	recognition.

                                                        AdditionAl fees
                                                        All	 students	 must	 pay	 a	 registration	 fee	 to	 the	
                                                        university	 at	 which	 they	 apply.	 For	 a	 description	 of	
                                                        other	fees	that	may	be	applicable,	see	the	appropriate	
                                                        university	calendar	or	check	with	the	Registrar.	Part-
                                                        time	students	pay	on	a	course-by-course	basis.

                                                        Financial	 assistance	 (grants,	 loans,	 etc.)	 may	 be	
                                                        available	 from	 the	 Student	 Financial	 Assistance	
                                                        Program,	 Department	 of	 Education,	 Culture	 and	
                                                        Employment,	GNWT.

                                                        Aurora	College	and	any	partner	university	reserve	the	
                                                        right	to	make	changes	to	any	policies	or	procedures,	
                                                        fees,	course	availability,	delivery	mode,	schedules	or	
                                                        program	 requirements	 at	 any	 time	 without	 further	
                                                        notice.	 Students	 are	 responsible	 for	 informing	
                                                        themselves	 of	 the	 regulations	 and	 requirements	 of	
                                                        their	program.

                                                        seCondArY sCHool
                                                        ArtiCulAtion AgreeMents
                                                        Aurora	 College	 is	 currently	 developing	 articulation	
                                                        agreements	with	NWT	secondary	schools	in	an	effort	to	
                                                        make the progression from high school to post-secondary
                                                        education	 more	 seamless.	 Current	 agreements	 have	
                                                        been	 formulated	 with	 the	 Office	 Administration	
                                                        Program	and	TechPrep.	These	agreements	are	designed	
                                                        to encourage secondary school graduates to pursue
                                                        further	educational	goals	at	Aurora	College.

                                                        offiCe AdMinistrAtion
                                                        Aurora	College	has	established	an	initial	Articulation	
                                                        Agreement with the two school boards in Yellowknife
                                                        for	the	Office	Administration	Program.	This	agreement	
                                                        outlines which secondary school courses are fully
                                                        transferable	to	the	Office	Administration	Program.


18
universitY of                                                  AdvAnCed eMpHAses




                                                                                                                            universitY of tHe ArCtiC
                                                               Advanced	Emphases	are	programs	of	study	generally	

tHe ArCtiC                                                     equivalent	 to	 30	 ECTS	 credits/15	 North	 American	
                                                               credit	 units,	 or	 approximately	 a	 semester	 worth	 of	
                                                               work,	and	which	focus	one	specific	issues	related	to	
AurorA College is A universitY                                 the	 North.	 Advanced	 Emphases	 are	 meant	 to	 give	
of tHe ArCtiC MeMBer                                           students	 practical	 knowledge	 and	 experience	 that	
                                                               can be used to obtain meaningful employment in
institution.
                                                               the	 North,	 or	 prepare	 them	 for	 advanced	 study	 on	
                                                               research	topics	related	to	northern	issues.
The	University	of	the	Arctic	is	a	cooperative	network	
of	 universities,	 colleges,	 and	 other	 organizations	
committed	 to	 higher	 education	 and	 research	 in	 the	      Credit
North.		Our	members	share	resources,	facilities,	and	          The	University	of	the	Arctic	is	not	a	credit	or	degree	
expertise	to	build	post-secondary	education	programs	          granting	 institution.	 Only	 member	 institutions	
that	are	relevant	and	accessible	to	northern	students.	    	   grant	 credit	 for	 Circumpolar	 Studies	 and	 Advanced	
Our	 overall	 goal	 is	 to	 create	 a	 strong,	 sustainable	   Emphases.	 The	 Circumpolar	 Studies	 program	 is	 not	
circumpolar region by empowering northerners and               in	itself	a	degree	program.	The	core	courses	plus	an	
northern	communities	through	education	and	shared	             Advanced	 Emphases	 equal	 72ECTS	 or	 36	 standard	
knowledge.		                                                   North	American	credit	hours.	

We	 promote	 education	 that	 is	 circumpolar,	                For	 more	 information	 on	 the	 Circumpolar	 Studies	
interdisciplinary,	 and	 diverse	 in	 nature,	 and	 draws	     program	visit	our	website	at	www.uarctic.org
on	 our	 combined	 strengths	 to	 address	 the	 unique	        To register for a course in the Bachelor of Circumpolar
challenges	 of	 the	 region.	 	 UArctic	 recognizes	 the	      Studies program contact your nearest Aurora College
integral role of indigenous peoples in northern                Campus	Registrar,	the	Manager,	Distributed	Learning,	
education,	and	seeks	to	engage	their	perspectives	in	          Information	 Systems	 &	 Technology	 at	 the	 Office	 of	
all	of	its	activities.                                         the	President,	or	contact	the	University	of	the	Arctic,	
                                                               Office	of	Undergraduate	Studies	at	bcs@uarctic.org
overvieW of tHe CirCuMpolAr
studies progrAM
The	 University	 of	 the	 Arctic	 offers	 a	 variety	 of	
programs	 aimed	 at	 increasing	 educational	 capacity	
and	opportunities	in	the	North.		The	Undergraduate	
program is called Bachelor of Circumpolar studies,	
and	the	UArctic	course	indicator	is	“BCS”.	There	are	
seven	 courses,	 offered	 through	 UArctic,	 each	 one	
equivalent	 to	 6	 ECTS	 (normally	 3	 North	 American	
credit	hours).	The	seven	courses	together	are	referred	
to	as	the	“BCS	Core”.

BCS	100:		   AN	INTRODUCTION	TO	THE		
	            CIRCUMPOLAR		WORLD
BCS	311:		   LAND	AND	ENVIRONMENT	I
BCS	312:		   LAND	AND	ENVIRONMENT	II
BCS	321:		   PEOPLES	AND	CULTURES	I
BCS	322:		   PEOPLES	AND	CULTURES	II
BCS	331:		   CONTEMPORARY	ISSUES	I
BCS	332:		   CONTEMPORARY	ISSUES	II	

These	courses	are	offered	online	and	are	open	to	
UArctic	member	institutions.		To	accommodate	the	
variety	in	semester	dates	among	UArctic	member	
institutions,	the	Circumpolar	Studies	program	team	
has established the following semester dates for
online	offerings:

Fall semester: september – December
spring semester: January – April


                                                                                                                                                       19
                                          BACHelor of
     BACHelor of AdMinistrAtion progrAM   AdMinistrAtion
                                          progrAM
                                          AtHABAsCA universitY Courses
                                          As	 of	 July	 1,	 2004,	 graduates	 from	 the	 Management	
                                          Studies program must apply directly to Athabasca
                                          University	if	they	wish	to	continue	in	the	Bachelor	of	
                                          Administration	Program.

                                          Students	 attend	 Aurora	 College	 and	 complete	 a	
                                          diploma	in	Management	Studies	(60	credits).		Upon	
                                          completion,	 and	 where	 specific	 qualifications	 and	
                                          previously	identified	course	requirements	have	been	
                                          met,	 students	 may	 be	 granted	 Block	 Transfer	 for	
                                          their	 Management	 Studies	 diplomas.	 	 This	 transfer	
                                          means	Athabasca	University	will	recognize	the	Aurora	
                                          College	Diploma	as	the	equivalent	of	two	years	in	the	
                                          three-year	Bachelor	of	Administration	program.




20
oBserver/                                                        CoMpletion requireMents




                                                                                                                                oBserver/ CoMMuniCAtor trAining
                                                                 Students	must	pass	all	three	of	the	required	courses	

CoMMuniCAtor                                                     in order to successfully complete the program and
                                                                 receive	 an	 “Aurora	 College	 Record	 of	 Achievement”	

trAining
                                                                 document.

                                                                 •		The	passing	grade	in	course	211-001	is	80%
                                                                 •		The	passing	grade	in	course	211-002	is	80%
progrAM desCription
                                                                 •		The	passing	grade	in	course	211-003	is	75%
The	 purpose	 of	 this	 program	 is	 to	 provide	 training	
relevant	 to	 the	 skills	 required	 to	 perform	 the	 duties	
                                                                 There	are	also	three	non-required	courses	offered	in	
of	 an	 Observer/Communicator.	 	 Training	 in	 the	 core	
                                                                 the	program:
program	 concentrates	 on	 radio	 simulations,	 radio	
communications	 and	 operating	 procedures,	 and	
                                                                 Course 211-100 is an “observer/ Communicator
weather	 observing	 and	 recording.	 Attendance	 is	
                                                                 refresher Workshop”.	 	 Participation	 in	 this	 course	
required	at	all	scheduled	classes.		Students	should	be	
                                                                 is	 coordinated	 through	 the	 appropriate	 agencies.	   	
aware that homework will be assigned on a regular
                                                                 Participants	 in	 this	 course	 will	 receive	 an	 Aurora	
basis.
                                                                 College	Record	of	Participation	Certificate.
There	 are	 three	 required	 courses	 and	 three	 non-
                                                                 Course 211-200 is “observer/Communicator on-Job
required	courses	in	this	program.
                                                                 Training”. 	While	successful	completion	of	On-Job	Training	
                                                                 (OJT)	 is	 required	 before	 an	 Observer/Communicator	
progrAM AdMission                                                Trainee	 can	 receive	 temporary	 certification,	 this	
Candidates are recruited from the Northwest                      activity	 is	 often	 conducted	 by	 authorized	 non-College	
Territories,	 Nunavut,	 Yukon	 and	 Quebec	 only	 when	          personnel.		Accordingly,	this	activity	will	only	be	treated	
a	position	is	available,	and	only	form	the	community	            as an Aurora College course when it is conducted by
where	 that	 need	 exists.	 	 If	 there	 is	 more	 than	         authorized	Aurora	College	instructors.
one acceptable applicant for the program from a
particular	 location,	 interviews	 will	 be	 conducted	          Course 211-300 is “synoptic Weather Coding”.		This	
by	 representatives	 of	 the	 appropriate	 agencies	 to	         course will be taken by students who will be working
determine	the	most	suitable	candidate.                           at	 Community	 Aerodrome	 Radio	 Stations	 (CARS)	
                                                                 where	Environment	Canada	has	determined	there	is	
Grade	 10	 Math	 and	 English,	 or	 ABE	 Math	 140	 and	         to	 be	 a	 requirement	 for	 the	 supplementary	 surface	
ABE	English	140.		Equivalencies	will	be	considered	on	           weather	 data	 that	 comprises	 a	 synoptic	 report.	   	
an	individual	basis.		Applicants	will	normally	be	tested	        Course	211-001	is	a	prerequisite	for	this	course.		This	
in	 order	 to	 evaluate	 their	 basic	 Math	 and	 English	       course	is	48	instructional	hours.
comprehension	skills.

Applicant	 may	 be	 required	 to	 undergo	 a	 physical	
                                                                 doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                 Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement	
examination	in	which	an	emphasis	is	placed	on	good	
vision	and	hearing.		Specific	vision,	hearing	and	other	
physical	 criteria	 is	 available	 from	 the	 appropriate	
agencies.

progrAM oBJeCtives
The	 objective	 of	 the	 program	 is	 to	 train	 Observer/
Communicators to work at Community Aerodrome
Radio	Stations.		The	graduates	–	as	employers	of	their	
respective	contractor,	hamlet,	territorial	or	provincial	
government	–	will	perform	aviation	support	duties	on	
behalf	of	their	employer.		

The	 Observer/Communicator	 may	 be	 called	 upon	 to	
perform	the	following:
•		Emergency	Services;
•		Air	and	Ground	Communication	Services;
•		Weather	Observing	Services;
•		Flight	Planning	Services;
•		Communications	Equipment	and	Navaids	Services;
•		Aerodrome	Status	Reporting	Services;	and
•		Administration	Service.
                                                                                                                                                                  21
                                         environMentAl                                                    progrAM AdMission

     environMentAl Monitoring trAining
                                                                                                          Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 subject	 to	 program	

                                         Monitoring                                                       eligibility	requirements.

                                                                                                          progrAM oBJeCtives
                                         trAining                                                         Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	 Environmental	
                                                                                                          Monitor	 Training	 Program,	 the	 student	 will	 be	 able	
                                         progrAM desCription                                              to:
                                         The	 five-week	 Environmental	 Monitoring	 Training	             •		 Demonstrate	an	understanding	of	the	role	of	an	
                                         Program	 provides	 students	 with	 the	 foundation,	             	 environmental	monitor;
                                         knowledge,	 and	 skills	 to	 meaningfully	 participate	 in	      •		 Communicate	effectively;	
                                         environmental	 monitoring	 activities.	 This	 program	           •		 Demonstrate	an	understanding	of	the		 	
                                         is	 aimed	 at	 those	 individuals	 who	 are	 interested	 in	     	 environmental	sector	and	relevant	legislation;
                                         working	in	the	environmental	sector	and	require	pre-             •		 Conduct	basic	field	work	following	standard		
                                         technician	 level	 training	 on	 environmental	 concepts	        	 protocols;		
                                         and	 measures.	 The	 Environmental	 Monitor	 Training	           •		 Effectively	use	communication	equipment		
                                         Program	 will	 prepare	 program	 graduates	 for	 work	           	 and	technology,	take	photographs,	and	use		
                                         on	 various	 projects,	 such	 as	 pipeline	 construction,	       	 global	positioning	systems;	
                                         seismic,	 fishing,	 mining,	 oil	 and	 gas	 operations,	 and	    •		 Describe	and	use	maps;	
                                         more.                                                            •		 Comply	and	follow	guidelines	for	health,	safety,		
                                                                                                          	 and	environmental	requirements;
                                         This	 program	 is	 delivered	 in	 partnership	 with	 the	        •		 Identify	 the	 importance	 of	 local	 knowledge	 and	
                                         Building	 Environmental	 Aboriginal	 Human	 Resources	               demonstrate an understanding of how to
                                         (BEAHR)	 Learning	 Institute,	 and	 the	 curriculum	 is	         	 incorporate	local	knowledge	into	environmental		
                                         based	 on	 the	 National	 Occupational	 Standards	 for	          	 monitoring	activities;
                                         Environmental	Monitors.	                                         •		 (Regulatory)	Follow	protocol	for	regulatory		
                                                                                                          	 monitoring	and	monitor	impacts	on	ecosystems;		
                                         Students	are	required	to	complete	a	three-week	core	                 and
                                         skills course and a two-week regulatory course or a              •		 (Research)	Assist	with	testing	of	various			
                                         two-week	research	course.                                        	 environmental	components	(air,	water,	soil	etc.),		
                                                                                                          	 assist	 with	 environmental	 surveying,	 follow
                                         The	 courses	 may	 be	 delivered	 consecutively	 over	               sampling protocols and use monitor
                                         a	 five-week	 period,	 or	 they	 may	 be	 spread	 out	           	 instrumentation.	
                                         over	 a	 longer	 period	 of	 time.	 This	 flexibility	 allows	
                                         communities	to	adjust	program	delivery	to	meet	their	            MetHods of instruCtion
                                         specific	requirements.                                           Practical	 methodology	 focusing	 on	 the	 development	
                                                                                                          of	technical	skills	through	mini	workshops,	small	group	
                                         note: the curriculum used in the environmental                   work,	field	work,	and	explain,	demonstrate	and	imitate	
                                         monitor training program is the property of the                  instructional	techniques.	
                                         BEAHR Learning Institute and is used by Aurora
                                         College as a licensed training provider.                         To	 ensure	 local	 appropriateness,	 the	 curriculum	
                                                                                                          incorporates	 local	 and	 traditional	 knowledge	
                                         progrAM eligiBilitY                                              components	 into	 the	 environmental	 monitoring	
                                         Applicants wishing to enter the program must meet                process	as	a	constant	theme	throughout	the	program.	
                                         the	following	criteria:
                                         •   Have	a	desire	to	work	as	an	Environmental		                  MetHods of evAluAtion
                                             Monitor                                                      To successfully complete the program students are
                                         •   Have	successfully	completed	Grade	8	Math	and		               required	to	achieve	an	overall	mark	greater	than	50	per	
                                         	 English,	or	ABE	Math	130	and	ABE	English	130,		                cent.	 The	 curriculum	 contains	 evaluation	 tools	 to	 be	
                                         	 or	equivalent.	                                                conducted	at	the	completion	of	each	core	skill	segment	
                                                                                                          and	specialization	courses	(except	Local	Knowledge).			
                                         AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                         Applicants will be assessed by Aurora College against            Students must attend a minimum of 90 per cent of class
                                                                                                          time.
                                         the	 program	 eligibility	 criteria.	 For	 third	 party	
                                         deliveries,	 the	 College	 may	 find	 it	 appropriate	 to	
                                         screen	 applicants	 in	 consultation	 with	 the	 program	        doCuMent of reCognition
                                         partners	and	host	community.	                                    Aurora	College	record	of	achievement

                                                                                                          Upon	completion	of	the	program,	graduates	will	also	re-
                                                                                                          ceive	a	certificate	issued	by	the	BEAHR	Learning	Institute.	
22
sMAll Business                                                 expansion.	 The	 program	 integrates	 a	 special	 project	




                                                                                                                             sMAll Business developMent
                                                               to	 provide	 participants	 with	 hands-on	 experience	 in	

developMent
                                                               starting	 and	 running	 a	 small	 business.	 This	 program	
                                                               focuses	 on	 the	 practical	 development	 of	 a	 small	
                                                               business	from	start	to	finish	and	participants	will	have	
progrAM desCription                                            the opportunity to work on their own business idea in
The	 Small	 Business	 Development	 program	 is	 a	 16-         this	program.
week	 program	 designed	 for	 individuals	 wanting	 to	
start	a	small	business	in	the	Northwest	Territories.	The	      progrAM oBJeCtives
program	addresses	areas	essential	for	the	successful	          This	program	will:
start-up	and	operation	of	a	small	business,	including	         • Prepare	individuals	to	launch	a	small	business	in		 	
the	 structure	 of	 small	 businesses,	 developing	                the North
a	 business	 plan,	 sales	 and	 marketing,	 financial	         • Prepare	individuals	to	work	within	a	small	business
management,	 human	 resource	 management,	                     • Help	students	gain	practical	skills,	knowledge	and	
strategic	 planning,	 business	 management	 and	               	 abilities	in	starting,	growing	and	maintaining	a		 	
leadership,	 and	 business	 expansion.	 The	 program	              small business
integrates	 a	 special	 project	 to	 provide	 participants	    • Provide	a	skills	base	for	participants	wishing	to		 	
with	 hands-on	 experience	 in	 starting	 and	 running	 a	         learn more about small business in Canada
small	business.	This	program	focuses	on	the	practical	         • Provide	tools	and	resources	by	which	graduates
development	of	a	small	business	from	start	to	finish	              can make decisions within the areas of the
and	participants	will	have	the	opportunity	to	work	on	         		 programs	expertise
their	own	business	idea	in	this	program.
                                                               CoMpletion requireMents
progrAM eligiBilitY                                            Students must successfully complete all course and
Applicants	must	have:                                          program	activities	in	order	to	meet	the	requirements	
•		 A	desire	to	be	self-employed	and	start	a	small	            of	this	program.	
    business
•		 Grade	9	or	English	120	and	Math	120                        doCuMent of reCognition
                                                               Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement
AppliCAnt AssessMent
•   Applicants must submit an Aurora College
	   application	form	to	the	registrar	at	the	campus		
	   to	which	they	are	applying.
•   A	written	personal	statement	of	interest			
    explaining their business concept must be
	   submitted.
•   Two	letters	of	reference	should	be	included	with		
	   the	application.

Student	suitability	will	be	assessed	during	a	required	
screening	interview.

progrAM AdMission
Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program	 based	
on	 their	 meeting	 entrance	 eligibility	 requirements,	
references,	 space	 availability,	 their	 personal	
statement of interest and responses to the admissions
interview.

progrAM inforMAtion
The	 Small	 Business	 Development	 program	 is	 a	 16-
week	 program	 designed	 for	 individuals	 wanting	
to	 start	 a	 small	 business	 in	 the	 NWT.	 The	 program	
addresses	 areas	 essential	 for	 the	 successful	 start	
up	 and	 operation	 of	 a	 small	 business,	 including	 the	
structure	of	small	businesses,	developing	a	business	
plan,	 sales	 and	 marketing,	 financial	 management,	
human	 resource	 management,	 strategic	 planning,	
business	management	and	leadership,	and	business	

                                                                                                                                                          23
                                   Adult BAsiC eduCAtion
     progrAMs                         equivAlenCies
                Course             # of hours        Passing mark                        Approximate Grade equivalency

                English	110	             210	        60%	overall	                        Grades	1-3
                English	120	             210	        60%	overall	                        Grades	4-6
                English	130	             210	        60%	overall	                        Grades	7-8
                English	140	             210	        60%	overall	                        Grades	9-10
                English	150	             210	        60%	overall	                        English	Language	Arts	(ELA)	30-2
                English	160	             210	        60%	overall	                        English	Language	Arts	(ELA)	30-1

                Math	110	                150	        75%	overall	                        Grades	1-3
                Math	120	                150	        75%	overall	and	65%	on	exit	exam	   Grades	4-6
                Math	130	                150	        75%	overall	and	65%	on	exit	exam	   Grades	7-8
                Math	140	                150	        75%	overall	                        Grade	9	–	Applied	Math	10
                Math	145	                150	        70%	overall	                        Grade	11	Applied
                Math	150	                150	        70%	overall	                        Grade	12	Applied
                Math	160	                150	        60%	overall		                       Pure	Math	30

                Career/Life	Work		       		45	       -Demonstrate	mastery	of	at	least	80%	of	the	learning	outcomes
                120/130	                     	       -Complete	a	Career	Plan
                                                     -Complete all assignments

                Career/College	130/140			45	         -Demonstrate	mastery	of	at	least	80%	of	the	learning	outcomes
                		                         	         -Participate	in	mock	or	real	job	interviews
                		                         	         -Evaluate	own	and	other	students’	performance	in	an	interview
                		                         	         -Complete	a	resume	and	cover	letter
                		                         	         -Complete	an	education	action	plan

                Science	110	             		75	       	                                   -	Grades	1-3
                Science	120	            100	         	                                   -	Grades	4-6
                Science	130	            100	         	                                   -	Grades	7-8
                Science	140	            100	         	                                   -	Grades	9-10
                Science	150
                A-Biology/Chemistry
                B-Physics/Earth	Science		100	for	one	of	A	or	B	                          -	Grade	11	General	Science
                Science	160	            150	         	                                   -	Biology	30

                Social	Studies	110	       75	        	                                   -	Grades	1-3
                Social	Studies	120	       75	        	                                   -	Grades	4-6
                Social	Studies	130	       75	        	                                   -	Grades	7-8
                Social	Studies	140	       75	        	                                   -	Grades	9-10
                Social	Studies	150	       75	        	                                   -	Social	Studies	33
                Social	Studies	160	       75	        	                                   -	Social	Studies	30

                Introduction	to	
                Computers	                45




24
Adult BAsiC                                                    progrAM eligiBilitY




                                                                                                                                    Adult BAsiC eduCAtion
                                                               Individuals	who	are	at	least	seventeen	years	of	age.

eduCAtion                                                      AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                                               Applicants must complete an entrance placement test to
oFFereD AT ALL CAmPuses AnD mosT                                                                                                	
                                                               assess	English	and	math	skills.		This	is	not	a	pass	or	fail	test.	
CommunITY LeArnInG CenTres                                     Also,	 as	 part	 of	 the	 placement	 process,	 Aurora	 College	
                                                               staff	may	interview	each	participant	to	assess	suitability	
Adult	 Basic	 Education	 includes	 six	 levels	 of	 study,	    for	the	program.
ranging from basic literacy to course work at the grade
12	level.	Courses	in	this	program	enable	participants	         progrAM AdMission
to	learn	or	relearn	skills	needed	to	meet	employment,	         Students	 meeting	 the	 above	 program	 requirements	
personal	 or	 educational	 goals.	 Participants	 in	 Adult	    may	be	admitted	to	the	program.
Basic	Education	take	a	program	of	study	according	to	
their	 personal	 needs	 and	 academic	 levels.	 Because	
of	this,	time	spent	in	the	program	will	vary	for	each	
                                                               progrAM inforMAtion
                                                               •			 Program	design	varies	at	each	program	location	
individual.
                                                               	    (community	learning	centres	and	campuses)
                                                               •			 The	core	program	consists	of	English,	Math,	ABE	
Due	 to	 the	 range	 of	 courses	 available,	 the	 course	
                                                               	    Lifework	120/130	and	ABE	Career/College	130/140
offerings	will	vary	at	each	program	location	(community	
                                                               	    and	Aboriginal	Languages.	Social	Studies	and		
learning	centres	and	campuses).	Participants	often	enroll	
                                                               	    Science	may	be	offered	as	electives.	Not	all	courses	
in	the	program	as	a	first	step	to	entering	a	certificate	or	
                                                               	    are	available	at	all	locations.
diploma	program.	Students	may	take	ABE	courses	on	a	
                                                               •		  Fulltime	and	part-time	students	are	placed	in	a		
full-time	or	part-time	basis.
                                                                    program of study based on their interests and
                                                               	 needs.
Electives	 associated	 with	 the	 Teacher	 Education	
                                                               •			 Students	attend	all	scheduled	classes	in	accordance	
Program	are	designed	to	assist	the	student	in	meeting	
                                                               	 with	College/Program	policy.
the	admission	requirements	of	that	program.

Electives	 associated	 with	 the	 Management	 Studies	         progrAM oBJeCtives
Program	are	designed	to	assist	the	student	in	meeting	         The	 Adult	 Basic	 Education	 Program	 will	 provide	 the	
the	admission	requirements	of	that	program.                    student	with	the	opportunity	to:
                                                               •			 Develop	specific	skills	in	specific	subject	areas;
Electives	 associated	 with	 the	 Nursing	 Program	            •			 Expand	critical	and	creative	thinking	skills;
are	 designed	 to	 assist	 the	 student	 in	 meeting	 the	     •			 Acquire	skills,	knowledge	and	attitudes	needed		
admission	 requirements	 of	 the	 Nursing	 Diploma	            	 to	meet	personal,	employment	or	educational		
program.                                                       	 goals;
                                                               •			 Explore	a	range	of	learning	experiences;
Elective	 associated	 with	 the	 Trades	 Program	 are	         •			 Apply	new	knowledge	to	different	situations;
designed	 to	 assist	 the	 student	 in	 meeting	 the	          •				 Develop	career	paths	leading	directly	to		
admission	 requirements	 of	 the	 Trades	 Programs.	 A	              employment or entry into further training programs
specialization	in	mining	has	been	developed	to	meet	           	 through	the	study	of	carefully	chosen	electives.
the	new	mine	training	initiatives.
                                                               CoMpletion requireMents
Elective	 courses	 associated	 with	 the	 Mining	 and	         •			   For	ABE	English	courses,	the	student	must	
Industry	Trades	are	designed	to	assist	the	student	in	         	      achieve	an	average	of	60%	to	receive	course		    	
meeting	 the	 admission	 requirements	 of	 the	 Mining	        	      credit.
and	Industry	Trades.                                           •			   For	ABE	Math	courses,	the	student	must	achieve
                                                               		     an	average	of	75%	in	Math	120	and	130	to		       	
Elective	 courses	 associated	 with	 the	 General	             	      receive	course	credit;	75%	in	Math	140	and	70%			
Administration	are	designed	to	assist	the	student	for	         	      in	Math	145	and	Math	150.
entry	 into	 higher	 level	 management	 accounting	 or	        •			   For	all	other	courses	the	student	must	achieve		 	
computing	programs.                                            	      60%	to	receive	course	credit.

Elective	 courses	 associated	 with	 the	 Natural	             doCuMent of reCognition
Resources	Technology	Program	are	designed	to	assist	           Record	of	Achievement
the	 student	in	 meeting	 the	 admission	 requirements	
of	that	program.



                                                                                                                                                            25
                       CurriCuluM                                        Course desCriptions


     Adult eduCAtion
                       080-101			     	ABE	ENGLISH	110                   080-101 ABe enGLIsH 110
                       080-102				    ABE	ENGLISH	120                    English	 110	 is	 designed	 for	 adult	 learners	 who	 are	
                       080-103				    ABE	ENGLISH	130	                   interested	 in	 developing	 basic	 literacy	 skills.	 	 The	
                       080-104				    ABE	ENGLISH	140                    course	 content	 includes	 reading,	 writing,	 speaking,	
                       080-105				    ENGLISH	150                        listening,	viewing	and	critical	thinking	skills	in	either	a	
                       080-106				    ENGLISH	160                        one-to-one	or	small	group	instructional	environment.	       	
                                                                         Using	the	learners’	knowledge	and	experiences,	the	
                       080-111				    ABE	MATH	110                       focus	 is	 on	 real-life	 application	 of	 reading,	 writing	
                       080-112				    ABE	MATH	120                       and	communication	skills.		Upon	completion	of	this	
                       080-113				    ABE	MATH	130                       course,	learners	may	choose	to	continue	their	studies	
                       080-114				    ABE	MATH	140                       in	English	120.		See	Specific	Learning	Outcomes.
                       080-117				    MATH	145
                       080-115				    ABE	MATH	150                       080-102 ABe enGLIsH 120
                       080-116				    MATH	160                           English	 120	 is	 for	 students	 who	 are	 able	 to	
                                                                         understand	 and	 use	 spoken	 English.	 	 Students	 will	
                       080-121				    ABE	SCIENCE	110                    also demonstrate mastery of reading readiness skills
                       080-122				    ABE	SCIENCE	120                    outlined	 in	 ABE	 English	 110	 and	 be	 able	 to	 write	
                       080-123				    ABE	SCIENCE	130                    simple stories and messages based on personal
                       080-124				    ABE	SCIENCE	140                    experiences.	 	 English	 120	 uses	 a	 holistic	 approach.	 	
                       080-127				    ABE	SCIENCE	150A                   It	 develops	 reading,	 listening,	 viewing,	 speaking,	
                       080-128				    ABE	SCIENCE	150B                   writing,	 thinking,	 depicting	 and	 cooperative	 skills	
                       080-126				    BIOLOGY	160                        based	 on	 the	 learner’s	 needs	 and	 interests.	 	 Upon	
                                                                         completion	 of	 this	 course,	 students	 may	 choose	 to	
                       080-131				    SOCIAL	STUDIES	110                 continue	 their	 studies	 in	 English	 130.	 	 See	 Specific	
                       080-132				    ABE	SOCIAL	STUDIES	120             Learning	Outcomes.
                       080-133				    ABE	SOCIAL	STUDIES	130
                       080-134				    ABE	SOCIAL	STUDIES	140             080-103 ABe enGLIsH 130
                       080-135				    SOCIAL	STUDIES	150                 English	 130	 is	 designed	 for	 students	 who	 can	 read,	
                                                                         write,	speak,	and	understand	basic	English	but	who	
                       080-142				    ABE	CAREER/LIFEWORK	120/130        may	lack	skills	and	confidence.		English	130	uses	an	
                       080-143				    ABE	CAREER/COLLEGE	130/140         integrated	 approach	 to	 actively	 involve	 students	 in	
                                                                         all	processes	of	language.		Students	will	develop	the	
                       080-151				    ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	110            ability to share personal experiences and responses
                       080-152				    ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	120            to	literature	in	both	oral	and	written	forms.		Students	
                       080-153				    ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	130            who successfully complete this course will be able to
                       080-154			     ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	140            write	 a	 well-developed	 paragraph	 which	 has	 been	
                       080-161				    ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	115            taken	through	numerous	drafts	to	a	final	copy.		They	
                       080-162				    ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	125            may	choose	to	continue	their	studies	in	English	140.
                       080-163					   ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	135
                       080-164					   ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	145            080-104 ABe enGLIsH 140
                                                                         English	 140	 is	 for	 students	 who	 have	 mastered	 the	
                       eLeCTIVes                                         basic	skills	identified	in	English	130.		The	course	uses	
                       080-321				    BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS    an integrated approach and is designed to increase
                       080-200				    TRADITIONAL	KNOWLEDGE              competence	in	all	areas	of	language	-	reading,	writing,	
                       080-210				    RECREATION                         listening,	 speaking,	 and	 viewing.	 	 The	 students	 will	
                       080-220				    WORK	EXPERIENCE                    develop	 skills	 in	 writing	 narrative,	 descriptive,	 and	
                       080-412				    TRADES	MATH                        expository	multi-paragraph	compositions,	as	well	as	
                       080-413					   TRADES	SCIENCE                     business	correspondence	and	research	assignments.	         	
                       080-414				    TRADES	ENGLISH                     Students who successfully complete this course will
                       080-143				    ABE	CAREER/COLLEGE	130/140         be able to write and self-edit a well constructed
                       080-415				    INTRODUCTIN	TO	THE	MINE	INDUSTRY   expository	 essay	 with	 a	 minimum	 of	 structural,	
                       080-416				    DRIVER	EDUCATION	CLASS	5           grammatical,	and	spelling	errors.		They	may	choose	
                       080-417				    INTRODUCTORY	WELDING               to	continue	their	studies	in	English	150	or	an	Aurora	
                                                                         College	certificate	program.

                                                                         080-105 enGLIsH 150 (eLA30-2 - ALBerTA/nWT
                                                                         GrADe 12)
                                                                         English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	 the	
                                                                         skills	necessary	to	succeed	in	college	diploma	programs.	   	
26
The	 course	 uses	 an	 integrated	 approach	 to	 develop	          the	 Applied	 Mathematics	 curriculum	 of	 the	 western	




                                                                                                                                        Adult eduCAtion
skills	 in	 critical	 reading,	 literacy	 analysis,	 expository	   Canadian	 Protocol.	 	 It	 leads	 into	 the	 Mathematics	
writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	 	 Students	 who	       160	level	(Alberta	Pure	Math	30).		The	course	follows	
successfully complete this course will be able to write            the	objectives	set	out	in	the	Alberta	Math	Applied	30	
a	well-constructed	research	paper.		They	are	required	             curriculum and prepares the learner to write the Math
to	write	the	English	30-2	departmental	examination	in	             Applied	30	diploma	exam.
order	to	receive	credit	for	this	course.
                                                                   080-116 ABe mATH 160
080-106 enGLIsH 160 (eLA 30-1 - ALBerTA/nWT                        It	is	a	continuation	of	Mathematics	150	and	it	is	based	
GrADe 12)                                                          on	the	Pure	Math	curriculum	of	the	western	Canadian	
This course is an academic literature course designed              Protocol.	 	 	 The	 course	 follows	 the	 objectives	 set	 out	
for	those	students	wishing	university	entrance.		The	              in	the	Alberta	Pure	Math	30	curriculum	and	prepares	
course	requires	a	concentrated	study	of	the	various	               the	learner	to	write	the	Pure	Math	30	diploma	exam.
forms	 of	 literature.	 	 Two	 novels,	 two	 plays,	 and	
a	 variety	 of	 short	 stories,	 essays	 and	 poems	 are	          080-117 mATH 145
studied.	 	 They	 are	 required	 to	 write	 the	 English	 30-1	    This	course	is	designed	to	build	on	mathematics	at	the	
departmental	examination	in	order	to	receive	credit	for	           intermediate	 level.	 	 It	 is	 a	 continuation	 of	 Math	 140	
this	course.                                                       and	it	is	based	on	the	Applied	Mathematics	curriculum	
                                                                   of	the	Western	Canadian	Protocol.		It	is	organized	into	
080-111 ABe mATH 110                                               four	strands:	Numbers,	Patterns	and	Relations,	Shape	
This course is designed for students with limited                  and	Space,	and	Statistics	and	Probability.		Some	of	the	
prior	knowledge	of	basic	math	concepts.		The	course	               topics	covered	include	financial	math,	linear	and	non-
content	includes	whole	numbers,	one	step	problem	                  linear	 systems,	 quadratic	 functions,	 measurement,	
solving,	 and	 a	 basic	 introduction	 to	 geometry	 and	          properties	of	circles	and	polygons,	analyzing	data,	and	
metric	 measurement.	 	 The	 focus	 is	 on	 developing	            making	inferences.
concrete	 and	 functional	 terms	 familiar	 to	 the	
student’s	 environment	 to	 build	 the	 concepts	 of	              080-121 ABe sCIenCe 110
mathematical	logic.                                                This	is	the	most	basic	introductory	science	course,	and	is	
                                                                   based	upon	the	students’	experiences.		Science	concepts	
080-112 ABe mATH 120                                               will	be	explored	in	a	context	of	relevant	northern	topics.	     	
This course is designed to introduce the student to                Students	 will	 research	 topics	 of	 their	 choice,	 and	 their	
basic	mathematics.		It	is	designed	for	students	with	              reporting	 methods	 will	 be	 visual	 and	 oral	 as	 well	 as	
prior	 knowledge	 of	 arithmetic	 concepts.	 	 All	 ABE	           written.	 Simple	 hands-on	 exercises	 will	 reinforce	 the	
Math	 courses	 from	 the	 120	 level	 up	 are	 organized	          basic	concepts.
into	 4	 strands:	 	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	
Shape	and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.		See	the	             080-122 ABe sCIenCe 120
Specific	Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.                This basic introductory science course is based upon the
                                                                   learners’	experiences.		Science	concepts	will	be	explored	
080-113 ABe mATH 130                                               in	 a	 context	 of	 relevant	 northern	 topics.	 	 Learners	 will	
This course is designed to build on the learner’s                  research	 topics	 of	 their	 choice,	 and	 their	 reporting	
knowledge	of	basic	mathematics.		It	is	a	continuation	             methods	will	be	visual	and	oral	as	well	as	written.		Simple	
of	 Math	 120.	 	 All	 ABE	 Math	 courses	 from	 the	 120	         hands-on	 experiments	 and	 practice	 will	 reinforce	 the	
level	 up	 are	 organized	 into	 4	 strands:	 	 Numbers,	          basic	concepts.
Patterns	 and	 Relations,	 Shape	 and	 Space,	 Statistics	
and	Probability.		See	the	Specific	Learning	Outcomes	              080-123 ABe sCIenCe 130
under	Curriculum	Detail.                                           This	is	an	introductory	overview	course	based	upon	the	
                                                                                                                             	
                                                                   learners’	experiences	and	their	previous	science	training.	
080-114 ABe mATH 140                                               Science	concepts	will	be	explored	in	a	context	of	relevant	
This course is designed to build the learner’s                     northern	 topics.	 	 Students	 will	 begin	 to	 work	 with	
knowledge	of	mathematics	at	the	intermediate	level.	    	          mathematical	expressions.		While	their	reporting	will	be	
It	is	a	continuation	of	ABE	Mathematics	130.		All	ABE	             visual	and	oral	as	well	as	written,	more	practice	will	be	
Math	 courses	 from	 the	 120	 level	 up	 are	 organized	          given	in	writing	than	in	Science	110	and	120.		Students	
into	 4	 strands:	 	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	          will	begin	to	investigate	problems	on	their	own.
Shape	and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.		See	the	
Specific	Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.                080-124 ABe sCIenCe 140
                                                                   This intermediate course introduces the learners to
080-115 ABe mATH 150                                               chemistry,	biology	and	physics.		It	builds	on	the	learners’	
This course is designed to build the learner’s                     experiences	from	life	and	from	previous	courses	in	this	
knowledge	of	mathematics	at	an	advanced	level.		It	is	             series,	 and	 prepares	 the	 way	 for	 the	 pre-college	 level	
a	continuation	of	Mathematics	140	and	it	is	based	on	              Science	150.
                                                                                                                                                          27
                       080-127 ABe sCIenCe 150A                                         focus	of	the	course	at	the	140	level	is	on	the	territory	


     Adult eduCAtion
                       This	course	is	a	preparation	for	further	certificate	and	        in which the learner resides and a comparison with
                       diploma programs related to science or for entry into            other	Canadian	Territories	where	appropriate.		A	unit	
                       30	level	(Grade	12,	ABE	160	level)	science	courses.		It	         on Aboriginal Rights and Land Claims is included to
                       focuses	on	the	fields	of	Life	Science	-	Ecology,	Biology,	       ensure	 students	 are	 well	 versed	 in	 this	 important	
                       and	Chemistry.                                                   topic.	 	 The	 course	 will	 provide	 learners	 with	 the	
                                                                                        knowledge	 and	 critical	 thinking	 skills	 necessary	 to	
                       080-128 ABe sCIenCe 150B                                         better	understand	their	territory	and	its	relationship	
                       This	 course	 is	 a	 preparation	 for	 further	 certificate	     to	 the	 other	 territories	 and	 the	 rest	 of	 Canada.		
                       or	 diploma	 programs	 related	 to	 science	 or	 30	 level	      The	 current	 events	 unit	 provides	 an	 opportunity	 to	
                       (Grade	12,	ABE	160	level)	science	courses.		It	focuses	          ensure	 learners	 focus	 on	 national	 and	 international	
                       on	the	fields	of	Physics	and	Earth	Science.                      events	 and	 how	 they	 impact	 the	 north	 providing	 a	
                                                                                        link	to	and	preparing	learners	for	higher	level	Social	
                       080-126 BIoLoGY 160                                              Studies	 courses.	 	 A	 skills	 component	 is	 integrated	
                       This	course	is	the	Alberta/NWT	Grade	12	Biology	30.              throughout the course helping to reinforce and build
                                                                                        on	research	and	critical	thinking	skills	begun	in	ABE	
                       080-131 soCIAL sTuDIes 110                                       English	120,	130,	and	140.
                       ABE	 Social	 Studies	 was	 developed	 for	 use	 by	 all	
                       ABE	 learners.	 	 The	 curriculum	 emphasizes	 the	              080-135 soCIAL sTuDIes 150
                       “process”	 of	 Social	 Studies,	 introducing	 students	 to	      ABE	 Social	 Studies	 was	 developed	 for	 use	 by	 all	 ABE	
                       key concepts and generic skills that can be applied              learners.		The	curriculum	emphasizes	the	“process”	of	
                       to	 the	 study	 of	 any	 social	 phenomenon.	 The	 Social	       Social	Studies,	introducing	students	to	key	concepts	and	
                       Studies	curriculum	is	based	on	a	multi-level	approach	           generic skills that can be applied to the study of any social
                       around	four	themes;		Your	Community/Your	Region,	                phenomenon.	 The	 Social	 Studies	 curriculum	 is	 based	
                       Northern	 Studies,	 Contemporary	 Canada	 and	 the	              on	 a	 multi-level	 approach	 around	 four	 themes;	 Your	
                       Global	Village.                                                  Community/Region,	 Northern	 Studies,	 Contemporary	
                                                                                        Canada	and	the	Global	Village.
                       080-132 ABe soCIAL sTuDIes 120                                   Social	Studies	150	follows	the	Alberta	Social	Studies	33	
                       ABE	 Social	 Studies	 120	 consists	 of	 five	 main	 topic	      curriculum.
                       areas:	 	 Geography,	 Culture	 and	 History,	 Politics	 and	
                       Government,	Economy,	and Current	Events.		The	focus	             080-142 ABe CAreer/LIFeWorK 120/130
                       of	 the	 course	 at	 the	 120	 level	 is	 on	 the	 community,	   Career/Lifework	 120/130	 begins	 with	 a	 focus	 on	 the	
                       region,	 and	 territory	 the	 learner	 resides	 in.	 	 This	     self	allowing	individual	learners	to	explore	and	assess	
                       course	 will	 provide	 learners	 with	 the	 knowledge	 and	      their	 interests,	 values,	 and	 personal	 characteristics	
                       critical	 thinking	 skills	 necessary	 to	 better	 understand	   in	 relation	 to	 specific	 career	 options.	 	 Learners	 are	
                       and	participate	in	activities	in	the	communities	most	           given	 the	 opportunity	 to	 practice	 skills	 and	 acquire	
                       familiar	 to	 them.	 	 A	 skills	 component	 is	 integrated	     knowledge	 that	 will	 allow	 them	 to	 have	 more	
                       throughout the course helping to reinforce and build             successful	educational	and	work	experiences.		A	focus	
                       on	 research	 and	 critical	 thinking	 skills	 begun	 in	 ABE	   on	techniques	for	communicating	effectively	including	
                       English	120.                                                     a look at cultural awareness forms an important part
                                                                                        of	the	course.		The	culminating	project	is	an	individual	
                       080-133 ABe soCIAL sTuDIes 130                                   career plan which will allow learners to use all of the
                       ABE	 Social	 Studies	 130	 consists	 of	 five	 main	 topic	      knowledge and skills presented in the course to create
                       areas:	 Geography,	 Culture	 and	 History,	 Politics	 and	       a document that will help them chart a course for
                       Government,	 Economy,	 and Current	 Events. The                  further	study	or	work-related	training.
                       focus	 of	 the	 course	 at	 the	 130	 level	 is	 on	 Canada	
                       with	a	brief	examination	of	the	world	in	the	context	            080-143 ABe CAreer/CoLLeGe 130/140
                       of	 geography	 and	 current	 events.	 	 This	 course	 will	      The	 primary	 focus	 of	 Career/College	 130/140	 career	
                       provide	 learners	 with	 the	 knowledge	 and	 critical	          exploration	 and	 job	 preparation	 skills.	 	 This	 includes	
                       thinking	 skills	 necessary	 to	 better	 understand	 their	      skill	building	in	the	area	of	teamwork,	the	development	
                       country	 and	 participate	 in	 national	 activities	 of	         of	 an	 educational	 action	 plan,	 and	 the	 identification	
                       interest	and	relevance	to	them.		A	skills	component	is	          of	 strategies	 for	 overcoming	 barriers	 which	 may	 be	
                       integrated throughout the course helping to reinforce            encountered	 in	 a	 work	 or	 higher	 education	 setting.	
                       and	build	on	research	and	critical	thinking	skills	begun	        Learners	are	encouraged	to	develop	career	skills	that	
                       in	ABE	English	120	and	130.                                      will	be	useful	to	them	throughout	their	lives.

                       080-134 ABe soCIAL sTuDIes 140                                   080-151 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 110
                       ABE	 Social	 Studies	 140	 consists	 of	 five	 main	 topic	      This	is	an	introductory	course	for	native	speakers	of	an	
                       areas:	 	 Geography,	 Culture	 and	 History,	 Politics	 and	     aboriginal	language	who	wish	to	become	functionally	
                       Government,	 Economy,	 and	 Current	 Events.	 	 The	             literate.
28
080-152 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 120                                a	 technical-vocational	 framework.	 	 Each	 module	 is	




                                                                                                                                Adult eduCAtion
This	 is	 the	 second	 level	 literacy	 course	 for	 native	   expected	to	take	approximately	70	hours	to	complete.	     	
speakers	of	080-151.                                           The instructor is expected to choose from the units
                                                               those	 materials	 which	 meet	 the	 individual	 and	 class	
080-153 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 130                                learning	needs	and	interests.
This	is	an	intermediate	course	for	native	speakers	of	an	
aboriginal	language	who	wish	to	improve	their	basic	           080-200 TrADITIonAL KnoWLeDGe
reading	and	writing	skills	and	gain	an	understanding	          The	 student	 will	 explore	 traditional	 values	 and	
of	the	basic	structure	of	the	language.                        concepts.	 	 This	 course	 offers	 an	 opportunity	 for	
                                                               active	 participation	 in	 the	 customs	 and	 beliefs	 as	 it	
080-154 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 140                                related	to	the	learner’s	heritage.		Through	elder	visits,	
This	is	an	advanced	course	for	native	speakers	of	an	          classroom	 instruction	 and	 the	 development	 of	 skills	
aboriginal	 language.	 	 This	 course	 will	 proceed	 with	    in	 traditional	 craft-making	 this	 course	 will	 promote	
the	 study	 of	 more	 advanced	 writing	 exercises	 and	       culture,	language	and	tradition/history.
texts.		Format	and	vocabulary	of	aboriginal	business	
writing	will	also	be	included.                                 080-210 reCreATIon
                                                               The	student	is	encouraged	to	participate	in	individual	
080-161 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 115                                and	 group	 activities	 fostering	 a	 spirit	 of	 cooperation	
This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 systematic	       and	a	sense	of	fair	play.
study of human language in general and aboriginal
languages	 in	 particular.	 This	 course	 is	 designed	 for	   080-220 WorK eXPerIenCe
second-language	learners.                                      A	work	experience	placement	is	designed	to	provide	
                                                               a	 student	 with	 planned,	 supervised	 practice	 of	 work	
080-162 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 125                                skills	 in	 an	 approved	 setting.	 	 Objectives	 will	 be	
Aboriginal	 Languages	 125	 is	 a	 continuation	 of	 the	      established	 between	 the	 student,	 faculty	 and	 the	
systematic	 study	 of	 human	 language	 in	 general	 and	      training	host.
aboriginal	 language	 in	 particular.	 	 This	 course	 is	
designed	for	second	language	learners.                         080-415 InTroDuCTIon To THe mIne InDusTrY
                                                               In	 this	 100	 hour	 course	 students	 will	 actively	
080-163 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 135                                explore	 various	 aspects	 of	 the	 mining	 industry	
Aboriginal	Language	135	is	a	semi-intensive	grammar-           including	 its	 economic	 significance	 to	 Canada	 and	
based	oral	course	concentrating	on	spoken	aboriginal	          the	 Northwest	 Territories,	 types	 of	 mines,	 and	
languages,	but	with	some	written	material	included.	           the	 mining	 cycle.	 	 Instruction	 in	 First-Aid	 and	 CPR,	
This	course	is	designed	for	second-language	learners.          WHMIS,	 Transportation	 of	 Dangerous	 Goods,	 Safety	
                                                               Awareness,	 and	 Confined	 Space	 will	 ensure	 that	
080-164 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe 145                                students	will	have	the	prerequisite	safety	certification	
This	 is	 a	 semi-intensive	 grammar-based	 oral	 course	      for	the	mine	site.
on	 spoken	 aboriginal	 language,	 with	 some	 written	
material	included.		This	course	is	designed	for	second-        080-416 DrIVer eDuCATIon CLAss 5
language	learners.                                             This	25	hour	course	will	provide	theory	and	practical	
                                                                                                                      	
                                                               instruction	in	the	operation	of	Class	5	motor	vehicles.	
080-412 TrADes mATH                                            Emphasis	 will	 be	 on	 the	 development	 of	 defensive	
The	 Trades	 Math	 is	 a	 145	 hour	 course	 intended	 to	     driving	attitudes	and	habits.
prepare learners to challenge the Trades Entrance
Exam.	 	 The	 course	 is	 designed	 within	 a	 technical-      080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
vocational	framework.                                          This course will introduce the student to the world
                                                               of	 computers.	 	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	
080-413 TrADes sCIenCe                                         computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	
The	Trades	Science	course	is	a	145	hour	course	and	is	         and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	
intended to prepare learners to challenge the Trades           with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 	 A	 hands-on	
Entrance	 Exam,	 in	 order	 to	 enter	 apprenticeship	         approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	
training.	 	 The	 curricular	 objectives	 for	 science	 are	   utilized.		The	student	is	expected	to	spend	additional	
very	similar	on	each	of	the	four	series	of	the	Trades	         time	on	the	computer	practicing	keyboarding	skills.
Entrance	 Examination.	 	 Therefore,	 the	 materials	 in	
this	course	prepare	learners	equally	well,	for	any	one	
of	the	four	examinations.

080-414 TrADes enGLIsH
The Trades English course is intended to prepare
                                                     	
learners	 to	 challenge	 the	 Trades	 Entrance	 Exam.	
The four modules of the course are designed within
                                                                                                                                                  29
                             offiCe                                                            organizational	and	management	skills,	with	additional	


     offiCe AdMinistrAtion
                                                                                               focus	 on	 the	 soft	 and	 technical	 skills	 required	 for	

                             AdMinistrAtion
                                                                                               employment	 as	 an	 executive	 or	 administrative	
                                                                                               assistant	 in	 the	 areas	 of	 human	 resources,	 payroll,	
                                                                                               finance	 or	 other	 specialized	 office	 environments.	
                             CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                             Emphasis	is	placed	on	developing	knowledge	and	skills	
                             sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIon(s).                                    that	will	enhance	the	unique	work	environment	found	
                                                                                               in	northern	communities.
                             progrAM desCription
                             ComPuTers In THe WorKPLACe ProGrAm                                progrAM eligiBilitY
                             (noTe: THIs ProGrAm Is unDer reVIeW)                              ComPuTers In THe WorKPLACe ProGrAm
                             Computers	in	the	Workplace	consists	of	five	courses.	             (noTe: THIs ProGrAm Is unDer reVIeW)
                             Students	 will	 take	 Keyboarding	 1,	 Word	 Processing,	         Applicants	must:
                             and	 Basic	 Introduction	 to	 Computers.	 	 For	 the	             •	 Possess	a	Grade	10	education,	or	ABE	English		
                             additional	two	courses,	students	will	take	the	Ready	to	          	   130	and	ABE	Math	130;	and
                             Work	North	or	the	Project	course,	and	Spreadsheets	               •	 Provide	one	letter	of	reference.
                             or	 Office	 procedures.	 Students	 taking	 the	 Project	
                             course	must	also	take	the	Spreadsheet	course.                     CommunITY oFFICe ProCeDures ProGrAm
                                                                                               (noTe: THIs ProGrAm Is unDer reVIeW)
                             CommunITY oFFICe ProCeDures ProGrAm                               Applicants	must:
                             (noTe: THIs ProGrAm Is unDer reVIeW)                              •	 Possess	a	Grade	9	education,	or	ABE	English	120		
                             The	 Community	 Office	 Procedures	 program	 is	                  	   and	Math	110;	and
                             delivered,	 upon	 request,	 in	 various	 communities	 off-        •	 Provide	one	letter	of	reference.
                             campus.	 The	 program	 is	 140	 days	 long,	 and	 offers	
                             general	office	courses	and	upgrading	courses	in	English	          oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon CerTIFICATe
                             and	Math.                                                         Applicants	must:
                                                                                               •	 Possess	at	least	70	high	school	credits,	or		
                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon CerTIFICATe                                 	   equivalent,	with	a	minimum	of	65	per	cent		
                             ProGrAm                                                           	   in	English	ELA	20-2	and	Math	20	Applied,	or		
                             This	 program	 consists	 of	 35	 credits	 and	 provides	              complete an Aurora College placement package
                             students with the knowledge and skills needed for                 	   achieving	ABE	English	140	and	ABE	Math	140;		
                             entry-level	office	positions.	This	program	concentrates	              and
                             on	the	application	of	computer	courses	in	the	current	            •	 Provide	two	letters	of	reference.
                             office	environment.
                                                                                               oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon mInInG Co-oP
                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon mInInG                                      ProGrAm
                             Co-oP CerTIFICATe ProGrAm                                         Applicants	must:
                             This	 program	 consists	 of	 35	 credits	 and	 provides	          •	 Possess	at	least	70	high	school	credits,	or		
                             students with the knowledge and skills needed for                 	   equivalent,	with	a	minimum	of	65	per	cent	in		
                             entry-level	office	positions.	This	program	concentrates	          	   English	ELA	20-2	and	Math	20	Applied,	or	ABE		
                             on	the	application	of	computer	courses	in	the	current	            	   English	140	and	ABE	Math	140;
                             office	environment.	In	addition	to	the	regular	elements	          •	 Provide	two	letters	of	reference	and	a	letter	of		
                             of	 the	 Office	 Administration	 Certificate	 program,	 this	     	   interest;	and
                             program also includes two key components to prepare               •	 Be	18	years	of	age	or	older.
                             graduates	for	work	in	the	mining	environment.	First,	
                             there is the inclusion of an Orientation to the Industrial        note: A criminal record check is required. A record
                             Workplace	course.	Second,	there	are	two	two-week	                 of certain offences may prevent candidates from
                             work	 placements	 with	 mining	 industry	 companies,	             completing all elements of the program, in particular,
                             with	 at	 least	 one	 placement	 at	 the	 mine	 site.	 The	       securing work practicum placements. Prior to any
                             work	 placements	 replace	 the	 practicum	 component	             work placements, students will be required to
                             that	 is	 part	 of	 the	 regular	 Office	 Administration	         undergo a security clearance check to ensure access
                             Certificate	program.                                              to the participating mining companies’ sites.

                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon DIPLomA ProGrAm                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon DIPLomA
                             This	program	consists	of	65	credits.	The	30	credits	in	           Applicants	must:
                             the 2nd	year,	in	addition	to	the	35	credits	obtained	in	          •	 Possess	an	Office	Administration	Certificate.
                             the	 Office	 Administration	 Certificate	 Program,	 will	         •	 Provide	a	letter	of	interest.
                             provide	 students	 with	 the	 advanced	 knowledge	 and	
                             skills	 needed	 for	 administrative	 level	 office	 positions.	
                             This	 program	 concentrates	 on	 the	 development	 of	
30
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                             CoMpletion requireMents




                                                                                                                              offiCe AdMinistrAtion
All	applications	are	assessed	by	the	Program	Selection	          All	 programs	 require	 successful	 completion	 of	 all	
Committee,	 through	 the	 Registrar’s	 Office	 at	 the	          courses	as	specified	in	the	course	outlines.	Students	
appropriate	 Campus.	 Application	 assessment	 will	             must	 have	 a	 cumulative	 average	 of	 60	 per	 cent	 or	
be	 based	 on	 the	 submitted	 documents.	 A	 personal	          better	to	graduate.
interview	may	be	required.
                                                                 doCuMent of reCognition
note: Anyone convicted of an offence for which                   Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement	or
they have not been pardoned may be ineligible for                	       	Aurora	College	Certificate
field placements and thus may not be able to fulfill                      Aurora College Diploma
completion and graduation requirements of the
program.
                                                                 CurriCuluM
                                                                 ComPuTers In THe WorKPLACe
progrAM AdMission                                                (note: this program is under review)
Students	 meeting	 the	 above	 program	 requirements	            077-151	     KEYBOARDING	I
may	be	admitted	to	the	program.                                  077-112	     WORD	PROCESSING	
                                                                 080-321	     BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS
progrAM inforMAtion
These	programs	may	be	delivered	on	a	full-time	or	part-          077-005	     PROJECT	or
time	 basis	 depending	 upon	 the	 location.	 Successful	        760-101	     READY	TO	WORK	NORTH
completion	of	the	program	requires	hard	work,	time	
management	 skills,	 excellent	 organizational	 skills,	 a	      131-142	     SPREADSHEETS	or
positive	attitude,	and	the	ability	to	deal	with	stress.	         077-104	     OFFICE	PROCEDURES
Program	 requirements	 involve	 working	 at	 a	 video	
display	terminal.                                                Note:	Students	planning	to	take	the	(077-005)	
                                                                 Project	course	must	take	(131-142)	Spreadsheets.
Some courses in these programs may be transferable
to	other	programs.
                                                                 CommunITY oFFICe ProCeDures
                                                                 (note: this program is under review)
progrAM oBJeCtives                                               077-151	     KEYBOARDING	I	
                                                                 077-104	     OFFICE	PROCEDURES		
ComPuTers In THe WorKPLACe                                       077-108	     PRACTICUM		
(note: this program is under review)                             077-112	     WORD	PROCESSING	
The	program	offers	skills	training	in	computer	literacy	         077-140	     RECORDS	MANAGEMENT	
to	 help	 adults	 gain	 confidence	 in	 the	 emerging	           080-103	     ENGLISH	130	
technology	of	the	workplace	and	education.                       080-104	     ENGLISH	140	
                                                                 080-112	     MATH	120
CommunITY oFFICe ProCeDures                                      080-113	     MATH	130	
(note: this program is under review)                             080-114	     MATH	140	
This program prepares students for employment in                 080-142	     CAREER/COLLEGE	130:	FOUNDATIONS	
entry-level	 positions	 in	 offices	 as	 data	 entry	 clerks,	
receptionists,	and	word	processing	operators.                    oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon CerTIFICATe
                                                                 077-002	  SIMPLY	ACCOUNTING		
oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon CerTIFICATe                                077-004	  BUSINESS	MATH	
This program trains students for employment in                   077-151	  KEYBOARDING	I	
business,	 industry	 and	 government	 as	 typists,	              077-152	  KEYBOARDING	II	
receptionists,	 word	 processing	 operators,	 finance	           077-104	  OFFICE	PROCEDURES		
clerks,	 data	 entry	 clerks,	 and	 office	 administration	      077-105	  BOOKKEEPING	I	
assistants.                                                      077-107	  BOOKKEEPING	II	
                                                                 077-112	  WORD	PROCESSING	
oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon DIPLomA                                    077-121	  BUSINESS	ENGLISH		
This program trains students for employment in                   131-142	  (OR	031-142)SPREADSHEETS	
business,	 industry	 and	 government,	 emphasizing	              077-115	  PRESENTATIONS	AND	DESKTOP	PUBLISHING	
enhanced	skills	to	work	as	administrative	assistants	in	         077-108	  PRACTICUM	
the	areas	of	human	resources,	healthcare	and	finance,	
as	well	as	at	the	executive	assistant	levels	of	business.	




                                                                                                                                                      31
                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon mInInG Co-oP                       software.	 Reinforcement	 of	 accounting	 principles,	


     offiCe AdMinistrAtion
                             002-245	    ORIENTATION	TO	THE	INDUSTRIAL	               concepts	and	processes	covered	in	Bookkeeping	I	and	
                             	           WORKPLACE                                    II	will	be	required.	The	student	will	apply	transactions	
                             077-002	    SIMPLY	ACCOUNTING		                          to	 the	 appropriate	 software	 modules	 and	 prepare	
                             077-004	    BUSINESS	MATH	                               computerized	financial	statements	and	reports.	The	
                             077-151	    KEYBOARDING	I	                               student	 will	 interpret	 financial	 statements	 and	
                             077-152	    KEYBOARDING	II	                              make	 decisions	 concerning	 required	 adjustments	
                             077-104	    OFFICE	PROCEDURES		                          to	 transactions	 they	 have	 processed.	 This	 course	 is	
                             077-105	    BOOKKEEPING	I	                               presented	 using	 sample	 and	 mock	 data.	 Students	
                             077-107	    BOOKKEEPING	II	                              will	be	presented	with	a	variety	of	transaction	types	
                             077-112	    WORD	PROCESSING	                             for	 processing.	 This	 is	 an	 intensive	 and	 in-depth	
                             077-121	    BUSINESS	ENGLISH	                            course and it is expected that students will spend
                             131-142	    SPREADSHEETS		(OR	031-142)	                  considerable	 time	 outside	 of	 class	 working	 on	 class	
                             077-115	    PRESENTATIONS	AND	DESKTOP		                  assignments	and	homework.
                             	           PUBLISHING	
                             077-991	    OFFICE	ADMIN.	INDUSTRY	WORK		                077-004 BusIness mATH
                             	           PLACEMENT	I                                  The	 Business	 Math	 course	 begins	 with	 a	 review	
                             077-992	    OFFICE	ADMIN.	INDUSTRY	WORK		                of	 basic	 math	 functions	 and	 progresses	 to	 cover	
                             	           PLACEMENT	II	                                functions	 that	 are	 specific	 to	 business	 operations.	
                             077-993	    *OFFICE	ADMIN.	INDUSTRY	WORK		               These	 include	 percentages,	 ratios,	 proportions,	
                             	           PLACEMENT	III	                               inventory	valuations	and	estimations,	loan	payment	
                             *COURSE 077-991 AND 077-992 ARE REQUIRED                 calculations,	 and	 interest	 calculations.	 Also	 covered	
                             TO MEET COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. COURSE                  are	retail-specific	calculations	such	as	mark-up,	mark-
                             077-993 IS OPTIONAL.                                     down,	 credit	 calculations,	 overhead,	 and	 pricing	
                                                                                      margins.
                             oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon DIPLomA
                             (note: student must have completed the office            077-005 ProJeCT
                             Administration Certificate)                              (Prerequisites: 080-321 Basic Introduction to
                             077-122	     BUSINESS	COMMUNICATIONS	                    Computers, 077-151 Keyboarding I,
                             077-240	     RECORDS	AND	INFORMATION		 	                 077-112 Word Processing, and 131-142 Spreadsheets)
                             	            ADMINISTRATION	                             The	final	project	for	the	Computer	in	the	Workplace	
                             077-241	     ADVANCED	COMPUTER		             	           Record	 of	 Achievement	 Program	 is	 a	 practical	
                             	            APPLICATIONS	          	                    application	 of	 skills	 from	 the	 three	 courses:	
                             077-242	     HUMAN	RESOURCE	AND	PAYROLL		                Introduction	 to	Computers,	 Keyboarding,	 and	 Word	
                             	            ADMINISTRATION	                             Processing,	 utilizing	 data	 and	 information	 provided	
                             077-243	     FINANCIAL	ACCOUNTING	AND			                 by	 companies	 or	 agencies	 in	 the	 community.	 The	
                             	            REPORTING	PROCEDURES	           	           student	 will	 produce	 a	 presentation	 in	 Microsoft  	
                             077-244	     EXECUTIVE	OFFICE	PROCEDURES		               Office	 PowerPoint,	 which	 includes	 a	 short	 analysis	
                             	            AND	SKILLS	                                 of	data	and	at	least	one	graph	depicting	the	data,	by	
                             077-245	     DATABASE	MANAGEMENT	AND	CUSTOM		            importing	text	created	within	Microsoft	Office	Word	
                             	            COMPUTER	APPLICATIONS	          	           and	Excel.
                             077-246	     FIRST	NATIONS	AND	COMMUNITY		
                             	            GOVERNMENTS		          	                    077-104 oFFICe ProCeDures
                             In addition to the eight core courses above,             This course focuses on the skills and knowledge
                             students shall take any two (2) of the following         required	 to	 be	 a	 productive	 member	 of	 an	 office	
                             electives                                                workforce.	 Topics	 covered	 include	 professionalism,	
                             077-247	     MEDICAL	OFFICE	PROCEDURES	                  interpersonal	skills,	time	management,	organizational	
                             077-248	     MEDICAL	TERMINOLOGY	                        skills,	 teamwork,	 receipt	 and	 distribution	 of	
                             131-271		 (OR	031-271)	ORGANIZATIONAL		                  information	and	correspondence,	and	scheduling	of	
                             	            BEHAVIOUR	                                  appointments,	meetings	and	travel.	An	introduction	
                             131-133	     (OR	031-133)	PERSONAL	FINANCE	AND		         to	 the	 use	 of	 Microsoft	 Outlook	 is	 also	 included,	
                             	            INCOME	TAX	 	                               along	 with	 an	 overview	 of	 emerging	 technological	
                                                                                      advances	in	the	office	procedures	area.
                             Course desCriptions
                             077-002 sImPLY ACCounTInG                                077-105 BooKKeePInG I
                             (Prerequisites: 077-105 Bookkeeping I and 077-107        Bookkeeping	 I	 provides	 students	 with	 an	
                             Bookkeeping II (Bookkeeping II can run simultaneously)   introduction	 to	 accounting	 terminology,	 principles	
                             This	course	will	provide	the	student	with	experience	    and	 practices.	 The	 course	 focuses	 on	 accounting	
                             in working with and maintaining computerized             concepts	 and	 procedures,	 analyzing	 and	 recording	
                             accounting	 records	 using	 “Simply	 Accounting”	        business	 transactions,	 the	 accounting	 cycle,	 bank	
32                                                                                    reconciliations,	and	payroll	related	accounting.
077-107 BooKKeePInG II                                           create	flyers,	newsletters,	brochures,	logos,	calendars,	




                                                                                                                                  offiCe AdMinistrAtion
(Prerequisites: 077-105 Bookkeeping I and 077-004                and	Web	pages.
Business Math (Business Math can run simultaneously))
This course builds upon the skills and knowledge                 077-121 BusIness enGLIsH
acquired	 in	 course	 077-105	 Bookkeeping	 I.	 Course	          This course focuses on the enhancement of English
topics	 include	 special	 journals,	 financial	 statement	       reading,	 listening	 and	 writing	 skills	 applicable	 to	 an	
analysis,	 accounting	 for	 bad	 debts,	 receivables,	           office	 environment.	 Students	 will	 practise	 writing	
payables,	 and	 inventory	 procedures.	 The	 above	              basic	 business	 documents.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	
concepts are reinforced as students work through the             on	 developing	 a	 greater	 understanding	 of	 written	
steps	required	to	complete	an	accounting	cycle	for	a	            materials	and	instructions,	and	writing	with	clarity	and	
merchandising	company.                                           proper	structure.	Areas	covered	in	the	course	include	
                                                                 proper	grammar,	punctuation,	spelling,	and	sentence	
077-108 PrACTICum                                                structure.	 The	 course	 also	 addresses	 editing	 and	
(Prerequisite: at least 50 per cent of the courses in the        proofreading,	and	the	effective	use	of	basic	reference	
Office Administration Certificate Program must be                materials	 such	 as	 a	 dictionary	 and	 thesaurus.	 	 An	
completed prior to taking the Practicum)                         introduction	 into	 the	 research	 process	 will	 also	 be	
The	student	is	placed	with	an	appropriate	organization	          given.
to	 perform	 office	 duties.	 Feedback	 from	 the	 student	
and	the	supervisor	at	the	workplace	is	gathered	for	an	          077-140 reCorDs mAnAGemenT
assessment	of	the	student’s	performance	on	the	job.              This course will enable the student to manage
                                                                 documents	 efficiently	 using	 alphabetic,	 numeric,	
077-112 WorD ProCessInG                                          geographic	and	subject	filing	systems.	The	student	will	
(Prerequisites: 077-151 Keyboarding I (may be taken              have	realistic	experiences	in	the	application	of	rules,	
concurrently))                                                   methods,	and	procedures.
This	 course	 provides	 a	 comprehensive	 presentation	
of	 Microsoft	 Office	 2007.	 Topics	 include	 an	               077-151 KeYBoArDInG I
introduction	to	computers,	Microsoft	Word	features,	             This	 course	 focuses	 on	 an	 introduction	 to	 computer	
and	instruction	in	the	use	of	text	features,	paragraph	          keyboarding	 skills.	 	 Students	 will	 develop	 proper	
features,	 page	 formatting,	 tables,	 and	 columns.	 The	       keyboarding	 techniques	 through	 an	 emphasis	 on	
course	 also	 covers	 the	 use	 of	 graphics,	 headers,	         developing	a	touch	typing	system	of	striking	keys	using	
footers,	 styles,	 font	 styles,	 templates,	 merge	             accuracy,	speed	and	control.		Coverage	of	alphabetic,	
processes,	 document	 notations	 and	 citations.	 Also	          numeric,	 symbol	 and	 command	 keys	 will	 be	
covered	 are	 printing,	 emailing,	 and	 special	 and	           introduced.		Emphasis	on	posture	and	the	awareness	
advanced	 functions	 of	 Microsoft	 Word.	 During	 the	                                                                   	
                                                                 of	 current	 ergonomic	 requirements	 will	 be	 included.	
course	 students	 will	 create	 a	 variety	 of	 business	        Drills	 will	 focus	 on	 developing	 proper	 keyboarding	
documents	 including	 research	 papers,	 newsletters,	           techniques,	employing	touch-typing,	accuracy,	speed,	
resumes,	letters	and	memos.                                      character	 spacing,	 and	 formatting	 documents.	 The	
                                                                 ongoing	acquisition	of	business	communication	skills	
077-115 PresenTATIons AnD DesKToP                                will	be	integrated	throughout	the	course.	
PuBLIsHInG
(Prerequisites: 077-151 Keyboarding I, 077-152                   077-152 KeYBoArDInG II
Keyboarding II and 077-112 Word Processing [077-                 (Prerequisites: 077-151 Keyboarding I)
152 Keyboarding II and 077-112 Word Processing can               This	course	focuses	on	the	development	of	advanced	
run simultaneously])                                             computer keyboarding skills and document
This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 desktop	           processing.	 Students	 will	 concentrate	 on	 continuing	
publishing	 using	 Microsoft	 Office	 PowerPoint	 2007	          the	 development	 of	 proper	 keyboarding	 techniques	
and	 Microsoft	 Office	 Publisher	 2007.	 This	 course	          through	an	emphasis	on	accuracy,	speed	and	control	
covers	 basic	 design	 principles,	 desktop	 publishing	         of	 alphabetic,	 numeric,	 symbol	 and	 command	 keys.	
fundamentals,	document	planning,	and	layout.	Topics	             Topics	 covered	 will	 include	 complex	 format	 and	
in	 PowerPoint	 include	 using	 a	 design	 template	 and	        document	 styles,	 communication	 skills,	 decision	
text	 slide	 layout	 to	 create	 a	 presentation,	 using	 the	   making,	 mailability,	 composition,	 proofreading	 and	
outline	tab	and	clip	art	to	create	a	slide	show,	creating	       production	 keyboarding.	 The	 ongoing	 acquisition	
a	 presentation	 on	 the	 Web	 using	 PowerPoint,	 using	        of	 business	 communication	 skills	 will	 be	 integrated	
visuals	 to	 enhance	 a	 slide	 show,	 and	 modifying	           throughout	the	course.
visual	 elements	 and	 presentation	 formats.	 Topics	 in	
Publisher	include	creating	and	editing	single-page	and	
multi-page	 publications,	 using	 wizards,	 commercial	
printing	 considerations,	 editing	 text,	 colors,	 and	
graphic	 design	 objects,	 personal	 information	 sets,	
logos,	the	Pack	and	Go	Wizard,	and	using	Publisher	to	
                                                                                                                                                          33
                             077-991 oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon InDusTrY                             080-112 mATH 120


     offiCe AdMinistrAtion
                             WorK PLACemenT I                                                   This course is designed to introduce the student to
                             The student is placed with a mining industry company               basic	 mathematics.	 It	 is	 designed	 for	 students	 with	
                             or sub-contractor for a two-week period to perform                 prior	 knowledge	 of	 arithmetic	 concepts.	 All	 ABE	
                             office	 and	 administrative	 duties.	 Focus	 will	 be	 placed	     Math	 courses	 from	 the	 120	 level	 up	 are	 organized	
                             on	 application	 of	 skills	 and	 procedures	 learned	 in	 the	    into	 4	 strands:	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	
                             program,	 and	 using	 these	 procedures	 and	 skills	 in	 the	     Shape	and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.		See	the	
                             workplace.	Feedback	from	the	student	and	the	supervisor	           Specific	Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.
                             at the workplace is gathered for an assessment of the
                             student’s	performance	on	the	job.                                  080-113 mATH 130
                                                                                                This course is designed to build on the learner’s
                             077-992 oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon InDusTrY                             knowledge	of	basic	mathematics.	It	is	a	continuation	
                             WorK PLACemenT II                                                  of	Mathematics	120.	All	ABE	Math	courses	from	the	
                             The student is placed with a mining industry company               120	level	up	are	organized	into	4	strands:	Numbers,	
                             or sub-contractor for a two-week period to perform                 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	 Shape	 and	 Space,	 Statistics	
                             office	 and	 administrative	 duties.	 Focus	 will	 be	 placed	     and	Probability.		See	the	Specific	Learning	Outcomes	
                             on	 application	 of	 skills	 and	 procedures	 learned	 in	 the	    under	Curriculum	Detail.
                             program,	 and	 using	 these	 procedures	 and	 skills	 in	 the	
                             workplace.	Feedback	from	the	student	and	the	supervisor	           080-114 mATH 140
                             at the workplace is gathered for an assessment of the              This course is designed to build the learner’s
                             student’s	performance	on	the	job.                                  knowledge	of	mathematics	at	the	intermediate	level.	
                                                                                                It	is	a	continuation	of	ABE	Mathematics	130.	All	ABE	
                             077-993 oFFICe ADmInIsTrATIon InDusTrY                             Math	 courses	 from	 the	 120	 level	 up	 are	 organized	
                             WorK PLACemenT III                                                 into	 4	 strands:	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	
                             The student is placed with a mining industry company               Shape	and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.	See	the	
                             or sub-contractor for a two-week period to perform                 Specific	Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.
                             office	 and	 administrative	 duties.	 Focus	 will	 be	 placed	
                             on	 application	 of	 skills	 and	 procedures	 learned	 in	 the	    080-142 ABe CAreer/LIFeWorK 120/130
                             program,	 and	 using	 these	 procedures	 and	 skills	 in	 the	     Career/Lifework	 120/130	 begins	 with	 a	 focus	 on	
                             workplace.	Feedback	from	the	student	and	the	supervisor	           the	 self,	 allowing	 individual	 learners	 to	 explore	
                             at the workplace is gathered for an assessment of the              and	 assess	 their	 interests,	 values,	 and	 personal	
                             student’s	performance	on	the	job.                                  characteristics	in	relation	to	specific	career	options.	
                                                                                                Learners	are	given	the	opportunity	to	practise	skills	
                             080-103 enGLIsH 130                                                and	acquire	knowledge	that	will	allow	them	to	have	
                             English	130	is	designed	for	students	who	can	read,	write,	         a	more	successful	educational	and	work	experience.	
                             speak,	and	understand	basic	English,	but	who	may	lack	             A	focus	on	techniques	for	communicating	effectively,	
                             skills	 and	 confidence.	 English	 130	 uses	 an	 integrated	      including	 a	 look	 at	 cultural	 awareness,	 forms	 an	
                             approach	 to	 actively	 involve	 students	 in	 all	 processes	     important	part	of	the	course.	The	culminating	project	
                             of	 language.	 Students	 will	 develop	 the	 ability	 to	 share	   is	an	individual	career	plan	that	will	allow	learners	to	
                             personal experiences and responses to literature in                use all of the knowledge and skills presented in the
                             both	oral	and	written	forms.	Students	who	successfully	            course to create a document that will help them chart
                             complete this course will be able to write a well-organized        a	course	for	further	study	or	work-related	training.	
                             paragraph	that	has	been	taken	through	numerous	drafts	
                             to	a	final	copy.	They	may	choose	to	continue	their	studies	        080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
                             in	English	140.                                                    This course will introduce the student to the
                                                                                                world	 of	 computers.	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	
                             080-104 enGLIsH 140                                                history	 of	 computers,	 an	 overview	 of	 the	 modern	
                             English	 140	 is	 for	 students	 who	 have	 mastered	 the	         microcomputer	 and	 terminology,	 the	 student	 will	
                             basic	 skills	 identified	 in	 English	 130.	 The	 course	 uses	   proceed	 to	 working	 with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	
                             an integrated approach and is designed to increase                 computers.	 A	 hands-on	 approach	 using	 lectures	
                             competence	in	all	areas	of	language	–	reading,	writing,	           and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	 utilized.	 The	 student	 is	
                             listening,	speaking	and	viewing.	The	students	will	develop	        expected	to	spend	additional	time	on	the	computer	
                             skills	 in	 writing	 narrative,	 descriptive	 and	 expository	     practising	keyboarding	skills.
                             multi-paragraph	 compositions,	 as	 well	 as	 business	
                             correspondence	 and	 research	 assignments.	 Students	             131-142 sPreADsHeeTs
                             who successfully complete this course will be able to write        (Formerly 031-142 Spreadsheets)
                             and self-edit a well-constructed expository essay with a           (Pre-requisites: 131-147 Introduction to Computer
                             minimum	of	structural,	grammatical	and	spelling	errors.	           Applications [formerly 031-147])
                             They	may	choose	to	continue	their	studies	in	English	150	          This	 course	 covers	 the	 concepts	 from	 Microsoft   	
                             or	an	Aurora	College	certificate	program.                          Excel	 that	 includes	 working	 with	 charts,	 formulas,	
34
functions,	 managing	 workbooks,	 automating	 tasks,	           (personal	and	corporate),	internet,	utilities,	and	basic	




                                                                                                                                 offiCe AdMinistrAtion
using	 and	 analyzing	 list	 data,	 enhancing	 charts	 and	     maintenance	and	installation	procedures	of	software.	      	
worksheets,	and	working	with	Excel	and	the	Internet.            Included	 in	 the	 course	 will	 be	 the	 integration	 of	
                                                                data	 created	 by	 various	 software	 applications.	 	 This	
002-245 orIenTATIon For THe InDusTrIAL                          course assumes that students are familiar with
WorKPLACe                                                       the	 fundamentals	 and	 some	 advanced	 features	 of	
This	 five-session	 course	 addresses	 personal/                Microsoft	Windows	Vista,	Microsoft	Office	Word	2007,	
life	 management	 topics	 targeted	 at	 assisting	 the	         and	Microsoft	Office	Excel	2007.	The	objectives	of	this	
participants	 in	 making	 a	 successful	 transition	 to	        course	are	to	offer	a	 comprehensive	presentation	of	
the	 industrial	 workplace.	 Topics	 covered	 include	          Microsoft	Office	Word	2007	and	Microsoft	Office	Excel	
employer/employee	 expectations,	 introduction	 to	             2007;	to	expose	students	to	practical	examples	of	the	
rotational	 work,	 balance	 and	 wellness,	 managing	           computer	as	a	useful	tool;	to	acquaint	students	with	the	
stress,	managing	money,	and	communication	on	the	               proper	procedures	to	create	and	enhance	documents,	
job.                                                            worksheets,	databases,	and	presentations	suitable	for	
                                                                coursework,	professional	purposes,	and	personal	use;	
When	 this	 course	 is	 delivered	 in	 conjunction	 with	       to	help	students	discover	the	underlying	functionality	
company-specific	 training,	an	 additional	 session	can	        of	Office	2007	so	they	become	more	productive.
be	added	so	that	a	representative	from	the	company’s	
Human	Resource	area	can	address	company-specific	               077-242 HumAn resourCe AnD PAYroLL
items	such	as	the	history	and	mission	of	the	company,	          ADmInIsTrATIon
hiring	policies,	benefits,	and	other	factors	that	will	be	      (Prerequisites: 077-105 Bookkeeping I and 077-107
of	interest	to	the	participants.                                Bookkeeping II, 077-002 Simply Accounting)
                                                                This course will look at how businesses and
077-122 BusIness CommunICATIons                                 organizations	 use	 and	 manage	 the	 human	 element	
(Prerequisite: 077-121 Business English)                        in	 the	 working	 environment.	 Topics	 examined	 will	
This	 course	 expands	 on	 the	 skills	 acquired	 in	           include discussions of human resources processes
Business	 English,	 and	 focuses	 on	 the	 communication	       and	 procedures,	 benefits	 administration,	 payroll,	
requirements	 found	 in	 the	 workplace.	 Areas	 of	            personnel	planning,	job	analysis	and	evaluation,	staff	
emphasis	 include	 communication	 in	 the	 workplace,	          recruitment	 and	 development,	 and	 performance	
writing	and	revising	various	forms	of	correspondence,	          evaluations	and	compensation.	Students	will	examine	
preparing	 formal	 reports,	 preparing	 resumes,	 and	          the	theories	and	practical	practices	related	to	human	
preparing	 and	 conducting	 presentations.	 Upon	               resource	 and	 labour	 administration	 in	 the	 Canadian	
completion,	 the	 student	 will	 be	 able	 to	 edit	 and	       workforce	with	a	view	to	supporting	these	processes	
proofread	 business	 correspondence,	 express	 ideas	           at	 an	 administrative	 level,	 but	 emphasis	 will	 also	 be	
with	 better	 precision	 and	 tact,	 and	 compose	 clear,	      placed	on	the	practices	and	their	application.
effective	business	correspondence.
                                                                077-243 FInAnCIAL ACCounTInG AnD
077-240 reCorDs AnD InFormATIon                                 rePorTInG ProCeDures
ADmInIsTrATIon                                                  (Prerequisites: 131-142 Spreadsheets[formerly 031-
(Prerequisites: 077-104 Office Procedures)                      142], 077-112 Word Processing, 077-105 Bookkeeping
This	course	expands	the	material	presented	in	Office	           I and 077-107 Bookkeeping II, 077-002 Simply
Procedures	 077-104.	 	 Students	 will	 learn	 advanced	        Accounting)
procedures	 for	 filing	 and	 records	 management	 by	          This	course	aims	to	continue	the	use	of	bookkeeping	
taking an in-depth look at the rules that apply to              procedures	 and	 introduce	 the	 students	 to	 advanced	
each	of	the	four	most	common	filing	systems	used	in	            financial	accounting	and	reporting	procedures.		Topics	
business:		Alphabetical,	Geographic	and	Subject	and	            to	be	covered	include	Accounting	for	Property,	Plant,	
Numeric.		These	rules	are	based	on	the	Association	             Equipment	 and	 Intangible	 Assets;	 Examining	 and	
of	 Records	 Managers	 and	 Administrators	 (ARMA)	             preparing	 the	 Statement	 of	 Cash	 Flows,	 Analyzing	
Filing	 Rules.	 	 In	 addition,	 the	 course	 will	 look	 at	   Financial	 Statements,	 Notes	 Receivable	 and	 Notes	
the	 processes	 of	 managing	 information	 within	 an	          Payable,	 Accounting	 for	 Merchandise	 Inventory,	
office,	 including	 handling	 sensitive	 information	 and	      Partnerships	 and	 Corporations,	 Bonds	 Payable,	
documentation,	 financial	 information,	 planning	              Voucher	 Systems,	 Departmental	 Accounting,	
and	 preparing	 for	 office	 equipment	 purchases	 and	         Manufacturing	 Accounting	 and	 Budgeting.	 	 Students	
supplies.		The	principles	of	information	management	            will	begin	to	examine	the	differences	in	Management,	
in	a	global	context	and	will	also	be	examined.                  Financial	 and	 Corporate	 Accounting.	 	 Students	 will	
                                                                learn	to	prepare	a	set	of	financial	statements	using	the	
077-241 ADVAnCeD ComPuTer APPLICATIons                          full	range	of	software	products	found	in	the	business	
This	 course	 will	 explore	 the	 relationship	 between	        environment,	 including	 formatting	 of	 proper	 note	
software	applications	and	advanced	computer	usage.	    	        disclosures	 acceptable	 for	 publication	 according	 to	
Topics	 to	 be	 covered	 include	 security	 procedures	         generally	 accepted	 accounting	 principles.	 	 Students	
                                                                                                                                                         35
                             will	explore	and	evaluate	financial	statements	in	the	          077-247 meDICAL oFFICe ProCeDures


     offiCe AdMinistrAtion
                             form	of	published	annual	reports	and	other	reporting	           This course will introduce the theory and principles
                             instruments	 with	 special	 emphasis	 on	 different	            of	 the	 health	 care	 delivery	 system	 in	 a	 medical	
                             industry-specific	 presentation	 styles.	 	 Students	 will	     setting	 within	 Canada	 as	 well	 as	 exploring	 specific	
                             learn	how	to	prepare	and	compile	different	reports	and	         and	 standard	 medical	 office	 practices.	 Areas	 of	
                             establish	budgeting	and	financial	tracking	procedures	          concentration	 will	 include	 confidentiality,	 patient	
                             for	projects,	and	departmental	accounting.			Students	          records,	processing	medical	orders	and	billing.	
                             will	be	expected	to	use	Simply	Accounting,	Microsoft	
                             Word	and	Microsoft	Excel	to	apply	the	principles	they	          077-248 meDICAL TermInoLoGY
                             are	using	on	an	ongoing	basis.		                                This course will teach students how to build medical
                                                                                             terms	 using	 interchangeable	 word	 parts,	 combining	
                             077-244 eXeCuTIVe oFFICe ProCeDures AnD                         forms,	 prefixes,	 and	 suffixes	 and	 to	 translate	 terms	
                             sKILLs                                                          into	their	common	meanings.	Students	develop	skills	
                             (Prerequisites: 077-104 Office Procedures)                      using	 listening,	 reading,	 and	 speaking	 techniques.	
                             This	 course	 will	 explore	 advanced	 soft	 skills	 and	       Terminology	will	be	introduced	by	body	system.
                             procedures	 for	 administrative	 assistants,	 office	
                             managers	 and	 executive	 assistants.	 Students	 will	          131-133 PersonAL FInAnCe AnD InCome TAX
                             become familiar with the core concepts necessary                (Formerly 031-133 Personal Finance/Personal Tax)
                             to	 assume	 the	 role	 as	 an	 office	 manager	 or	             The increasing complexity of managing personal
                             executive	 assistant.	 They	 will	 learn	 key	 supervisory,	    finance	 has	 made	 it	 an	 essential	 area	 of	 study.	 The	
                             organizational,	 supporting,	 and	 introductory	 level	         purpose of this course is to explain the concepts
                             management	 skills.	 	 This	 course	 will	 continue	 to	        and principles to make it possible for students to
                             explore	advanced	soft	skill	development	(supervisory	           make an informed decision on some basic personal
                             and	 beginning	 skills,	 including	 interpersonal	              financial	 matters.	 The	 course	 addresses	 consumer	
                             relationships,	 human	 behaviour	 and	 self-esteem,	            credit,	consumer	loans,	interest,	vendor	credit,	credit	
                             leadership	 and	 ethics,	 and	 stress	 management).	       	    reporting,	 debt	 collection,	 mortgages,	 personal	
                             Additional	 topics	 to	 be	 explored	 will	 include	 office	    spending	 and	 saving,	 investment	 vehicles,	 wills	 and	
                             organization	 and	 planning,	 event	 organization	 and	         the	 succession	 of	 property,	 and	 personal	 incomes	
                             management,	 meeting	 planning,	 and	 advanced	                 taxes	and	tax	laws	in	Canada.
                             minute	taking	and	recordkeeping.
                                                                                             131-271 orGAnIzATIonAL BeHAVIour
                             077-245 DATABAse mAnAGemenT AnD                                 (Formerly 031-271 Organizational Behaviour)
                             CusTom ComPuTer APPLICATIons                                    The	students	will	enhance	their	ability	to	effectively	
                             This course enables learners to create and modify               operate	 in	 organizations	 through	 the	 practical	
                             a	 database,	 use	 the	 query	 functions	 of	 sorting,	         experience	of	group	behaviour	in	the	classroom.		This	
                             filtering	and	indexes	and	maintain	a	database	system	           will	be	accomplished	by	examining	the	Organizational	
                             using	 Microsoft	 Access.	 The	 fundamental	 concepts	          Behaviour	Body	of	Knowledge	in	text	and	web-based	
                             of	 creating	 tables,	 queries,	 forms,	 and	 reports	 will	    forms,	through	the	completion	of	a	number	of	case	
                             be	 taught.	 In	 addition,	 advanced	 computer	 topics	         studies,	 and	 in	 through	 critical	 examination	 of	 the	
                             in	 client/server	 applications,	 database	 servers	            concepts	presented	in	the	course.
                             and reports or forms of a similar nature will be
                             examined as well as common procedures in the use                760-101 reADY To WorK norTH
                             of	customized	database	applications.                            The	Ready	to	Work	North	course	is	designed	to	help	
                                                                                             the	student	prepare	for	the	workplace.		The	course	
                             077-246 FIrsT nATIons AnD CommunITY                             includes	a	wide	range	of	subjects	such	as:		developing	
                             GoVernmenTs                                                     a	positive	attitude,	workplace	numerate	skills,	team	
                             In	this	course,	students	will	study	both	the	foundation	        work,	 Safety	 Awareness,	 guidelines	 for	 handling	
                             and	 structures	 of	 the	 Canadian	 government	 system	         hazardous	 materials,	 First	 Aid	 with	 CPR,	 WHMIS,	
                             and	 the	 fundamental	 aspects	 of	 First	 Nations	             security,	resume	writing	and	job	search	skills.
                             governance	 systems.	 The	 course	 will	 also	 consider	
                             Aboriginal	governance	and	self-government	practices.	
                             Particular	attention	will	be	paid	to	those	areas	relating	
                             to	 Aboriginal	 peoples	 such	 as	 pertinent	 areas	 of	 the	
                             Constitution	Act,	the	Department	of	Indian	Affairs,	the	
                             Indian	 Act,	 territorial	 governments	 and	 community	
                             governments	and	how	these	structures	are	managed	
                             in	an	office	or	organizational	setting.




36
Business                                                      CoMpletion requireMents




                                                                                                                           Business AdMinistrAtion ACCess
                                                              Students	must	complete	all	course	assignments.	The	

AdMinistrAtion                                                passing	marks	are	as	follows:
                                                              080-105		   ENGLISH	150	-	60%

ACCess
                                                              080-115		   MATH	150	-	70%

                                                              131-147		     INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		
CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                         	             APPLICATIONS	50%	or
sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIon(s).                                080-321	      BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	
                                                              	             COMPUTERS	50%
progrAM desCription
The	 Business	 Administration	 Access	 Program	 is	           077-105		     BOOKKEEPING		-	50%
designed	to	provide	students	with	the	knowledge	and	          080-143		     CAREER/COLLEGE	PREPARATION	–	PASS
skills	necessary	to	enter	the	Business	Administration	
Program.                                                      doCuMent of reCognition
                                                              Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement
progrAM eligiBilitY
NWT	 grade	 11	 (with	 English	 23	 and	 Math	 23)	 or	       CurriCuluM
Aurora	College	ABE	English	140	and	ABE	Math	140.              080-321		     BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS	or
                                                              131-147		     INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                          	             APPLICATIONS		
The	applicant	must:
• Submit	a	personal	letter	of	intent,	stating	reasons	        077-105		     BOOKKEEPING	I	
	 why	(s)he	wants	to	enter	the	program.                       080-105		     ENGLISH	150	
• Participate	in	a	personal	interview.                        080-115		     ABE	MATH	150
                                                              080-143		     ABE	CAREER/COLLEGE	130/140	
progrAM AdMission
Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 this	 program	 based	     Course desCriptions
on the program eligibility criteria and the applicant         080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
assessment	 results.	 	 Admission	 is	 also	 subject	 to	     This course will introduce the student to the world
space	availability.                                           of	 computers.	 	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	
                                                              computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	
                                                              and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	
progrAM inforMAtion                                           with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 	 A	 hands-on	
The	Business	Administration	Access	Program	will	be	
                                                              approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	
offered	to	applicants	who	do	not	meet	the	entrance	
                                                              utilized.		The	student	is	expected	to	spend	additional	
requirements	 to	 the	 Business	 Administration	
                                                              time	on	the	computer	practising	keyboarding	skills.
Program.	 	 The	 program	 will	 consist	 of	 five	 courses	
from	various	disciplines.		Upon	successful	completion	
                                                              OR
of	 the	 Access	 Program,	 the	 student	 must	 apply	 for	
admission	to	the	Business	Administration	Program.             131-147 InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTer
                                                              APPLICATIons
progrAM oBJeCtives                                            The	 course	 introduces	 students	 to	 the	 foundational	
Upon	successful	completion	of	this	program	students	          processes	 of	 computer	 operations.	 The	 primary	
will:                                                         focus	of	the	course	is	on	the	use	of	Microsoft	Word,	
•		 Read	and	understand	a	variety	of	texts	written	at		       PowerPoint	and	Outlook.	The	course	also	covers	use	
	 the	Grade	12	level;                                         of	the	Internet,	with	an	emphasis	on	its	applications	
•		 Write	a	well	constructed	research	paper	or	essay;         for	research.
•		 Demonstrate	effective	communication	skills	and;
•		 Expand	critical	and	creative	thinking	skills;             077-105 BooKKeePInG I
•		 Acquire	skills,	knowledge	and	attitudes	needed		          Bookkeeping	I	provides	students	with	an	introduction	
	 to	meet	personal,	and	educational	goals;                    to	 accounting	 terminology,	 principles	 and	 practices.	
•		 Explore	a	range	of	learning	experiences;                  The	 course	 focuses	 on	 accounting	 concepts	 and	
•		 Apply	new	knowledge	to	different	situations;              procedures,	 analyzing	 and	 recording	 business	
•		 Use	 the	 concepts	 and	 skills	 to	 solve	 abstract      transactions,	the	accounting	cylce,	bank	reconciliations	
    algebraic expressions and complex real-life               and	payroll	related	accounting.
	 trigonometric	problems;
•	 Perform	basic	word	processing	functions	effectively;
•	 Be	prepared	for	entry	into	the	Business		
	 Administration	Program.
                                                                                                                                                            37
                                      080-105 enGLIsH 150 (enGLIsH 30-2 – ALBerTA/


     Business AdMinistrAtion ACCess
                                      nWT GrADe 12 GenerAL)
                                      English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	
                                      the skills necessary to succeed in college diploma
                                      programs.	 The	 course	 uses	 an	 integrated	 approach	
                                      to	 develop	 skills	 in	 critical	 reading,	 literacy	 analysis,	
                                      expository	 writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	         	
                                      Students who successfully complete this course
                                      will be able to write a well-constructed research
                                      paper.	 	 They	 are	 required	 to	 write	 the	 English	 30-2	
                                      departmental	examination	in	order	to	receive	credit	
                                      for	this	course.

                                      080-115 ABe mATH 150
                                      This course is designed to build the learner’s
                                      knowledge	of	mathematics	at	an	advanced	level.		It	is	
                                      a	continuation	of	Mathematics	140	and	it	is	based	on	
                                      the	Applied	Mathematics	curriculum	of	the	western	
                                      Canadian	Protocol.		It	leads	into	the	Mathematics	160	
                                      level	(Alberta	Applied	Math	30).		This	course	follows	
                                      the	 objectives	 set	 out	 in	 the	 Alberta	 Math	 Applied	
                                      30	curriculum	and	prepares	the	learner	to	write	the	
                                      Math	Applied	30	diploma	exam.

                                      080-143 ABe CAreer/CoLLeGe 130/140
                                      The	primary	focus	of	Career/College	130/140	career	
                                      exploration	and	job	preparation	skills.		This	includes	
                                      skill	building	in	the	area	of	teamwork,	the	development	
                                      of	an	educational	action	plan,	and	the	identification	
                                      of	 strategies	 for	 overcoming	 barriers	 which	 may	 be	
                                                                                               	
                                      encountered	 in	 a	 work	 or	 higher	 education	 setting.	
                                      Learners	are	encouraged	to	develop	career	skills	that	
                                      will	be	useful	to	them	throughout	their	lives.




38
Business                                                          progrAM inforMAtion




                                                                                                                                 Business AdMinistrAtion
                                                                  Business	 Administration	 has	 certificate	 and	 diploma	

AdMinistrAtion
                                                                  programs.	The	30-credit	certificate	is	comprised	of	10	
                                                                  three-credit	courses.	The	60-credit	diploma	(General	
                                                                  Stream)	is	comprised	of	20	three-credit	courses.	
CHECK	WITH	THE	REGISTRAR’S	OFFICE	FOR	
SPECIFIC	DELIVERY	LOCATION(S).                                    The	 diploma	 program	 also	 offers	 a	 Co-operative	
                                                                  stream in which students may register in two
progrAM desCription                                               additional	courses	that	will	prepare	them	for	the	work	
The	 Business	 Administration	 program	 is	 intended	 to	         environment.	 The	 student	 will	 have	 the	 opportunity	
provide	the	knowledge	and	skills	necessary	for	students	          to	apply	the	theoretical	knowledge	they	have	learned.	
who	 want	 to	 start	 in	 entry	 level	 careers	 in	 business,	
government	 and	 non-profit	 organizations.	 Business	            The	 Community	 Economic	 Development	 (CED)	
courses stress applicability to small businesses in the           stream includes specialized courses in community
NWT.		The	Business	Administration	program	provides	               development	and	community	economic	development.	
students	 with	 an	 opportunity	 to	 acquire	 either	 a	          This	program	is	well	suited	to	individuals	planning	to	
certificate	(one-year)	or	a	diploma	(two-year).                   pursue	 entrepreneurial	 or	 business	 opportunities	
                                                                  at	 the	 community	 level,	 or	 for	 individuals	 looking	
Business AdMinistrAtion                                           to	 pursue	 economic	 development	 positions	 with	
                                                                  municipalities,	 hamlets	 or	 Aboriginal	 organizations.	
CertifiCAte                                                       The	 Community	 Economic	 Development	 Stream	
The	 Business	 Administration	 certificate	 program	
                                                                  diploma	 requires	 63	 credits,	 and	 is	 comprised	 of	 21	
consists	of	10	courses,	representing	30	credit	hours.	
                                                                  three-credit	courses.
This	program	provides	the	skills	necessary	to	function	
in	an	entry-level	position	in	business,	government	or	
                                                                  Arrangements	 regarding	 transfer	 credits	 have	 been	
industry.	 Roles	 in	 these	 areas	 may	 include	 payroll,	
                                                                  made	 with	 various	 universities	 and	 professional	
finance,	marketing	and	operations.
                                                                  associations.

Business AdMinistrAtion
diploMA                                                           progrAM oBJeCtives
                                                                  •	   To	give	students	knowledge	and	experience	in	the		
The	 two-year	 diploma	 program	 is	 available	 in	 three	
                                                                  	    subject	areas	of	the	program.
streams:
                                                                  •	   To	prepare	students	to	accept	employment		        	
•	 General	Stream
                                                                  	    within	business,	industry,	government	or		        	
•	 Co-op	Stream
                                                                  	    non-profit	organizations	in	the	NWT.
•	 Community	Economic	Development	(CED)	Stream
                                                                  •	   To	teach	the	administrative	skills	necessary	to		 	
The	 General	 diploma	 stream	 consists	 of	 20	 courses:	
                                                                  	    function	in	an	entry	level	managerial	capacity.
15	 core	 courses	 and	 5	 electives.	 The	 Co-op	 stream	
                                                                  •	   To	provide	tools	by	which	the	graduates	can	make		
has	 the	 same	 content,	 but	 also	 includes	 two	 work	
                                                                  	    sound	business	decisions.
placement	 opportunities.	 The	 Community	 Economic	
                                                                  •	   To	provide	an	educational	base	so	students	may		 	
Development	(CED)	stream	consists	of	21	courses:	15	
                                                                  	    continue	their	education.
core	courses	and	6	required	courses.	

progrAM eligiBilitY                                               CoMpletion requireMents
                                                                  •	 Students	must	complete	all	course	assignments.		 	
NWT	 high	 school	 diploma	 (general	 or	 advanced),	
                                                                  	  The	passing	mark	for	courses	will	be	50	per	cent.			
including	 ABE	 English	 150	 and	 ABE	 Math	 150	 or	
                                                                  	  However,	students	must	maintain	a	cumulative		 	
equivalent.	 Mature	 students	 who	 do	 not	 have	 the	
                                                                  	  average	of	60	per	cent	or	more	in	the	program.
required	 academic	 background	 will	 be	 considered	
                                                                  •	 Diploma	students	in	the	General	stream			           	
individually.	 In	 the	 absence	 of	 the	 above	 listed	
                                                                  	  are	required	to	successfully	complete	20	three-	 	
entrance	requirements,	the	Aurora	College	academic	
                                                                  	  credit	courses.	Students	in	the	Co-op	stream	are
placement	test	may	be	required.
                                                                  		 required	to	successfully	complete	22	three-credit
                                                                  		 courses,	including	the	two	work	placements.		       	
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                                 Diploma students in the Community Economic
Personal	 or	 telephone	 interviews	 with	 the	 Senior	           	 Development	(CED)	stream	are	required	to		           	
Instructors	 or	 a	 designate	 are	 encouraged	 for	 all	         	 successfully	complete	21	three-credit	courses.
applicants.	A	one-page	letter	of	intent	will	be	required	         •	 Certificate	students	are	required	to	successfully		 	
from	applicants	for	full	time	study.                              	 complete	a	total	of	10	three-credit	courses	specified
                                                                  	 in	the	program	design.
progrAM AdMission
Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	the	
program	eligibility	criteria,	subject	to	space	available.
                                                                                                                                                           39
                               doCuMent of reCognition                            	             DEVELOPMENT	


     Business AdMinistrAtion
                               Aurora	College	Certificate	or	Diploma              096-002	      DEVELOPMENT	AND	NORTHERN		
                                                                                  	             COMMUNITIES	
                               CurriCuluM                                         096-003	      THE	COMMUNITY	DEVELOPMENT		
                               CerTIFICATe (10 courses)                           	             PLANNING	PROCESS
                               131-111	    BUSINESS	COMMUNICATIONS
                               131-135	    INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		            DIPLomA – Co-oP sTreAm
                               	           ACCOUNTING	A                           Includes	all	the	courses	listed	in	the	General	Diploma	
                               131-147	    INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		             Stream,	and	the	following	two	courses:	
                               	           APPLICATIONS                           131-101	       CO-OP	WORK	PLACEMENT	I3
                               131-151	    PRINCIPLES	OF	MANAGEMENT               131-102		      CO-OP	WORK	PLACEMENT	II3
                               131-128	    MATHEMATICS	OF	BUSINESS
                               131-129	    MATHEMATICS	OF	FINANCE
                               131-136	    INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		            YeAr TWo (DIPLomA – CommunITY eConomIC
                               	           ACCOUNTING	B	                          DeVeLoPmenT (CeD) sTreAm – 63 CreDITs)
                               131-161	    BASIC	MARKETING	                       Core (15 Courses)
                               131-181	    MICROECONOMICS                         131-111	   BUSINESS	COMMUNICATIONS	
                               131-271	    ORGANIZATIONAL	BEHAVIOUR               131-128	   MATHEMATICS	OF	BUSINESS	
                                                                                  131-129	   MATHEMATICS	OF	FINANCE	
                               YeAr TWo (DIPLomA – GenerAL sTreAm – 60 CreDITs)   131-135	   INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		                   	
                               DIPLomA – GenerAL sTreAm Core (15 Courses)         	          ACCOUNTING	A	
                               131-111	    BUSINESS	COMMUNICATIONS	               131-136	   INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		                   	
                               131-128	    MATHEMATICS	OF	BUSINESS	               	          ACCOUNTING	B	
                               131-129	    MATHEMATICS	OF	FINANCE	                131-147	   INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		                    	
                               131-135	    INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		            	          APPLICATIONS	
                               	           ACCOUNTING	A	                          131-151	   PRINCIPLES	OF	MANAGEMENT	                     	
                               131-136	    INTRODUCTION	TO	FINANCIAL		            131-191	   INTRODUCTION	TO	GOVERNMENT		                  	
                               	           ACCOUNTING	B	                          131-281	   MACROECONOMICS	                               	
                               131-147	    INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		             131-251	   CONTRACT	LAW	                                 	
                               	           APPLICATIONS	                          131-271	   ORGANIZATIONAL	BEHAVIOUR	                     	
                               131-151	    PRINCIPLES	OF	MANAGEMENT	              131-221	   STATISTICS	                                   	
                               131-191	    INTRODUCTION	TO	GOVERNMENT		           131-272	   HUMAN	RESOURCE	MANAGEMENT	                    	
                               131-281	    MACROECONOMICS	                        131-181	   MICROECONOMICS	                               	
                               131-251	    CONTRACT	LAW	                          131-161	   BASIC	MARKETING	
                               131-271	    ORGANIZATIONAL	BEHAVIOUR	
                               131-221	    STATISTICS	                            CommunITY eConomIC DeVeLoPmenT sTreAm
                               131-272	    HUMAN	RESOURCE	MANAGEMENT	             reQuIreD Courses (6 Courses)
                               131-181	    MICROECONOMICS	                        131-235	  INTRODUCTION	TO	MANAGERIAL		     	
                               131-161	    BASIC	MARKETING	                       	         ACCOUNTING	A	
                                                                                  131-252	   SMALL	BUSINESS	MANAGEMENT	
                               eLeCTIVes (CHoose 5 oF THe FoLLoWInG)              096-001	   INTRODUCTION	TO	COMMUNITY		   	
                               131-142	    SPREADSHEETS		                         	          DEVELOPMENT	
                               131-242	    AUTOMATED	ACCOUNTING	                  131-714	   INTRODUCTION	TO	COMMUNITY-BASED		
                               131-241	    DATABASE	MANAGEMENT	                   	          ECONOMIC	DEVELOPMENT	
                               131-235	    INTRODUCTION	TO	MANAGERIAL		           096-002	   DEVELOPMENT	AND	NORTHERN		    	
                               	           ACCOUNTING	A	                          	          COMMUNITIES	
                               131-261	    MARKETING	MANAGEMENT	                  096-003	   THE	COMMUNITY	DEVELOPMENT		   	
                               131-252	    SMALL	BUSINESS	MANAGEMENT	             	          PLANNING	PROCESS	             	
                               131-291	    PUBLIC	POLICY	MAKING	
                               131-292	    PUBLIC	FINANCE	                        Course desCriptions
                               131-293	    LOCAL,	REGIONAL	AND	PUBLIC	ISSUES	     131-100 PrACTICum
                               131-100	    PRACTICUM	                             Work	experience	practicum	provides	students	with	an	
                               131-200	    INDEPENDENT	STUDIES	                   opportunity	 to	 apply	 theoretical	 knowledge	 learned	
                               131-236	    INTRODUCTION	TO	MANAGERIAL		           in	first	year	to	a	work	situation.	A	pre-approved	plan	
                               	           ACCOUNTING	B	                          is	prepared	by	the	faculty	advisor	in	consultation	with	
                               131-133	    PERSONAL	FINANCE	AND	INCOME	TAX	       the	 work	 supervisor	 and	 the	 student,	 resulting	 in	 a	
                               131-714	    INTRODUCTION	TO	COMMUNITY              final	student	report.
                               		          BASED	ECONOMIC	DEVELOPMENT	

                               096-001	     INTRODUCTION	TO	COMMUNITY		
40
131-111 BusIness CommunICATIons                                 131-136 InTroDuCTIon To FInAnCIAL




                                                                                                                               Business AdMinistrAtion
This	 course	 examines	 the	 theory	 and	 practice	 of	         ACCounTInG B
communications	in	a	business	context	with	emphasis	             (Pre-requisite: 131-135 Introduction to Financial
on	 both	 oral	 and	 written	 communications.	 The	             Accounting A)
classes and assignments stress a strategic approach             This	 course	 deals	 with	 reporting	 income,	 inventory,	
to	 business	 communications	 in	 order	 to	 enhance	           fixed	 assets,	 receivables,	 partnerships,	 corporation,	
the	 effectiveness	 of	 professional	 communication.	           bonds	and	Statements	of	Changes	in	Financial	Position	
Resume	writing,	job	search	strategies	and	interviews	           (SCFP).
for	employment	are	also	covered.
                                                                131-142 sPreADsHeeTs
131-128 mATHemATICs oF BusIness                                 (Pre-requisites: 131-147 Introduction to Computer
(Prerequisites:	 NWT	 high	 school	 diploma	 (general	          Applications)
or	 advanced),	 including	 ABE	 English	 150	 (or	 English	     This	course	covers	the	concepts	from	Microsoft	Excel	
30-2)	 and	 ABE	 Math	 150	 (or	 Applied	 Math	 30)	 or	        that	includes	working	with	charts,	formulas,	functions,	
equivalent)                                                     managing	 workbooks,	 automating	 tasks,	 using	 and	
This	course	covers	a	variety	of	business-related	math	          analyzing	list	data,	enhancing	charts	and	worksheets,	
functions	 involving	 basic	 arithmetic	 and	 algebra.	         and	working	with	Excel	and	the	Internet.
The	 course	 begins	 with	 a	 review	 of	 basic	 algebra	
and	 moves	 on	 to	 the	 study	 of	 ratios,	 proportions,	      131-147 InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTer
percentages,	 and	 linear	 systems.	 The	 course	 also	         APPLICATIons
covers	 depreciation	 and	 break-even	 analysis,	               The	 Introduction	 to	 Computer	 Applications	 course	
trade	 discounts,	 cash	 discounts,	 mark-ups,	 and	            is	 designed	 as	 a	 survey	 of	 common	 features	 and	
markdowns.	 Mathematical	 applications	 to	 interest	           functions	 of	 software	 applications	 and	 tools	 most	
are	 also	 addressed,	 with	 a	 focus	 on	 simple	 interest	    commonly	 used	 for	 professional,	 educational,	 and	
applications.                                                   personal	computing	and	communication.	Focusing	on	
                                                                the	Microsoft	Office	suite	of	applications	because	of	its	
131-129 mATHemATICs oF FInAnCe                                  predominant	use	in	the	Canadian	workplace,	students	
(Prerequisites: 131-128 Mathematics of Business)                develop	 essential	 preliminary	 skill	 sets,	 specifically	
This	course	covers	the	Mathematics	of	Finance,	with	            in	 Microsoft	 Word.	 Students	 are	 also	 exposed	 to	
emphasis	placed	on	the	impact	that	time	has	on	the	             introductory	 concepts	 in	 Microsoft	 Excel,	 Microsoft   	
value	 of	 money.	 Students	 will	 learn	 to	 solve	 both	      Outlook,	Microsoft	PowerPoint,	and	Microsoft	Access.	
general	 and	 complex	 problems	 involving	 compound	           Throughout	the	course,	students	are	instructed	in	the	
interest,	annuities,	loans	and	mortgage	amortization,	          interconnectivity	 of	 Internet	 and	 Web	 applications	
bond	 valuation,	 sinking	 funds,	 and	 investment	             with	 client-based	 Microsoft	 software.	 The	 course	
decision	applications.	Focus	will	be	placed	on	present	         provides	 students	 introductory	 exposure	 and	
value,	net	present	value,	and	internal	rate	of	return	          experience	 with	 basic	 functions,	 features,	 cross-
with	respect	to	money.                                          application	commonalities,	and	multi-tasking.

131-133 PersonAL FInAnCe AnD InCome TAX                         131-151 PrInCIPLes oF mAnAGemenT
The increasing complexity of managing personal                  The student is introduced to widely accepted
finance	 has	 made	 it	 an	 essential	 area	 of	 study.	 The	   management	 theories	 and	 practices.	 Case	 studies,	
purpose of this course is to explain the concepts               discussions and other assignments reinforce the
and principles to make it possible for students to              application	of	concepts	introduced	in	the	course.
make an informed decision on some basic personal
financial	 matters.	 The	 course	 addresses	 consumer	          131-161 BAsIC mArKeTInG
credit,	consumer	loans,	interest,	vendor	credit,	credit	        The	 students	 are	 introduced	 to	 marketing,	
reporting,	 debt	 collection,	 mortgages,	 personal	            fundamentally	 oriented	 around	 target	 marketing,	
spending	 and	 saving,	 investment	 vehicles,	 wills	 and	      product	 planning,	 market	 segmentation,	 pricing	
the	 succession	 of	 property,	 and	 personal	 incomes	         strategies,	 promotional	 strategies,	 and	 methods	 of	
taxes	and	tax	laws	in	Canada.                                   planning,	 methods	 of	 implementing	 and	 controlling	
                                                                marketing	 activities.	 Case	 studies	 and	 a	 market	
131-135 InTroDuCTIon To FInAnCIAL                               simulation	will	reinforce	the	concepts	presented.
ACCounTInG A
The	 student	 is	 introduced	 to	 Financial	 Accounting	        131-181 mICroeConomICs
A;	 concepts	 and	 principles	 are	 examined,	 including	       This course introduces the student to the fundamental
accounting	for	assets,	liabilities,	owner’s	equity,	and	        tools	of	economic	analysis	applied	at	the	micro	level	
the	preparation	of	financial	statements.                        of	the	price	market	economic	system.




                                                                                                                                                         41
                               131-191 InTroDuCTIon To GoVernmenT                             this	 course	 are	 General	 Ledger,	 Accounts	 Payable,	


     Business AdMinistrAtion
                               This course is designed to introduce students to               Accounts	 Receivable,	 and	 Inventory	 and	 Services.	
                               politics	and	the	structure	of	governments	with	special	        This course also prepares students to complete
                               emphasis	on	the	emerging	structures	of	government	             month end and period end procedures and close the
                               in	the	NWT	including	aboriginal	self-government.               books	at	year	end.

                               131-200 InDePenDenT sTuDIes                                    131-251 ConTrACT LAW
                               Students	will	prepare	and	submit	an	original	10,000	           This course examines the legal system and certain
                               to	12,000	word	research	paper;	they	are	also	required	         legal	 concepts	 as	 they	 relate	 to	 management.	  	
                               to	orally	present	their	research	to	their	instructor.          The course emphasizes contract law with some
                                                                                              examination	of	the	Law	of	Tort	(Negligence),	Contract	
                               131-221 sTATIsTICs                                             Law	and	Employment	Law.
                               (Prerequisites: 131-128 Mathematics of Business and
                               131-129 Mathematics of Finance)                                131-252 smALL BusIness mAnAGemenT
                               	The	student	is	introduced	to	statistical	research	and	        This	course	is	designed	to	provide	participants	with	
                               testing	 techniques	 as	 they	 apply	 to	 business.	 The	      an	overall	understanding,	knowledge	and	skill	in	the	
                               course emphasizes conceptual learning by example               development	and	operation	of	a	small	business.	The	
                               and	problem	solving.	Assignment	projects	introduce	            preparation	of	a	business	plan	is	an	integral	part	of	
                               the	student	to	statistical	research	methods	and	allow	         this	course.
                               for	 the	 application	 of	 the	 methods	 taught	 in	 the	
                               course.                                                        131-261 mArKeTInG mAnAGemenT
                                                                                              (Prerequisite: 131-161 Basic Marketing)
                               131-235 InTroDuCTIon To mAnAGerIAL                             This	is	a	second	year	marketing	course	that	deals	with	
                               ACCounTInG A                                                   consumer	behaviour	and	specific	product	marketing	
                               (Prerequisites: 131-135 Introduction to Financial              techniques.
                               Accounting A and 131-136 Introduction to Financial
                               Accounting B).                                                 131-271 orGAnIzATIonAL BeHAVIour
                               This	 course	 presents	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 main	       The	students	will	enhance	their	ability	to	effectively	
                               concepts	 and	 practices	 of	 management	 accounting.	         operate	 in	 organizations	 through	 the	 practical	
                               Students	 will	 acquire	 skills	 necessary	 to	 make	          experience	of	group	behaviour	in	the	classroom.		This	
                               competent	 managerial-financial	 decisions.	 Topics	           will	be	accomplished	by	examining	the	Organizational	
                               covered	include	cost	accounting	fundamentals,	cost-            Behaviour	Body	of	Knowledge	in	text	and	web-based	
                               volume-profit	 analysis,	 budgeting,	 decision	 analysis,	     forms,	through	the	completion	of	a	number	of	case	
                               inventory	management	and	pricing.                              studies,	 and	 in	 through	 critical	 examination	 of	 the	
                                                                                              concepts	presented	in	the	course.
                               131-236 InTroDuCTIon To mAnAGerIAL
                               ACCounTInG B                                                   131-272 HumAn resourCes mAnAGemenT
                               (Prerequisite: 131-235 Introduction to Managerial              Students are introduced to the role of Human
                               Accounting A)                                                  Resources	 Management	 within	 organizations.	 In	
                               This	course	is	a	continuation	of	131-235	Introduction	         addition	to	identifying	factors	that	impact	on	Human	
                               to	Managerial	Accounting	“A”.		Students	will	acquire	          Resources	 Management,	 other	 areas	 discussed	
                               skills	which	provide	them	with	the	information	they	           include	 recruitment,	 selection,	 job	 evaluation,	
                               need	to	conduct	financial	managerial	affairs.		Topics	         compensation,	benefits	and	administration,	training	
                               covered	 include	 budgeting	 and	 control,	 inventory	         and	 development,	 and	 employee	 relations.	 The	
                               costing	and	decision	analysis.                                 general	principles	of	Human	Resource	Management,	
                                                                                              as	well	as	future	trends,	are	reviewed.
                               131-241 DATABAse mAnAGemenT
                               (Prerequisite: 131-147 Introduction to Computer                131-281 mACroeConomICs
                               Applications)                                                  Macroeconomics uses the tools of economic analysis
                               The student is introduced to computer databases                to	study	the	workings	of	the	Price	Market	Economic	
                               and	 is	 familiarized	 with	 potential	 management	            System	in	the	Macro	Environment.
                               applications	 of	 this	 form	 of	 communications	
                               technology.	 Students	 will	 acquire	 skills	 in	 creating,	   131-291 PuBLIC PoLICY mAKInG
                               developing	and	using	databases.	                               The	student	is	introduced	to	the	practice	and	study	
                                                                                              of	 public	 policy	 in	 a	 Canadian	 setting,	 with	 special	
                               131-242 AuTomATeD ACCounTInG                                   emphasis	 in	 practices	 in	 the	 NWT.	 Topics	 include	 a	
                               (Prerequisite: 131-135 Introduction to Financial               philosophical	foundation	and	policy	development.
                               Accounting A or equivalent)
                               The	 course	 teaches	 Automated	 Accounting	
                               procedures	 and	 practices.	 The	 modules	 included	 in	
42
131-292 PuBLIC FInAnCe                                         comparisons	 to	 development	 of	 other	 indigenous	




                                                                                                                             Business AdMinistrAtion
This	course	outlines	the	public	financial	management	          communities	in	the	world.
process	and	 acquaints	 students	 with	 principle	 aims,	
methods	and	practices	of	government	budgeting.	The	            096-003 THe CommunITY DeVeLoPmenT
NWT	government	financial	appropriation	and	control	            PLAnnInG ProCess
system	is	emphasized.                                          This	 course	 will	 provide	 students	 with	 an	
                                                               understanding	of	the	overall	community	development	
131-293 LoCAL, reGIonAL AnD PuBLIC Issues                      planning	process	and	will	introduce	and	develop	the	
This course is designed to examine the current issues          skills	 required	 to	 successfully	 undertake	 each	 stage	
and	 concerns	 facing	 northerners	 today,	 including,	        of	 the	 planning	 process.	 Community	 development	
but	 not	 limited	 to,	 aboriginal	 self-government,	          planning will be analyzed as a process built around the
decentralization	and	land	                                     centrality	of	community	participation.
claim	issues.

131-714 InTroDuCTIon To CommunITY BAseD
eConomIC DeVeLoPmenT
This course introduces the historic and present factors
affecting	 native	 economic	 development,	 including	
traditional	 trading	 patterns,	 fur	 trade,	 government	
policies	 and	 resource	 development.	 Several	 case	
studies	 in	 aboriginal	 economic	 development	 will	
be	 examined.	 The	 development	 wheel	 method	 of	
community	economic	development	will	be	presented.

131-101 Co-oP WorK PLACemenT I
A	 work	 experience	 practicum	 provides	 students	
with	an	opportunity	to	apply	theoretical	knowledge	
learned	from	previous	courses	to	a	work	environment.	
A	 pre-approved	 plan	 is	 prepared	 by	 the	 faculty	
advisor	in	consultation	with	the	work	supervisor	and	
the	student,	resulting	in	a	final	student	report.

131-102 Co-oP WorK PLACemenT II
(Prerequisite: 131-101 Co-op Work Placement I)
A	 work	 experience	 practicum	 provides	 students	
with	an	opportunity	to	apply	theoretical	knowledge	
learned	from	previous	courses	to	a	work	environment.	
A	 pre-approved	 plan	 is	 prepared	 by	 the	 faculty	
advisor	in	consultation	with	the	work	supervisor	and	
the	student,	resulting	in	a	final	student	report.

096-001 InTroDuCTIon To CommunITY
DeVeLoPmenT
This	 course	 will	 provide	 students	 with	 a	 solid	
foundation	 in	 community	 development	 theory	 and	
practice,	 including	 knowledge	 of	 the	 core	 concepts	
in	 community	 development,	 the	 various	 models	 of	
community	 development,	 the	 role	 of	 culture	 and	
values	in	development,	and	the	role	of	the	community	
development	practitioner.

096-002 DeVeLoPmenT AnD norTHern
CommunITIes
Students will explore the historical and cultural
context	 of	 development	 in	 the	 North	 and	 the	
impact	 of	 this	 context	 for	 community	 development	
in	 Northern	 communities	 today.	 The	 course	 will	
provide	an	historical	overview	of	development	in	the	
Northwest	 Territories,	 a	 critical	 analysis	 of	 current	
development	 issues	 arising	 from	 this	 history,	 and	
                                                                                                                                                       43
                              nursing ACCess                                                 	 science;


     nursing ACCess progrAM
                                                                                             •			 Discuss	the	components	of	healthy	lifestyles;

                              progrAM
                                                                                             •			 Explore	career	choices	within	the	health	field.

                                                                                             CoMpletion requireMents
                              CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                          •			   For	ABE	English	150	course,	the	student	must		
                              sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIon(s).                                 	      achieve	an	average	of	60%	to	receive	course		
                                                                                             	      credit.
                              The Nursing Access program will be implementing                •			   For	ABE	Math	courses,	the	student	must	achieve		
                              revised curriculum as the program is under review.             	      an	average	of	80%	Math	130	to	receive	course		
                                                                                             	      credit;	75%	in	ABE	Math	140	to	receive	course		
                              The access year is for students who would like to work         	      credit.
                              in	the	health	field,	but	do	not	meet	the	requirements	
                              for	admission	to	the	health	program.	Program	courses	          For	all	other	courses	the	student	must	achieve	50%	
                              include	math,	science,	English	and	an	introduction	to	         to	receive	course	credit.
                              health.	 Each	 of	 the	 courses	 include	 relevant	 health	
                              related	 materials.	 Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	         doCuMent of reCognition
                              the Access Year students may apply to register in the          Record	of	Achievement
                              Nursing	Program,	or	other	health	programs.
                                                                                             CurriCuluM
                              progrAM eligiBilitY                                            080-113			      ABE	MATH	130
                              •	   Applicants	must	have	completed	Grade	10	or		              080-114			      ABE	MATH	140
                              	    ABE	English	140	and	Math	120.	                            080-105			      ENGLISH	150
                              •	   Mature	applicants	lacking	the	necessary	entrance          080-126			      BIOLOGY	30
                              	    requirements	may	be	admitted	to	the	program		             083-600			      NURSING	ACCESS	I
                              	    if	there	is	evidence	of	their	ability	to	complete		       083-601			      NURSING	ACCESS	2
                              	    the	program.	
                              •	   The	Aurora	College	placement	test	may	be
                                   administered to determine the applicant’s                 Course desCriptions
                              	    academic	level.	                                          080-105 enGLIsH 150
                              •	   The	student	must	meet	the	program	eligibility		           English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	
                              	    requirements.                                             the skills necessary to succeed in college diploma
                                                                                             programs.	 The	 course	 uses	 an	 integrated	 approach	
                                                                                             to	 develop	 skills	 in	 critical	 reading,	 literacy	 analysis,	
                              AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                                                                             expository	 writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	
                              Applicants	 must	 submit	 with	 their	 application;	 high	
                                                                                             Students who successfully complete this course will
                              school	transcripts,	college	transcripts	or	the	results	of	
                                                                                             be	 able	 to	 write	 a	 well-constructed	 research	 paper.	
                              the	placement	package	assessment.
                                                                                             They	may	choose	to	write	the	English	ELA30-2	(English	
                                                                                             33)	departmental	examination	and/or	 continue	their	
                              progrAM AdMission                                              studies.
                              Students	 meeting	 the	 above	 program	 requirements	
                              may	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program.	 Preference	 is	          080-113 ABe mATH 130
                              given	to	residents	of	the	NWT.	A	waiting	list	may	be	          This course is designed to build on the student’s
                              established	based	on	date	of	application.                      knowledge	of	basic	mathematics.	It	is	a	continuation	
                                                                                             of	 ABE	 Math	 120.	 	 All	 ABE	 Math	 courses	 from	 the	
                              progrAM inforMAtion                                            120	level	up	are	organized	into	4	strands:	Numbers,	
                              The	program	is	ten	months	in	length.	Upon	successful	          Patterns	 and	 Relations,	 Shape	 and	 Space,	 Statistics	
                              completion	 of	 the	 program	 the	 student	 will	 have	        and	Probability.	See	the	Specific	Learning	Outcomes	
                              College	 credits	 at	 the	 following	 levels:	 ABE	 English	   under	Curriculum	Detail.
                              150,	 ABE	 Math	 130	 and	 140,	 and	 Biology	 30.	 The	
                              program	also	includes	a	course	in	healthy	lifestyles.          080-114 ABe mATH 140
                                                                                             This course is designed to build the learners’
                              progrAM oBJeCtives                                             knowledge	of	mathematics	at	the	intermediate	level.	
                              Upon	successful	completion	of	this	program	students	           It	is	a	continuation	of	ABE	Mathematics	130.		All	ABE	
                              will	be	able	to:                                               Math	courses	from	the	120	level	up	are	organized	into	
                              •			 Write	a	well	constructed	research	paper	or	essay;         4	 strands:	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	 Shape	
                              •			 Solve	and	graph	solutions	of	linear	and	second		          and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.		See	the	Specific	
                              	 degree	expressions,	radicals	and	trigonometry;               Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.
                              •			 Discuss	basic	scientific	principles	drawn	from	
                              	 chemistry,	physics,	biology	and	environmental		
44
080-126 BIoLoGY 30




                                                                  nursing ACCess progrAM
This	course	is	the	Alberta/NWT	Grade	12	Biology	30.	

083-600 nursInG ACCess I
The focus of this course is caring in nursing
relationships	 with	 individuals,	 families,	 groups	 and	
communities.	 	 This	 course	 will	 provide	 the	 student	
with	the	opportunity	to	develop	their	conceptual	and	
experiential	 understanding	 of	 caring,	 explore	 their	
own	 understanding	 of	 caring,	 and	 actively	 enhance	
their	ability	in	the	helping	professions.

083-601 nursInG ACCess 2
This course is designed to introduce the student to
the	 profession	 of	 nursing,	 as	 well	 as	 the	 concepts	 of	
health	and	wellness.	It	continues	to	build	on	the	caring	
framework and introduces the concept of primary
health	 care.	 The	 emphasis	 in	 this	 course	 will	 be	 on	
prevention	and	health	promotion.




                                                                                           45
                                      BACHelor of                                                   progrAM AdMission


     BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
                                                                                                    Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program	 based	

                                      sCienCe in                                                    on how well they meet the program eligibility
                                                                                                    requirements	 and	 on	 space	 availability.	 Aboriginal	

                                      nursing
                                                                                                    persons,	 long-term	 residents	 of	 the	 NWT*,	 and	
                                                                                                    graduates	 of	 the	 Nursing	 Access	 Program	 will	 be	
                                                                                                    given	priority	in	the	selection	process.	
                                      oFFereD AT YeLLoWKnIFe CAmPus
                                                                                                    Prior	 to	 working	 with	 clients,	 students	 must	
                                      The Nursing program will be implementing revised              submit	 proof	 of	 current	 CPR	 and	 Standard	 First	 Aid	
                                      curriculum as it undergoes program development.               certificates,	 a	 current	 immunization	 record	 and	
                                                                                                    a	 Criminal	 Record	 Check.	 Criminal	 Record	 Check	
                                      progrAM desCription                                           which	 indicate	 a	 record	 exists	 will	 be	 reviewed	 by	
                                      Aurora College recognizes the partners of the                 the	 Chair	 of	 Health	 and	 Human	 Services	 Programs	
                                      Collaboration	 for	 Academic	 Education	 in	 Nursing	         and	the	Registrar.	They	will	decide	acceptability	into	
                                      (CAEN)	 for	 their	 help	 and	 assistance	 in	 developing	    the	program.	Applicants	are	responsible	for	all	costs	
                                      the	course	outlines	and	learning	activities	used	in	the	      associated	with	the	Criminal	Record	Check.	
                                      curriculum.	
                                                                                                    *Preference will be given to longer-term residents
                                      The	 overall	 purpose	 of	 this	 program	 is	 to	 educate	    before short-term residents of one year or less.
                                      nurses	 to	 work	 with	 individuals,	 families,	 groups	
                                      and	 communities	 in	 a	 variety	 of	 settings	 guided	 by	   progrAM inforMAtion
                                      a	 health	 promotion	 perspective	 with	 an	 ethic	 of	       This	 is	 a	 four-year	 baccalaureate	 program.	 In	 some	
                                      caring.	 The	 program	 will	 assist	 students	 to	 develop	   cases,	 due	 to	 the	 limited	 availability	 of	 clinical	
                                      sensitivity	to	people’s	experiences	of	health,	healing	       placements,	 students	 may	 have	 to	 relocate	 for	 the	
                                      and	health	promotion	by	being	cognizant	of	nurse’s	           consolidated	clinical	semesters.	
                                      professional	 roles.	 Students	 will	 learn	 to	 work	 as	    The	 nursing	 practice	 work	 environment	 requires	
                                      partners	with	clients	and	other	health	care	providers.	       demanding	 lifting	 and	 moving	 techniques	 and	
                                      Through	their	understanding	of,	and	participation	in,	        extensive	 hand	 washing.	 Applicants	 with	 serious	
                                      the	 changing	 health	 care	 system,	 graduates	 will	 be	    injury,	 skin	 disorder,	 significant	 health	 challenge	 or	
                                      active	participants	in	creating	health	for	all.	              latex allergy should consider carefully how they will
                                                                                                    manage in this physically and mentally challenging
                                      progrAM eligiBilitY                                           environment,	before	applying	to	this	program.	
                                      Applicants	 must	 have	 Grade	 12	 English	 ELA	 30-1	        The nursing program is a praxis based program and
                                      (Eng30)	 or	 ELA	 30-2	 (Eng33),	 or	 ALBE	 English	          clinical	experiences	are	mandatory.	This	may	include	
                                      equivalent;	 Math	 20	 Pure	 or	 Math	 20	 Applied	 or	       evening	and/or	weekend	hours.	
                                      ALBE	Math	equivalent;	Biology	30;	and	one	level	20	
                                      or	30	science	(Physics,	Biology	or	Chemistry)	or	ALBE	        progrAM oBJeCtives
                                      equivalent.	Students	must	have	a	grade	of	65	per	cent	        Upon	completion	of	the	program	students	will	have	
                                      or	higher	in	the	above	courses,	or	the	passing	grade	         the	knowledge	and	skills	needed	to:	
                                      required	for	the	ALBE	equivalent	course,	to	meet	the	         •	 Practice	nursing,	with	a	health	promotion		
                                      requirements.	                                                	 perspective	and	an	ethic	of	caring,	within	a		
                                      Aurora	College	recognizes	prior	learning	experience,	         	 variety	of	contexts	and	
                                      whether	 from	 an	 institution	 or	 from	 a	 work-related	    	 with	diverse	client	populations.	
                                      setting.	 Certified	 Nursing	 Assistants,	 Licensed	          •	 Be	an	independent,	self-directed,	self-
                                      Practical	 Nurses	 and	 other	 health	 professionals	         	 motivated,	and	life-long	learner	with	a		 	
                                      should speak to the Registrar or the Chair of Health          	 questioning	mind	and	a	familiarity	with	inquiry		
                                      Programs	 regarding	 advanced	 credits	 and	 Prior	           	 approaches	to	learning.	
                                      Learning	Assessment	and	Recognition.                          •	 Be	self-reflective,	self-evaluative,	accountable,		
                                                                                                    	 and	make	clinical	judgments	based	on	different		
                                      AppliCAnt AssessMent                                          	 ways	of	knowing,	including	critical	thinking,		
                                      Applicants will apply to the Registrar to ensure that         	 intuition,	research	and	evaluation.	
                                      they	 meet	 the	 program	 eligibility	 requirements.	 As	     •		 Create	and	influence	the	future	of	nursing		
                                      well,	applicants	must:	                                       	 practice	at	a	political,	social,	and	professional		
                                      •		 Complete	a	College	entrance	application;	                 	 level	by	responding	to		and	anticipating	the		
                                      •		 Submit	two	letters	of	reference,	one	work-	               	 changing	needs	of	society.	
                                      	 related,	one	personal;	and	                                 •		 Be	prepared	to	meet	the	professional	practice		
                                      •		 Submit	official	transcripts.	                             	 requirements	as	identified	by	the	Registered		
                                                                                                    	 Nurses	Association	of	the	Northwest	Territories		
46                                                                                                  	 and	Nunavut	(RNANT/NU).
CoMpletion requireMents                                        360-323			     RELATIONAL	PRACTICE	III:	CONNECTING		




                                                                                                                                BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
Students	 are	 required	 to	 complete	 all	 courses	 and	      	              ACROSS	DIFFERENCE
assignments	 in	 the	 program.	 The	 pass	 mark	 for	 all	     360-335			     NURSING	PRACTICE	V:	PROMOTING		 	
courses	in	60%	and	students	must	maintain	a	grade	             	              HEALTH	AND	HEALING
point	average	of	65%	for	the	duration	of	the	program.          360-352			     NON-NURSING	ELECTIVE	
                                                               360-306			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	VI:	GLOBAL		    	
The baccalaureate degree must be completed within              	              HEALTH	ISSUES
seven	years	of	commencing	the	program.	                        360-307			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	VII:	PROMOTING		
                                                               	              COMMUNITY	AND	SOCIETAL	HEALTH
DoCumenT oF reCoGnITIon:                                       360-314			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	IV:	NURSING			
4-year	 University	 of	 Victoria	 Bachelor	 of	 Science	 in	   	              INQUIRY	
Nursing                                                        360-336			     NURSING	PRACTICE	VI:	PROMOTING		 	
                                                               	              HEALTH	AND	COMMUNITIES	
                                                               	              AND	SOCIETY
CurriCuluM                                                     360-363			     CONSOLIDATED	PRACTICE	
YeAr 1
                                                               	              EXPERIENCE	III
360-101			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	I:	LIVING		
                                                               YeAr 4
               HEALTH
                                                               360-415			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	V:		 	                 	
360-111			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	I:		 	
                                                               	              LEADERSHIP	IN	NURSING
	              INTRODUCTION	TO	THE	PROFESSION		
                                                               360-416			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	VI:	
	              OF	NURSING
                                                               	              NURSING	RESEARCH	
360-121			     RELATIONAL		PRACTICE	I:	SELF	AND		
                                                               360-437			     NURSING	PRACTICE	VII:	ENGAGING	
               OTHERS
                                                               	              IN	LEADERSHIP	
360-131			     NURSING	PRACTICE	I:	INTRODUCTION		
                                                               360-471			     NURSING	ELECTIVE	
	              TO	NURSING	PRACTICE	
                                                               360-438			     NURSING	PRACTICE	VIII:		   	                 	
193-255			     ENGLISH	
                                                               	              TRANSITIONING	TO	BSN	GRADUATE
360-141			     HEALTH	SCIENCES	I	
360-102			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	II:	HEALTH		
	              INDICATORS	                                     Course desCriptions
360-112			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	I:		 	                    360-101 HeALTH AnD HeALInG I: LIVInG HeALTH
	              INTRODUCTION	TO	DISCIPLINE	                     (Semester	One)
	              OF	NURSING                                      This	course	is	an	introduction	to	the	meaning	of	health	
360-132		      NURSING	PRACTICE	II:	COMING	TO		                including	 personal	 health,	 family	 health,	 community	
	              KNOW	THE	CLIENT                                 health	 and	 societal	 health.	 Participants	 examine	
360-142			     HEALTH	SCIENCES	II	                             significant	 theoretical	 and	 conceptual	 frameworks	 of	
360-151			     NON-NURSING	ELECTIVE	                           health	including	health	promotion,	primary	health	care,	
360-161			     CONSOLIDATED	PRACTICE	                          prevention	and	determinants	of	health.	By	reflecting	on	
	              EXPERIENCE	I                                    personal	experiences,	participants	have	the	opportunity	
YeAr 2                                                         to	identify	personal	resources	and/or	challenges	which	
360-203			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	III:	HEALTH		                impact	 health	 as	 well	 as	 recognize	 the	 diversity	 of	
	              CHALLENGES	/	HEALING	INITIATIVES                beliefs,	values	and	perceptions	of	health	held	by	others.	
360-222			     RELATIONAL	PRACTICE	II:	CREATING			             Opportunities	to	learn	basic	health	assessment	skills	
	              HEALTH-PROMOTING	RELATIONSHIPS                  are	included	in	this	course.
360-233			     NURSING	PRACTICE	III:	PROMOTING		
	              HEALTH	AND	HEALING		                            360-111 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe I:
360-243			     HEALTH	SCIENCE	III	                             InTroDuCTIon To THe ProFessIon oF
360-204			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	IV:	HEALTH		                 nursInG
	              CHALLENGES/HEALING	INITIATIVES                  (Semester	One)
360-213			     PROFESSIONAL	PRACTICE	III:	NURSING		            This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 profession	 of	
	              ETHICS	                                         nursing.	Participants	examine	the	foundational	concepts	
360-234			     NURSING	PRACTICE	IV:	PROMOTING		                of the curriculum and how the concepts relate to nursing
	              HEALTH	AND	HEALING	                             practice.	 Participants	 also	 explore	 the	 history	 of	 the	
360-244			     HEALTH	SCIENCES	IV	                             profession	of	nursing	and	have	the	opportunity	to	explore	
360-262			     CONSOLIDATED	PRACTICE	                          and	critically	reflect	upon	the	political	and	socioeconomic	
	              EXPERIENCE	II	      	       	                   forces	that	have	shaped	the	status	of	women	in	society	
                                                               and	the	evolution	of	the	nursing	profession.	Standards	
YeAr 3                                                         of	nursing	practice	and	responsibility	for	safe	and	ethical	
360-305			     HEALTH	AND	HEALING	V:	COMPLEX		                 nursing	practice	are	also	explored.
	              HEALTH	CHALLENGES/HEALING		
	              INITIATIVES

                                                                                                                                                                 47
                                      360-121 reLATIonAL PrACTICe I: seLF AnD                         360-112 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe :


     BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
                                      oTHers                                                          InTroDuCTIon To THe DIsCIPLIne oF nursInG
                                      (Semester	One)                                                  (Semester	Two)	
                                      The premise underlying this course is that nursing              This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 discipline	
                                      is	 an	 experience	 lived	 between	 people	 (Paterson	          of	 nursing.	 Participants	 explore	 the	 historical	
                                      &	 Zderad,	 1976). Students	 explore	 the	 multiple	            development	 of	 nursing	 knowledge	 and	 theory	 as	
                                      factors	 that	 influence	 their	 own	 capacity	 to	 be	 in	     well as contemporary understandings of nursing as a
                                      caring	 relation	 to	 others	 (individual,	 family,	 groups,	   discipline	and	the	body	of	knowledge	that	defines	it.	
                                      populations,	 communities).	 They	 learn	 to	 question	         Relationships	between	practice,	theory	and	research	
                                      personal	 perspectives	 of	 experience;	 to	 uncover	           are	explored.
                                      attitudes,	 beliefs	 and	 values;	 and	 to	 share	 and	
                                      acknowledge	 differences.	 Emphasis	 is	 placed	 on	 a	         360-132 nursInG PrACTICe II: ComInG To
                                      phenomenological	 attitude	 to	 view	 the	 structure	           KnoW THe CLIenT
                                      and experiences that make up ones own and other                 (Semester	Two)	
                                      people’s	lives	(Hartrick,	1997).                                This	nursing	practice	experience	provides	opportunities	
                                                                                                      to	 develop	 caring	 relationships	 with	 groups,	 families	
                                      360-131 nursInG PrACTICe I: InTroDuCTIon                        and	 individuals	 across	 the	 lifespan.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	
                                      To nursInG PrACTICe                                             placed on health assessment and coming to know how
                                      (Semester	One)                                                  clients	understand	and	promote	their	health,	and	the	
                                      This	 course	 is	 an	 opportunity	 for	 participants	 to	       role of the nurse in partnering with the client in this
                                      integrate their learning from other Semester One                process.	 Participants	 work	 with	 groups,	 families	 and	
                                      courses with their beginning understanding of nursing           individuals	in	the	home	and	community,	in	agencies,	
                                      practice.	 Participants	 are	 engaged	 with	 healthy	           and	 in	 care	 facilities	 to	 incorporate	 concepts	 and	
                                      families	in	the	community	and	with	nurses	in	practice	          learning from all the courses in this semester into
                                      to	explore	the	breadth	of	nursing	practice.	                    nursing	practice.

                                      193-255 enGLIsH                                                 360-142 HeALTH sCIenCe II
                                      (Semester	One)	                                                 (Semester	Two)	
                                      This	 course	 focuses	 on	 essay	 writing	 and	 critical	       This	 course	 deals	 with	 control	 and	 integrative	
                                      thinking	 at	 the	 university	 level.	 In	 order	 to	 refine	   mechanisms	(neural,	endocrine)	and	the	maintenance	
                                      composition	skills,	students	examine	various	examples	          of	 homeostasis	 (oxygen	 and	 nutrient	 requirements,	
                                      of	good	writing	in	conjunction	with	developing	their	           waste	removal,	fluid	dynamics).	
                                      own	work.	
                                                                                                      360-161 ConsoLIDATeD PrACTICe eXPerIenCe I
                                      360-141 HeALTH sCIenCes 1                                       (Spring	Semester)
                                      (Semester	One)                                                  The	 consolidated	 practice	 experience	 is	 designed	 to	
                                      This	course	provides	an	overview	of	human	anatomy	              assist	students	to	move	forward	with	the	health	focus	
                                      and	 physiology.	 Topics	 include	 microbiology,	 cell	         of year one towards the focus on health challenges in
                                      biology	 and	 the	 organization	 of	 cells	 into	 tissues.	     year	 two.	 Hence	 this	 practice	 experience	 consists	 of	
                                      Selected	body	systems	will	be	examined.                         two	 parts:	 two	 weeks	 in	 the	 nursing	 learning	 centre	
                                                                                                      to	 practice	 skills	 that	 are	 foundational	 to	 providing	
                                      360-102 HeALTH AnD HeALInG II: HeALTH                           personal	 care,	 and	 two	 weeks	 in	 a	 practice	 setting	
                                      InDICATors                                                      where	students	will	have	the	opportunity	to	practice	
                                      (Semester	Two)	                                                 personal	 care	 while	 furthering	 the	 development	 of	
                                      Building	on	Health	I,	this	course	focuses	on	individual,	       their assessment skills and their understanding of
                                      family	and	community	health	assessment.	Participants	           health	and	health	promotion.	
                                      will	have	opportunities	to	explore	and	critique	various	
                                      theoretical	 and	 conceptual	 frameworks	 in	 relation	
                                                                                                      360-203 HeALTH AnD HeALInG III: HeALTH
                                      to health assessment including early childhood
                                                                                                      CHALLenGes / HeALInG InITIATIVes
                                      development,	family	development,	healthy	aging	and	
                                                                                                      (Semester	Three)	
                                      community	development.	The	concept	of	assessment	
                                                                                                      Building	on	the	learners’	understanding	of	health,	the	
                                      within	 the	 context	 of	 decision	 making	 is	 explored.	
                                                                                                      focus of this course is on people’s experience with
                                      Opportunities	to	learn	basic	health	assessment	skills	
                                                                                                      healing	for	both	chronic	and	episodic	health	challenges.	
                                      are	included	in	this	course.
                                                                                                      Participants	integrate	theory	and	concepts	of	health	as	
                                                                                                      they	relate	to	healing.	This	course	is	complementary	
                                                                                                      to	 Health	 Sciences	 III	 and	 provides	 opportunities	
                                                                                                      for learners to integrate pathophysiology with their
                                                                                                      understanding of health and healing and the nursing
                                                                                                      approaches	that	accompany	this	understanding.
48
360-222 reLATIonAL PrACTICe II: CreATInG                        360-213 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe III:




                                                                                                                                 BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
HeALTH-PromoTInG reLATIonsHIPs                                  nursInG eTHICs
(Semester	Three)	                                               (Semester	Four)	
Building	 on	 Relational	 Practice	 I,	 in	 this	 course	       Building	 on	 previous	 Relational	 Practice	 and	
participants	 move	 beyond	 personal	 discovery	 to	 a	         Professional	 Practice	 courses,	 this	 course	 focuses	 on	
focus	 on	 relational	 caring.	 The	 major	 emphasis	 of	       the growing body of knowledge related to nursing
the	 course	 is	 relational	 practice	 with	 individuals,	      ethics.	 Beginning	 with	 an	 understanding	 of	 bio-
families,	and	groups	from	diverse	backgrounds	of	age,	          medical	ethics	that	have	dominated	nursing	ethics	in	
culture,	and	experience.	This	is	an	experiential	course	        the	past	and	moving	to	an	understanding	of	developing	
designed	 to	 deepen	 the	 participants’	 understanding	        ethical	 theory	 related	 to	 nursing	 and	 nursing	 issues,	
of	 caring	 and	 how	 the	 connection	 between	 caring	         participants	will	have	opportunities	to	explore	nursing	
and	 relationship	 provides	 the	 context	 for	 health	 and	    ethics	in	the	context	of	their	nursing	practice.
healing.	Participants	explore	theories	and	processes	of	
caring,	relational	identity	development	of	self	as	nurse,	      360-234 nursInG PrACTICe IV: PromoTInG
and	 relational	 practice	 as	 enacted	 across	 a	 range	 of	   HeALTH AnD HeALInG
settings	and	contexts.                                          (Semester	Four)	
                                                                This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 continues	 to	 provide	
360-233 nursInG PrACTICe III: PromoTInG                         opportunities	for	learners	to	develop	caring	relationships	
HeALTH AnD HeALInG                                              with	individuals	and	families	for	the	purpose	of	health	
(Semester	Three)	                                               promotion	 while	 coming	 to	 understand	 their	 health	
This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 provides	                  and healing processes when experiencing more
opportunities	 to	 develop	 caring	 relationships	 with	        complex	health	challenges,	both	episodic	and	chronic.	
individuals	 and	 families	 for	 the	 purpose	 of	 health	      Participants	will	have	opportunities	to	practice	nursing	
promotion	while	coming	to	understand	their	unique	              approaches	 that	 accompany	 this	 understanding.	
health	 and	 healing	 processes.	 Participants	 will	 have	     Participants	 work	 with	 families	 and	 individuals	 in	 the	
opportunities	 to	 practice	 nursing	 approaches	 that	         home	and	community,	in	agencies,	and	in	care	facilities	
accompany	 this	 understanding.	 Participants	 work	            to incorporate concepts and learning from all the
with	 families	 and	 individuals	 experiencing	 common	         courses	in	this	semester	into	their	nursing	practice.	The	
health	 challenges	 (both	 episodic	 and	 chronic)	 in	         community and society are considered as contextual
the	 home	 and	 community,	 in	 agencies,	 and	 in	 care	       influences	on	the	promotion	of	health	for	the	individual	
facilities	 to	 incorporate	 concepts	 and	 learning	 from	     and	the	family.		
all the courses in this semester into their nursing
practice.	The	community	and	society	are	considered	             360-244 HeALTH sCIenCe IV
as	contextual	influences	on	the	promotion	of	health	            (Semester	Four)	
and	healing	for	the	individual	and	the	family.                  A	 continuation	 of	 applied	 Health	 Science	 I,	 this	
                                                                course	 utilizes	 foundational	 concepts	 to	 promote	
360-243 HeALTH sCIenCe III                                      an understanding of a range of common disease
(Semester	Three)	                                               processes	and	their	treatments.	Particular	emphasis	is	
This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 foundational	          placed	on	the	pathophysiologic	process,	microbiologic	
knowledge	of	human	pathophysiology.	It	aims	to	give	            risks,	 and	 pharmacological	 management	 of	 these	
the student an understanding of disease processes at            diseases.	
both	the	gross	and	cellular	level.	It	includes	discussion	
of	individual,	pharmaceutical,	surgical,	and	nutritional	       360-262 ConsoLIDATeD PrACTICe eXPerIenCe II
interventions	along	with	other	treatment	modalities.	           (Spring	Semester)
                                                                In	this	consolidated	practice	experience,	opportunities	
360-204 HeALTH AnD HeALInG IV: HeALTH                           are	 provided	 to	 develop	 caring	 relationships	 for	
CHALLenGes/HeALInG InITIATIVes                                  the	 purpose	 of	 healing	 and	 health	 promotion	 with	
(Semester	Four)	                                                individuals	 and	 families	 experiencing	 increasingly	
Participants	 in	 this	 course	 continue	 to	 develop	 an	      complex	chronic	and	episodic	health	challenges.	The	
understanding of people’s experience with healing               community and society are considered as contextual
related	 to	 a	 variety	 of	 increasingly	 complex	 chronic	    influences	on	the	promotion	of	health	for	the	individual	
and	 episodic	 health	 challenges	 within	 a	 variety	 of	      and	 the	 family.	 Participants	 have	 opportunities	 to	
practice	 contexts.	 This	 course	 is	 complementary	 to	       consolidate	learning	from	the	first	and	second	year	of	
Health	 Sciences	 IV	 and	 provides	 opportunities	 for	        the	program	in	a	variety	of	settings.
learners to integrate pathophysiology with their
understanding of health and healing and the nursing
approaches	that	accompany	this	understanding.



                                                                                                                                                                  49
                                      360-305 HeALTH AnD HeALInG V: ComPLeX                             360-307 HeALTH AnD HeALInG VII: PromoTInG


     BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
                                      HeALTH CHALLenGes/HeALInG InITIATIVes                             CommunITY AnD soCIeTAL HeALTH
                                      (Semester	Five)                                                   (Semester	Six)
                                      This	 course	 provides	 opportunities	 for	 participants	         This course focuses on the role of the nurse in the
                                      to further build on their nursing knowledge                       promotion	 of	 community	 and	 societal	 health.	 It	 is	
                                      and understanding of health and healing in                        intended to be a companion course with Health and
                                      relation	 to	 complex	 episodic	 and	 chronic	 health	            Healing	 /	 Health	 Science.	 Participants	 will	 continue	
                                      challenges.	 This	 advanced	 course	 builds	 on	                  to	develop	their	competencies	in	relational	practice	
                                      concepts	 discussed	 in	 previous	 Health	 and	 Healing	          with	a	focus	on	community	and	society	as	client.	The	
                                      and Health Science courses and will focus on                      political	role	of	the	nurse	is	explored	as	the	emphasis	
                                      current topics and emerging knowledge related                     is	 placed	 upon	 working	 with	 communities	 from	 a	
                                      to	 a	 variety	 of	 health	 care	 contexts	 and	 situations.      social	 justice	 and	 equity	 perspective.	 Community	
                                                                                                        development	 and	 capacity	 building,	 as	 a	 pattern	 of	
                                      360-323 reLATIonAL PrACTICe III: ConneCTInG                       community	 health	 promotion	 practice,	 is	 explored.	
                                      ACross DIFFerenCe                                                 In	 addition	 students	 will	 further	 develop	 their	
                                      (Semester	Five)                                                   understanding of teaching and learning focusing on
                                      Building	 on	 the	 concepts	 introduced	 in	 Relational	          transformative	and	emancipatory	approaches.
                                      Practice	I	and	II	and	other	previous	courses,	Relational	
                                      Practice	 III	 provides	 a	 synthesis	 of	 knowledge	 that	 is	   360-314 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe IV: nursInG
                                      the	 basis	 of	 critical	 analysis.	 This	 course	 focuses	 on	   InQuIrY
                                      enhancing	 participants’	 everyday	 relational	 practice	         (Semester	Six)
                                      with	individuals,	families,	and	groups.	The	emphasis	is	on	       Building	 upon	 concepts	 introduced	 in	 Professional	
                                      engaging	with	the	complexities	of	difference	in	everyday	         Practice	I,	II,	and	III,	in	 this	course,	participants	will	
                                      nursing	practice	and	the	challenges	these	complexities	           explore the historical and philosophical approaches
                                      might	pose	for	being	in-relation	with	clients.	                   to	 the	 development	 of	 nursing	 knowledge	 and	
                                                                                                        inquiry.	Relationships	between	practice,	theory,	and	
                                      360-335 nursInG PrACTICe V: PromoTInG                             research	are	explored.	
                                      HeALTH AnD HeALInG
                                      (Semester	Five)                                                   360-336 nursInG PrACTICe VI: PromoTInG
                                      This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 continues	 to	               HeALTH AnD CommunITIes AnD soCIeTY
                                      provide	opportunities	for	learners	to	develop	caring	             (Semester	Six)
                                      relationships	 for	 the	 purpose	 of	 health	 promotion	          This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 provides	
                                      with	 individuals,	 families	 and	 groups	 while	 coming	         opportunities	 to	 develop	 caring	 relationships	
                                      to	 understand	 their	 unique	 health	 and	 healing	              with	 families,	 groups,	 and	 communities	 within	
                                      processes.	 Participants	 will	 have	 opportunities	 to	          a societal and global context with emphasis on
                                      practice	 nursing	 approaches	 that	 accompany	 this	             health	 promotion	 and	 community	 empowerment.	
                                      understanding.	 Participants	 work	 with	 groups,	                Participants	 have	 opportunities	 to	 work	 with	 a	
                                      families	and	individuals	in	the	home	and	community,	              community	(geographical,	self-identified,	population	
                                      in	 agencies,	 and	 in	 care	 facilities	 to	 incorporate	        based,	 institutionally	 based,	 etc.)	 on	 a	 particular	
                                      concepts and learning from all the courses in this                health	issue.
                                      semester	into	their	nursing	practice.	The	community	
                                      and society will be considered as the context for the             360-363 ConsoLIDATeD PrACTICe eXPerIenCe III
                                      client’s	construction	of	health	and	healing.                      (Spring	Semester)
                                                                                                        This	Consolidated	Practice	Experience	is	designed	to	
                                      360-306 HeALTH AnD HeALInG VI: GLoBAL                             provide	 opportunities	 for	 participants	 to	 integrate,	
                                      HeALTH Issues                                                     consolidate	 and	 expand	 concepts	 from	 previous	
                                      (Semester	Six)                                                    learning.	 Participants	 have	 opportunities	 to	
                                      Participants	 in	 this	 course	 continue	 to	 develop	 an	        consolidate	learning	from	the	first,	second	and	third	
                                      understanding of people’s experience with health and              years	of	the	program	in	a	variety	of	settings	and	with	
                                      healing	 related	 to	 a	 variety	 of	 increasingly	 complex	      any	of	age	or	type	of	client.	
                                      chronic and episodic global health challenges and
                                      issues.	 Emphasis	 is	 placed	 on	 the	 role	 of	 the	 nurse	     360-415 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe V:
                                      as	 care	 provider,	 community	 organizer/facilitator,	           LeADersHIP In nursInG
                                      educator	and	advocate	within	the	context	of	the	global	           (Semester	Seven)
                                      society	 and	 the	 changing	 health	 care	 environment.	          This	 course	 explores	 the	 ways	 nurses	 can	 provide	
                                      Participants	 examine	 a	 variety	 of	 emerging	 health	          leadership,	 influence,	 create	 and	 manage	 change	
                                      issues and trends using these as a context for further            for	the	promotion	of	health	for	individuals,	families,	
                                      developing	 their	 personal	 understanding	 of	 nursing	          groups	 and	 communities	 within	 the	 context	 of	
                                      practice	 that	 supports	 meaningful	 interactions	 with	         society	 and	 the	 world.	 Emphasis	 is	 placed	 on	 the	
                                      individuals,	families,	groups,	communities	and	society.
50
importance of leadership roles of the nurse within




                                                                  BACHelor of sCienCe in nursing
all	practice	contexts.	The	role	of	the	nurse	within	the	
current	 and	 evolving	 Canadian	 health	 care	 system	
is	 explored	 including	 considerations	 of	 the	 impact	
of	 global	 trends	 and	 issues.	 Issues	 facing	 nurses	 in	
the	 current	 work	 environment	 will	 be	 discussed.	
Collaborative	 and	 ethical	 approaches	 for	 working	
within	institutional	philosophies	and	frameworks	will	
be	explored.	

360-416 ProFessIonAL PrACTICe VI: nursInG
reseArCH
(Semester	Seven)
Building	 on	 Professional	 Practice	 II,	 III,	 and	 IV,	 the	
intent	 of	 this	 course	 is	 to	 enhance	 participants’	
understanding of nursing scholarship and enhance
their	 abilities	 to	 comprehend,	 critique,	 and	 utilize	
nursing	 research.	 Participants	 critically	 reflect	 on	
various	scholarly	works	and	research	methodologies.	
Participants	 experience	 ways	 to	 critically	 examine	
their	 practice	 in	 relation	 to	 nursing	 research	 and	
to	 pose	 research	 questions	 for	 evidence-informed	
practice.

360-437 nursInG PrACTICe VII: enGAGInG In
LeADersHIP
(Semester	Seven)
This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 provides	
opportunities	for	participants	to	further	develop	their	
competencies	in	the	areas	of	leadership,	influencing	
and	managing	change,	and	the	utilization	of	research	
for	the	purpose	of	promoting	the	health	of	individuals,	
families,	communities	and	society,	within	the	context	
of	 the	 Canadian	 health	 care	 system.	 This	 nursing	
practice	 experience	 focuses	 on	 participants’	 growth	
in	 their	 practice	 as	 professional	 nurses.	 They	 have	
opportunities	 to	 explore	 inter-professional	 practice	
and nursing leadership in the context of emerging
Canadian	and	global	health	issues	and	trends.	

360-438 nursInG PrACTICe VIII:
TrAnsITIonInG To Bsn GrADuATe
(Semester	Eight)
This	 nursing	 practice	 experience	 provides	
opportunities	 for	 participants	 to	 consolidate	 their	
learning and prepare for assuming the role of BSN
graduate.	 Participants	 also	 explore	 and	 critique	
changes and issues in the health care system and the
workplace	that	affect	nurses.	Students	develop	their	
nursing competencies and enhance their nursing
knowledge	so	that	they	may	practice	in	a	variety	of	
settings	 at	 a	 novice	 level.	 Participants	 may	 choose	
to	 focus	 their	 practice	 within	 a	 specific	 area,	 for	
example,	 a	 particular	 setting	 of	 practice,	 a	 certain	
client	population,	or	a	specific	health	challenge.	




                                                                                                   51
                                                                          MAster of                                                         progrAM eligiBilitY

     MAster of nursing, nursing prACtitioner priMArY HeAltH CAre streAM
                                                                                                                                            Applicants	must:

                                                                          nursing, nurse                                                    •	 Be	registered,	or	be	eligible	for	registration,			
                                                                                                                                            	   with	the	Registered	Nurses	Association	of		 	

                                                                          prACtitioner
                                                                                                                                            	   Northwest	Territories	and	Nunavut	(RNANT/NU).		
                                                                                                                                            •	 Have	a	baccalaureate	in	nursing	with	a		 	
                                                                                                                                            	   minimum	“B”	standing	(3.0)	grade	point		
                                                                          priMArY HeAltH                                                    	   average).		
                                                                                                                                            •	 Have	undergraduate-level	courses	in	research,		
                                                                          CAre streAM                                                       	   statistics	and	family	and	community	nursing
                                                                                                                                            •	 Have	a	minimum	of	2	years	of	clinical		 	
                                                                                                                                            	   experience.	
                                                                          oFFereD AT YeLLoWKnIFe CAmPus
                                                                                                                                            •	 Have	a	personal	interview	with	the	Associate		
                                                                                                                                            	   Director	Graduate	Studies.
                                                                          progrAM desCription                                               •	 Have	electronic	access	to	faculty	and	library		
                                                                          The	 Master	 of	 Nursing	 Program	 is	 a	 two	 phase	             	   resources.
                                                                          program.	 In	 the	 first	 phase	 students	 complete	
                                                                          required	 courses	 and	 focused	 electives	 in	 practice-
                                                                          related	theory	and	research	that	are	the	foundation	
                                                                                                                                            AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                                                                                                                            Applicants	must	submit:
                                                                          of	 all	 advanced	 nursing	 practice	 roles.	 Through	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Aurora	College	Application	Form
                                                                          seminar	 discussion	 and	 presentation,	 preparation	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Dalhousie	University	School	of	Nursing		 	
                                                                          of	 academic	 papers,	 and	 focused	 clinical	 practicum	
                                                                                                                                            	   Application	Form
                                                                          experiences,	the	student	acquires	the	knowledge	and	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Graduate	Studies	Application	Form
                                                                          skills that are the basis for professional and clinical
                                                                                                                                            •	 Official	transcripts	from	all	post-secondary		
                                                                          leadership.	 In	 the	 second	 phase	 of	 the	 program	
                                                                                                                                            	   educational	institutions
                                                                          students	 continue	 to	 develop	 knowledge	 and	 skill	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Three	(3)	letters	of	reference	(one	from	an		
                                                                          through	the	Nurse	Practitioner	program	option.		This	
                                                                                                                                            	   educator,	one	from	a	current	employer,	and	one		
                                                                          is	 accomplished	 through	 a	 combination	 of	 elective	
                                                                                                                                            	   from	either	a	former	faculty	or	a	supervisor)
                                                                          and	 required	 courses	 and	 practice	 experiences,	 and	
                                                                                                                                            •	 A	curriculum	vitae	and	statement	of	career		
                                                                          leads	to	completion	of	degree	requirements.		
                                                                                                                                                goals
                                                                                                                                            •	 Proof	of	active	registration	or	eligibility	to		
                                                                          In	 the	 first	 phase	 of	 the	 program,	 nursing	 practice	
                                                                                                                                            	   register	with	the	Registered	Nursing	Association		
                                                                          foci	 include	 community/public	 health	 nursing	
                                                                                                                                            	   of	Northwest	Territories	and	Nunavut
                                                                          approaches	 to	 population	 health	 and	 the	 nursing	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Proof	of	current	CPR
                                                                          care	 of	 individuals	 and	 families	 across	 the	 life	 cycle	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Proof	of	current	immunization
                                                                          in	situations	of	health	and	illness	within	a	variety	of	
                                                                                                                                            •	 Applicants	must	also	undergo	a	Criminal		
                                                                          settings.	 These	 practice	 foci	 include	 families	 of	 all	
                                                                                                                                                Reference Check
                                                                          ages,	adult	health,	community	health,	mental	health,	
                                                                          maternal	child	health,	neonatal	health,	and	families	
                                                                          with	 ill	 children.	 Nursing	 practice	 foci	 and	 nursing	      progrAM AdMission
                                                                          elective	 options	 are	 available	 based	 on	 faculty	            Students	will	be	admitted	to	the	Master	of	Nursing,	
                                                                          resources	 and	 expertise	 (on-site	 or	 obtainable),	            Nurse	Practitioner	Primary	Health	Care	Stream	when	
                                                                          significant	 student	 demand,	 availability	 of	 clinical	        they	have	met	the	above	eligibility	requirements	and	
                                                                          resources,	and	actual	or	potential	demand	created	by	             pending	 successful	 screening	 of	 the	 application	 by	
                                                                          changes	in	health	care	delivery,	society,	and	society’s	          the	 NP	 Admission	 Committee.	 	 Applicants	 must	 be	
                                                                          health	 status.	 Graduate	 nursing	 students	 work	 with	         admitted	 to	 the	 program	 before	 applying	 for	 Prior	
                                                                          their	academic	advisor	to	declare	a	program	of	study	             Learning	Assessment	and	Recognition	of	formal	and	
                                                                          with	the	course	options	that	are	congruent	with	their	            experiential	learning.
                                                                          specific	 goals	 for	 contributing	 to	 the	 improvement	
                                                                          of	 the	 health	 of	 society.	 Students	 are	 expected	 to	       progrAM inforMAtion
                                                                          apply	 their	 experiential	 and	 theoretical	 knowledge	          The	 Master	 of	 Nursing,	 Nurse	 Practitioner	 Primary	
                                                                          to	 analyse	 clinical	 situations,	 whether	 student	 or	         Health	Care	Stream	is	a	36	credit	hour	program	which	
                                                                          employment	 related.Students	 develop	 increasing	                prepares	students	to	function	as	Nurse	Practitioners	
                                                                          expertise	 within	 a	 mentoring	 relationship	 with	 the	         in	 urban	 and	 rural/remote	 areas.	 	 Students	 who	
                                                                          clinical	supervisor                                               successfully complete the program will be eligible to
                                                                                                                                            write	the	Canadian	Nurse	Practitioner	exam	(CNPE).	    	
                                                                                                                                            In	some	cases	students	will	relocate	for	the	Internship	
                                                                                                                                            experience	in	fourth	semester.

                                                                                                                                            Clinical experiences are mandatory and may include

52
evenings,	nights	and	/	or	weekend	hours	or	require	              560-107	       PRINCIPLES	OF	PHARMACOTHERAPY	FOR		




                                                                                                                                  MAster of nursing, nursing prACtitioner priMArY HeAltH CAre streAM
travel	time	to	the	clinical	site                                 	              NURSE	PRACTITIONERS	        	       	
                                                                 560-201	       HEALTH	CARE	SYSTEM	POLICY	ANALYSIS	
progrAM oBJeCtives                                               560-202	       PRINCIPLES	AND	THEORIES	FOR	HEALTH			
The	purpose	of	this	program	is	to	provide	high	quality	          	              AND	DISEASE	MANAGEMENT	IN	FAMILY
NP	 education	 and	 clinical	 learning	 experiences	             		             ALL	AGES	NURSE	PRACTITIONER		       	
that enable graduates of the program to make the                 	              PRACTICE	 	        	
transition	to	the	NP	role	and	to	practice	as	a	Primary	          560-203	       PHARMACOTHERAPEUTICS	FOR	NURSE		 	
Health	 Care	 Nurse	 Practitioner	 within	 the	 primary	         	              PRACTITIONERS	     	        	
health	care	model.                                               560-204	       ADVANCED	PRACTICE	ROLE	PRACTICUM	 	

Upon	completion	of	the	program	graduates	will	have	              Course desCriptions
the	knowledge,	skills,	and	experience	needed	to:                 560-101 ADVAnCeD HeALTH AssessmenT
•	 Practice	as	primary	health	care	Nurse		 	                     (nurs 5740)
	 Practitioners	in	urban	and	/or	rural/	remote                   This graduate course prepares students to perform
	 communities	to	provide	care	that	involves	                     advanced	health	assessments	of	clients	(all	ages)	who	
	 deliberate,	purposeful	and	reflective	use	of		                 are	 healthy,	 as	 well	 as	 those	 who	 are	 experiencing	
    specialized knowledge and skills grounded in                 illness.	 It	 will	 focus	 on	 the	 knowledge,	 skills	 and	
	 professional,	ethical,	and	legal	standards.	                   processes	 required	 for	 advanced	 health	 assessment.	
•	 Work	autonomously	and	in	collaboration		                      Students	 will	 develop	 competence	 in	 completing	
    with members of the health care team and                     focused	 and	 comprehensive	 health	 assessments	
	 other	stakeholders	to	treat	patients	and	to		                  including	 history	 taking,	 physical	 examination	 and	
	 promote	the	health	of	the	community.                           selecting	 appropriate	 diagnostic	 tests	 to	 facilitate	
•	 Promote	the	role	of	the	NP	to	clients,	the	public,		          diagnosis.	This	will	be	accomplished	through	synthesis,	
	 legislators,	policy-makers,	and	other	health	care		            critical	 analysis	 and	 interpretation	 of	 health	 data	 to	
    professionals                                                facilitate	diagnostic	reasoning	and	clinical	judgment.	
•	 Meet	the	competencies,	standards	of	practice,		
	 and	licensing	requirements	for	Primary	Health		                Elements	 of	 an	 advanced	 health	 assessment	 include	
	 Care	Nurse	Practitioners,	as	outlined	by			                    physical	 and	 mental	 health,	 psychosocial,	 family,	
	 the	RNANT/NU	and	the	Canadian	Nurses		                         cultural	and	community	factors,	the	determinants	of	
	 Association.                                                   health and risk appraisal as they relate to a client’s
                                                                 health	 status.	 Clinical,	 theoretical	 and	 scientific	
CoMpletion requireMents                                          knowledge	will	be	synthesized	in	the	identification	and	
Students	 are	 required	 to	 successfully	 complete	 all	        evaluation	 of	 existing	 and	 potential	 states	 of	 health	
courses	in	the	program.		                                        and	illness.	Approaches	to	effective	written	and	verbal	
                                                                 communication	of	advanced	health	assessments	to	lay	
The Master of Nursing program may be undertaken                  and	health	professional	colleagues	will	be	addressed.		
as	 full-time	 or	 part-time	 study.	 Requirements	 must	
be completed within the guidelines set by the Faculty            560-102 PATHoPHYsIoLoGY For ADVAnCeD
of	 Graduate	 Studies	 (full-time	 -	 2	 years;	 part-time	 -	   nursInG PrACTICe (nurs 5732)
4years).	 The	 program	 includes	 15	 credit	 hours	 of	         This	 course	 uses	 an	 evidence-based	 conceptual	
required	courses	in	Phase	1                                      approach	 to	 critically	 and	 comprehensively	 examine	
                                                                 pathophysiologic	 phenomena	 relevant	 to	 advanced	
doCuMent of reCognition                                          nursing	 practice.	 The	 phenomena	 examined	 are	
Master	of	Nursing,	Dalhousie	University	with	a	PHCNP	            commonly encountered in acute and long-term
Certificate	                                                     illnesses,	are	alterations	in	function	involving	multiple	
                                                                 body	systems,	are	seen	across	the	boundaries	of	age,	
                                                                 disease	 entities,	 and	 clinical	 states,	 and	 are	 those	
CurriCuluM                                                       for	 which	 Nurse	 Practitioners	 have	 a	 major	 role	 in	
560-101	       ADVANCED	HEALTH	ASSESSMENT	                       assessing,	monitoring,	managing,	and	evaluating.	
560-102	       PATHOPHYSIOLOGY	FOR	ADVANCED		
	              PRACTICE	 	         	                             Seminars	 are	 framed	 to	 systematically	 and	 critically	
560-103	       ADVANCED	PRACTICE	ROLE		 	                        examine the impact of these pathophysiologic
	              DEVELOPMENT	                                      phenomena	on	cell	function,	host	defense	responses,	
560-104	       RESEARCH	AND	EVIDENCE	BASED		                     maintenance	of	vital	functions,	and	neuro-endocrine-
	              PRACTICE	IN	NURSING		       	                     immune	 responses	 in	 individuals	 and	 groups	 across	
560-105	       PRINCIPLES	AND	THEORIES	FOR	NURSE		               the	lifespan.
	              PRACTITIONER	PRACTICE	      	
560-106	       NURSING	PHILOSOPHY	KNOWLEDGE		
               AND THEORY
                                                                                                                                                                                                       53
                                                                          560-103 ADVAnCeD PrACTICe roLe                                       analyzed	 in	 this	 course	 and	 role	 development	 will	


     MAster of nursing, nursing prACtitioner priMArY HeAltH CAre streAM
                                                                          DeVeLoPmenT (nurs 5610)                                              continue	throughout	the	educational	process.		
                                                                          The	 focus	 of	 this	 course	 is	 the	 role	 of	 advanced	
                                                                          practice	 nurses	 in	 health	 care.	 	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 on	       560-106 nursInG PHILosoPHY, KnoWLeDGe
                                                                          the	examination	and	critique	of	the	role	components	                 AnD THeorY (nurs 5050)
                                                                          of	the	clinical	nurse	specialist,	nurse	practitioner,	and	           This	 course	 explores	 the	 major	 philosophical	 and	
                                                                          combined	roles	in	Canada	and	internationally.		These	                methodological underpinnings of nursing science
                                                                          components	include:	direct	clinical	care,	consultation,	             and	knowledge.	This	exploration	will	involve	a	critical	
                                                                          coaching,	 research,	 collaboration,	 leadership/                    analysis	of	how	nursing	knowledge	has	evolved	and	
                                                                          administration	and	ethical	decision-making.		We	will	                will address how the experiences of nurses and the
                                                                          analyze	 issues	 surrounding	 the	 implementation	 and	              production	 of	 knowledge,	 meaning	 and	 values,	 can	
                                                                          evaluation	 of	 these	 roles	 within	 various	 health	 care	         best	be	understood.	Through	critical	analysis,	inquiry	
                                                                          contexts	and	clinical	specialties                                    and	 discussion,	 learners	 will	 have	 the	 opportunity	
                                                                                                                                               to	 develop	 an	 awareness	 and	 understanding	 of	 the	
                                                                          560-104 reseArCH AnD eVIDenCe BAseD                                  assumptions	underlying	different	research	paradigms	
                                                                          PrACTICe In nursInG (nurs 5060)                                      and	 the	 knowledge	 they	 generate.	 Learners	 will	
                                                                          This	course	aims	to	introduce	students	to	theoretical	               develop	 a	 foundation	 upon	 which	 to	 explore	 issues	
                                                                          and	 practical	 understandings	 of	 quantitative	 and	               such	 as:	 What	 is	 science?	 How	 has	 nursing	 science	
                                                                          qualitative	 research	 traditions	 and	 methods,	 and	               evolved?	What	is	knowledge?	What	are	the	various	
                                                                          use	 of	 evidence-based	 nursing	 to	 enhance	 their	                research/science	 paradigms?	 How	 is	 knowledge	
                                                                          ability	 to	 contribute	 to	 knowledge	 generation	 and	             translated	into	action?	How	do	we	determine	what	is	
                                                                          interpretation	 in	 nursing	 and	 related	 fields.	 The	             sound-evidenced	based	knowledge/practice?	
                                                                          course	 explores	 the	 processes	 of	 scholarly	 inquiry	
                                                                          in	 nursing	 research	 and	 the	 use	 of	 evidence-based	            560-107 PrInCIPLes oF PHArmACoTHerAPY
                                                                          nursing	 practice.	 Throughout	 this	 course,	 students	             For nurse PrACTITIoners (nurs 5734)
                                                                          will	 explore	 the	 fundamental	 principles	 governing	              This course focuses on core principles of
                                                                          quantitative	 and	 qualitative	 research	 methods,	                  pharmacotherapy	 relevant	 to	 all	 Nurse	 Practitioner	
                                                                          identify	clinical	research	questions,	learn	the	essential	           practice.	 Pharmacotherapeutic	 problem	 solving	
                                                                          components	 of	 literature	 searches,	 critiques,	 and	              approaches will be introduced and applied throughout
                                                                          synthesis,	 and,	 develop	 a	 better	 comprehension	 of	             the	 course.	 Effective	 and	 strategic	 use	 of	 drug	 and	
                                                                          evidence	based	practice	in	a	clinical	setting.                       therapeutic	information	resources	will	be	emphasized.	
                                                                                                                                               Relevant	 issues	 to	 pharmacotherapeutic	 policy	 will	
                                                                          560-105 PrInCIPLes AnD THeorIes For nurse                            be	 addressed.	 Principles	 of	 pharmacokinetics	 and	
                                                                          PrACTITIoner PrACTICe (nurs5485)                                     pharmacodynamics will be introduced and integrated
                                                                          [Prerequisite: 560-101 Advanced Health Assessment                    throughout	 therapeutic	 content	 areas.	 Legal	 and	
                                                                          (NURS 5740)]                                                         ethical	 responsibilities	 related	 to	 prescriptive	
                                                                          This	 course	 will	 introduce	 all	 Nurse	 Practitioner	             authority	 and	 pharmacotherapeutic	 interventions	
                                                                          students	to	a	general	healthcare	focus	of	populations	               will	be	addressed.
                                                                          across	 the	 lifespan	 and	 in	 multiple	 clinical	 settings.	
                                                                          This	 course	 will	 consist	 of	 theories,	 terminology,	            560-201 HeALTH CAre sYsTem PoLICY
                                                                          point-of-care	 technology,	 assessment,	 diagnosis	 and	             AnALYsIs (nurs 5200)
                                                                          treatment	directed	towards	a	population	of	all	ages	                 The goal of this course is to explore how health and
                                                                          accessing	 healthcare	 services.	 	 Theories	 of	 family,	           public	 is	 developed,	 implemented	 and	 evaluated.	
                                                                          change and adult learning will be presented to guide                 The strategies that nurses and other health care
                                                                          the	Nurse	Practitioner	student	in	the	development	of	                providers	 can	 use	 to	 influence	 policy	 will	 be	
                                                                          a	holistic	plan	of	care	for	health	promotion	and	disease	            examined.		The	structure	of	the	current	health	care	
                                                                          prevention,	health	maintenance,	health	assessment,	                  system,	policy	initiatives,	and	relevant	legislation	will	
                                                                          and	acute	and	chronic	disease	management.		Health	                   be	examined	in	the	context	of	emerging	events.		The	
                                                                          issues and common illnesses seen in the primary                      complex factors and processes at play in the health
                                                                          health	care	setting	will	be	topics	for	management	and	               care arena will be examined and based on broad
                                                                          maintenance	of	optimal	health	outcomes.	Evidence-                    social,	 economic,	 regulatory,	 health	 services,	 and	
                                                                          based	 practice	 will	 be	 introduced	 and	 weaved	                  cultural	 theoretical	 frameworks,	 health	 policy	 will	
                                                                          throughout	this	and	other	nurse	practitioner	courses	                be	appraised	and	synthesized.	The	role	of	the	nurse,	
                                                                          as	a	basis	for	directing	best	possible	care.		The	principles	        other	health	care	providers,	policy	makers,	and	the	
                                                                          of primary healthcare will guide the discussions for                 public	in	influencing	the	system	will	be	examined.
                                                                          capacity	 building,	 diversity	 in	 healthcare,	 and	 inter-
                                                                          professional	 collaboration	 as	 the	 nurse	 practitioner	
                                                                          student	 perfects	 health	 assessment	 and	 diagnostic	
                                                                          skills	 in	 the	 clinical	 setting.	 	 	 The	 Nurse	 Practitioner	
                                                                          role	in	multiple	clinical	settings	will	be	discussed	and	
54
560-202 PrInCIPLes AnD THeorIes For HeALTH                      560-204 ADVAnCeD PrACTICe roLe PrACTICum




                                                                                                                                MAster of nursing, nursing prACtitioner priMArY HeAltH CAre streAM
AnD DIseAse mAnAGemenT In FAmILY ALL                            (nurs 5620)
AGes nurse PrACTITIoner PrACTICe (nurs                          (Prerequisite: All other courses in the program must
5487)                                                           be completed).
[Prerequisites: 560-107 Principles of Pharmacotherapy           This	 graduate	 course	 provides	 the	 student	 with	 the	
for Nurse Practitioners (NURS 5734), 560-101                    opportunity	 to	 integrate,	 synthesize	 and	 analyze	
Advanced Health Assessment (NURS 5740), 560-                    previously	 developed	 knowledge	 and	 skills	 in	 an	
105 Principles and Theories for Nurse Practitioner              intensive	clinical	practice	experience	directly	related	to	
Practice (NURS 5485)]                                           the	student’s	chosen	client	population/discipline	in	an	
This	 course	 is	 designed	 for	 Nurse	 Practitioner	           advanced	nursing	practice	role.	Students	will	prepare	
students	who	have	chosen	the	Family	All	Ages	focus	             an	 Individual	 Learning	 Plan	 (ILP)	 in	 consultation	
for	their	future	practice.	Students	will	utilize	a	family	      with	 the	 professor	 and	 clinical	 preceptor.	 The	 plan	
focused approach in assessing clinical and research             will	 define	 learning	 objectives	 for	 the	 student’s	
literature	 as	 a	 means	 of	 developing	 competence	 in	       experience	 based	 on	 course	 objectives,	 personal	
health	 promotion,	 health	 maintenance	 and	 cultural	         and	professional	learning	needs,	detail	strategies	for	
sensitivity	 in	 caring	 for	 clients	 in	 the	 community	      achieving	objectives,	outline	resources	to	be	utilized,	
setting.	 As	 well,	 evidence	 based	 practice	 in	 the	        deliverables,	and	evaluation	criteria.	
management of illness across the life span will be
one	of	the	cornerstones	of	the	course.	Health	issues	           Practice	 settings	 will	 offer	 experiences	 with	 clients	
and	 common	 illnesses	 which	 are	 frequently	 seen	           experiencing acute and chronic illness states with
in	 primary	 health	 care	 settings	 will	 be	 discussed.	      multiple	 and	 complex	 care	 needs.	 These	 will	 be	
Students	 will	 be	 expected	 to	 critically	 analyze	 the	     used	 to	 consolidate	skill	 development	 related	 to	 the	
current	 literature	 in	 order	 to	 develop	 health	 care	      comprehensive	management	of	clients’	needs	across	
plans for clients from the prenatal period to the               the	 continuum	 of	 health.	 These	 include	 advanced	
geriatric	period	of	life.	                                      skills	related	to	health	assessment,	diagnostic	testing	
                                                                and treatment planning with emphasis on systems
Utilizing	 the	 principles	 of	 primary	 health	 care	 as	      thinking,	developmental	issues	and	collaboration	with	
well	 as	 those	 of	 change	 theory	 and	 adult	 learning,	     clients,	 families	 and	 other	 healthcare	 professionals.	
students	 will	 develop	 expertise	 in	 how	 to	 work	          The student will work closely with a clinical preceptor
collaboratively	 with	 other	 health	 professionals	            negotiated	 by	 the	 student	 and	 professor.	 While	
as	 well	 as	 volunteers	 and	 community	 groups.	              implementing	the	advanced	practice	role,	students	will	
Addressing	 health	 concerns	 by	 using	 diverse	               consider	 the	 organizational,	 political	 and	 healthcare	
approaches	 including	 pharmacotherapeutics,	 health	           policy	 related	 issues	 that	 relate	 to	 advanced	 nursing	
education	and	community	development	is	an	integral	             practice	and	change	in	healthcare	delivery	that	affect	
component	of	the	course.                                        role	development	and	implementation.

560-203 PHArmACoTHerAPeuTICs For nurse
PrACTITIoners (nurs 5735)
The focus of this course will be on clinical
applications	 of	 drug	 therapies	 relevant	 to	 Nurse	
Practitioner	 practice.	 	 Students	 will	 be	 given	 the	
opportunity to gain knowledge in order to integrate
pharmacokinetic	 and	 pharmacodynamic	 concepts	
for	 a	 chosen	 client	 population/discipline	 in	 their	
clinical	 setting	 and	 practicums.	 	 Students	 will	 gain	
therapeutic	knowledge	that	includes	the	mechanism	
of	 actions,	 usual	 dosages,	 absorption,	 distribution,	
metabolism,	 elimination,	 and	 therapeutic	 use	
of	 medications.	 Principles	 of	 management	 for	
side	 effects	 and	 drug	 interactions	 of	 medications	
frequently	 encountered	 by	 specialty	 and	 primary	
health	care	nurse	practitioners	will	be	reviewed	and	
applied.		Additionally,	students	will	be	provided	with	
the	 opportunity	 to	 identify	 and	 utilize	 timely	 and	
appropriate	 drug	 information	 resources	 that	 are	
applicable	 to	 their	 daily	 practice.	 Legal	 and	 ethical	
responsibilities	 related	 to	 pharmacotherapeutic	
interventions	are	addressed.	



                                                                                                                                                                                                     55
                       prACtiCAl                                                      CoMpletion requireMents


     prACtiCAl nurse
                                                                                      All	 course	 work	 including	 practicums	 must	 be	

                       nurse                                                          successfully	completed	in	order	to	meet	requirements	
                                                                                      of	this	program.

                       oFFereD AT AurorA CAmPus                                       doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                                      Aurora	College	Certificate
                       progrAM desCription
                       This	program	provides	students	with	the	knowledge	             CurriCuluM
                       and skills needed to enter employment as beginning             032-111		       INTRODUCTION	TO	PRIMARY	HEALTH		
                       practitioners.	 Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	                         CARE
                       program students will be eligible to write the                 032-130		       COMMUNICATION	1
                       Canadian	 Practical	 Nurse	 Registration	 Examination.	        032-225		       HUMAN	GROWTH	AND		
                       Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 these	 examinations	         	               DEVELOPMENT
                       the student will be able to apply for licensure as a           032-120		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	PRACTICUM	1
                       LPN	with	the	GNWT,	Department	of	health	&	Social	              032-140		       ANATOMY	&	PHYSIOLOGY	LEVEL	1
                       Services.	The	program	is	twelve	months	in	duration.	           032-151		       TEACHING	&	WELLNESS
                       The	 program	 includes	 class,	 laboratory	 simulation	        032-210		       THE	HEALTHY	FAMILY
                       and	clinical	practice	in	a	variety	of	settings.	               032-220		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	PRACTICUM	2
                                                                                      032-240		       ANATOMY	&	PHYSIOLOGY	LEVEL	2
                       progrAM eligiBilitY                                            032-101		       PHARMACOLOGY	FOR	HEALTH		CARE
                       Successful	applicants	must	have	English	ELA30-1(ENG	           032-001		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	THEORY	1
                       30),	 English	 ELA30-2	 (ENG	 33)	 or	 ABE	 English	 150;	     032-002		       PROFESSIONAL	ISSUES
                       Math	20	Applied	(Math	23)	or	ABE	140	and	a	30	level	           032-003		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	THEORY	2
                       Science.                                                       032-004		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	PRACTICUM	3
                                                                                      032-005		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	PRACTICUM	4
                       AppliCAnt AssessMent                                           032-006		       PRACTICAL	NURSE	THEORY	3
                       All	 applicants	 must	 submit	 an	 official	 transcript	 of	
                       grades,	two	personal	references	as	well	as	completing	         Course desCriptions
                       a	criminal	record	check.                                       032-101 PHArmACoLoGY For HeALTH CAre
                                                                                      This course introduces the basic principles of
                       progrAM AdMission                                              pharmacology.	 Medications,	 their	 therapeutic	
                       Applicants	 who	 meet	 program	 requirements	 will	 be	        uses	 and	 effects,	 the	 health	 care	 worker’s	 role	 in	
                       accepted	to	the	program.                                       administration	of	medications	and	the	management	
                                                                                      of	side/adverse	effects	is	emphasized.
                       progrAM inforMAtion                                            032-111 InTroDuCTIon To PrImArY HeALTH
                       This	 is	 an	 twelve-month,	 three-semester	 program.	         CAre
                       The	final	semester,	includes	an	intensive	consolidation	       In	 this	 course	 the	 student	 will	 examine	 the	 history	
                       practicum.                                                     of	 nursing,	 nursing	 work	 settings,	 types	 of	 nursing,	
                                                                                      and	 the	 standards	 of	 practice.	 The	 students	 are	
                       progrAM oBJeCtives                                             introduced	 to	 the	 concepts	 of	 primary	 health	 care;	
                       The purpose of the program is to prepare graduates             cultural	nursing;	caring;	and	the	health	care	system	
                       who	 are	 able	 to	 provide	 health	 care	 services	 that	     in	Canada,	specifically	in	the	NWT.	Legal	and	ethical	
                       meet	the	unique	needs	of	Northerners.	The	successful	          issues	central	to	nursing	practice	will	be	introduced.
                       completion	 of	 the	 practical	 nursing	 program	 will	
                       enable	the	graduate	to:                                        032-120 PrACTICAL nurse PrACTICum 1
                       •		 Assess,	plan,	implement	and	evaluate	care	for		            This	 course	 includes	 hands-on	 practice	 of	 skills	
                       	 clients	at	an	entry	level	of	practice.                       in	 nursing	 settings	 plus	 laboratory	 simulations.	
                       •		 Demonstrate,	in	their	nursing	practice,	a		                Basic	 nursing	 skills	 include	 physical	 assessment,	
                           commitment to the concepts of primary health               personal	hygiene	and	universal	precautions.	Healthy	
                       	 care.                                                        assessment of the well-adult and basic care of the
                       •		 Provide	care	that	is	culturally	sensitive.                 hospitalized	adult	will	be	included.
                       •		 Practice	practical	nursing	care	that	is	safe	and	          Pre/Co-requisite: Introduction to Primary Health
                       	 responsible.                                                 Care, Anatomy & Physiology 1, Communications 1.
                       •		 Pursue	excellence	in	practical	nursing	by	applying		
                       	 their	skills	and	knowledge.
                       •		 Meet	professional	practice	standards.
                       •		 Apply	their	knowledge	and	skills	to	foster	a		
                       	 lifetime	of	learning	and	professional	growth.
56
032-130 CommunICATIon 1                                         physiological needs related to electrolyte balance and




                                                                                                                               prACtiCAl nursing
This	 course	 focuses	 on	 developing	 communication	           abnormal	cell	development.
skills.	 Students	will	 study	 common	 charting	 systems	       Pre/Co-requisites: Introduction to Primary Health
therapeutic	communications	techniques	and	working	              Care, Human Growth and Development.
with	 interpreters.	 Role-playing	 and	 other	 classroom	
exercises	will	provide	an	opportunity	to	practice	basic	        032-002 ProFessIonAL Issues
therapeutic	communication	techniques.                           This course examines issues in health care and
                                                                discusses	the	nature	and	organization	of	the	practical	
032-140 AnATomY AnD PHYsIoLoGY LeVeL 1                          nursing	profession	in	Canada.	Particular	emphasis	will	
This	course	provides	an	overview	of	human	anatomy	              be	placed	on	the	legal	and	ethical	responsibilities	 of	
and	 physiology.	 Topics	 include	 microbiology,	 cell	         the	practical	nurse.	Professional	accountability	as	well	
biology	 and	 the	 organization	 of	 cells	 into	 tissues.	     as	patient	advocacy	will	also	be	discussed.
Selected	body	systems	will	be	examined.                         Pre/Co-requisites: Introduction to Primary Health
                                                                Care, Practical Nurse Practicum 1.
032-151 TeACHInG AnD WeLLness
This course focuses on healthy lifestyles and care              032-003 PrACTICAL nurse THeorY 2
of	 the	 individual.	 Lifestyle	 choices	 and	 their	 impact	   This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 promotional,	 restorative	
on	 health	 are	 examined.	 Students	 are	 enabled	 to	         and	 rehabilitative	 aspects	 of	 primary	 health	 care	 in	
examine	their	own	health	and	illness	patterns.	Basic	           relation	 to	 specific	 needs.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	
principles of learning and the role of the nurse in             on	 mental	 health	 and	 wellness,	 home	 health	 care,	
health	teaching	will	be	studied.                                community health and the health of the aging
                                                                population.
032-210 THe HeALTHY FAmILY                                      Pre/Co-requisites: Healthy Family, Practical Nurse
This course introduces the student to the concepts              Theory 1.
of	 health,	 healing	 and	 caring	 as	 they	 relate	 to	 the	
individual	 and	 family.	 Topics	 include	 the	 expanding	      032-004 PrACTICAL nurse PrACTICum 3
family,	 theories	 of	 stress,	 and	 substance	 abuse.	         This	 course	 includes	 theory	 and	 clinical	 experience.	
Students	 will	 continue	 to	 develop	 an	 understanding	       Students will be able to apply the knowledge and
of people’s experience with healing related to a                skills	acquired	in	Year	1	to	meet	the	health	needs	of	
variety	of	health	challenges.                                   individuals	and	families.
Pre/Co-requisites: Introduction to Primary Health               Pre/Co-requisites: Practical Nurse Theory 1, The
Care.                                                           Healthy Family. Practical Nurse Practicum 2.

032-220 PrACTICAL nurse PrACTICum 2                             032-006 PrACTICAL nurse THeorY 3
The	course	includes	clinical	practicum	and	laboratory	          This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 promotional,	 restorative	
experience.	 The	 student	 will	 continue	 to	 study	 and	      and	 rehabilitative	 aspects	 of	 primary	 health	 care	 in	
practice	 basic	 practical	 nursing	 skills	 including	 care	   relation	 to	 specific	 needs.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	
of	the	surgical	patient	as	well	as	maternal	and	infant	         on	 pediatric	 population	 and	 specific	 adult	 medical	
care.                                                           conditions.
Pre/Co-requisites: Practical Nurse Practicum 1,
Introduction to Primary Health Care.                            032-005 PrACTICAL nurse PrACTICum 4
                                                                This	course	provides	an	opportunity	for	a	consolidated	
032-225 HumAn GroWTH & DeVeLoPmenT                              nursing experience in which the student works as a
This course examines the normal growth and                      member	 of	 the	 nursing	 team	 to	 develop	 entry	 level	
development	 patterns	 throughout	 the	 lifespan.	              skills	in	practical	nursing.	The	student	will	be	able	to	
Selected	 theories	 of	 development	 will	 be	 examined	        apply	 the	 knowledge	 and	 skills	 acquired	 in	 the	 year	
to	enhance	the	student’s	understanding	of	this	field	           to	 meet	 the	 health	 needs	 of	 individuals,	 families,	
of	study.                                                       and	 communities.	 Pre/Co-requisites: All coursework,
                                                                theory and practicum, must be completed prior to
032-240 AnATomY AnD PHYsIoLoGY LeVeL 2                          registering for this course.
This	 course	 is	 the	 continuation	 of	 Anatomy	 and	
Physiology	1.	The	course	completes	the	study	of	the	
structure	and	functions	of	selected	body	systems.
Pre/Co-requisites: Anatomy and Physiology Level 1.

032-001 PrACTICAL nurse THeorY 1
This course focuses on primary health care and the
role	 of	 the	 practical	 nurse.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	
on child health as well as the adult with a medical
disease	 process.	 The	 student	 will	 also	 study	 the	
                                                                                                                                                   57
                               CoMMunitY                                                     •	   Document	care	given.


     CoMMunitY HeAltH Worker
                                                                                             •	   Effectively	communicate	patient	conditions	and		

                               HeAltH Worker
                                                                                             	    concerns	to	the	community	health	nurse.

                                                                                             CoMpletion requireMents
                               progrAM desCription                                           Students	 are	 required	 to	 successfully	 complete	 all	
                               This program will prepare community members to                courses.
                               provide	basic	health	care	services	within	their	home	
                               community.	 Areas	 for	 study	 include:	 the	 human	          doCuMent of reCognition
                               body;	advanced	first	aid;	common	medical	tests	and	           Aurora	College	Certificate
                               their	 meaning;	 common	 medications	 and	 their	 side	
                               effects;	 and	 the	 professional	 role	 of	 the	 community	   CurriCuluM
                               health	worker.                                                263-001	  THE	HUMAN	BODY	
                                                                                             263-002	  ADVANCED	FIRST	AID	
                               progrAM eligiBilitY                                           263-003	  THE	ROLE	OF	THE	COMMUNITY	
                               Applicants	must:	                                             	         HEALTH	WORKER	
                               •	 Be	at	least	18	years	of	age                                263-004	  MEDICATION	ADMINISTRATION	
                               •	 Have	Grade	9	English	(ABE	130	or	equivalent)		             263-005	  HEALTH	COMMUNICATIONS	
                               	   and		Grade	8	Math	(ABE	130	or	equivalent)                 263-006	  BASIC	HEALTH	ASSESSMENT	AND		
                               •	 Pass	a	criminal	records	check	and	medical	exam             	         PROCEDURES	
                               •	 Have	proof	of	current	immunization                         263-007	  LIFESPAN	DEVELOPMENT	
                               •	 Be	fluent	in	the	predominant	local	aboriginal		            263-008	  COMMUNITY	HEALTH	AND	
                               	   language.                                                 	         EDUCATION	
                                                                                             263-009	  COMMON	ILLNESSES	AND	CONDITIONS	1	
                               Note:	 Applicants	 who	 do	 not	 meet	 the	 academic	         263-010	  COMMON	ILLNESSES	AND	CONDITIONS	2
                               requirements,	 but	 are	 currently	 working	 as	              263-011	  FIELD	PRACTICE		
                               Community	Health	Workers,	may	be	accepted	based	              263-012	  MEDICAL	INTERPRETING	FOR	THE		
                               on	a	recommendation	from	the	regional	Health	and	             	         CHW
                               Social	Services	Authority.                                    oTHer Courses
                                                                                             263-020	  COMMUNITY	HEALTH	WORKER	
                               AppliCAnt AssessMent                                                    REFRESHER
                               Applicants will be assessed by Aurora College and the
                               regional	 Health	 and	 Social	 Services	 Authority	 based	    Course/Module desCriptions
                               on	the	program	eligibility	requirements.                      263-001 THe HumAn BoDY
                                                                                             In	this	course	the	students	will	study	human	anatomy	
                               progrAM AdMission                                             and	 physiology,	 including	 the	 study	 of	 bones,	 the	
                               Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	         nervous,	renal,	digestives,	endocrine,	cardiovascular,	
                               program	eligibility	criteria.                                 lymphatic,	reproductive	and	respiratory	systems.

                               progrAM inforMAtion                                           263-002 ADVAnCeD FIrsT AID
                               This program will prepare community members to                This	course	is	an	advanced	first	aid	program	designed	
                               provide	basic	health	care	services	within	their	home	         for	the	person	who	would	be	at	an	emergency	scene.	
                               community.	 Areas	 for	 study	 include:	 the	 human	          It	 includes	 all	 of	 the	 theory	 from	 standard	 first	 aid	
                               body;	advanced	first	aid;	common	medical	tests	and	           and	 cardio-pulmonary	 resuscitation,	 plus	 advanced	
                               their	 meaning;	 common	 medications	 and	 their	 side	       assessment	 and	 transportation	 skills.	 Scenarios	 will	
                               effects;	 and	 the	 professional	 role	 of	 the	 community	   be	based	on	northern	emergencies	and	medivacs.
                               health	worker.
                                                                                             263-003 THe roLe oF THe CommunITY HeALTH
                               progrAM oBJeCtives                                            WorKer
                               Upon	successful	completion	of	this	program	the		              This course forms the base upon which the program
                               student	will	be	able	to:                                      is	 built	 and	 important	 principles	 of	 care	 giving	 are	
                               •	 Demonstrate	understanding	of	the	role	of	the		             established.	 The	 role	 and	 responsibilities	 of	 the	
                               	   community	health	worker.                                  caring	 for	 people	 in	 their	 home	 and	 community,	
                               •	 Dispense	medication	under	the	supervision	of		             ethics,	identification	of	the	basic	human	needs	and	
                               	   the	community	health	nurse.                               skills	to	work	with	people	are	stressed.	Students	will	
                               •	 Complete	basic	medical	test	and	communicate		              reflect	on	their	own	experiences	of	health,	and	the	
                               	   the	result	to	the	community	health	nurse.                 meaning	of	health	in	their	community.	
                               •	 Administer	advanced	first	aid.
                               •	 Safely	prepare	patients	for	medevacs.
58
263-004 meDICATIon ADmInIsTrATIon                               263-011 FIeLD PrACTICe




                                                                                                                                 CoMMunitY HeAltH Worker
This course introduces the basic principles of                  This	 course	 provides	 an	 opportunity	 for	 the	 student	
pharmacology.	 Medications,	 their	 therapeutic	                to	 integrate	 the	 theory	 from	 class	 into	 a	 practice	
use	 and	 effects,	 the	 health	 care	 worker’s	 role	 in	      situation.	 Students	 will	 demonstrate	 how	 to	 make	
administration	of	medications	and	the	management	               and	 record	 accurate	 observations	 about	 the	 client’s	
of	side/adverse	effects	are	emphasized.                         health.	This	practicum	is	60	hours	in	length,	but	may	
                                                                be reduced for experienced workers who are able to
263-005 HeALTH CommunICATIons                                   demonstrate competency in the monitored areas in a
This	 course	 focuses	 on	 developing	 effective	               shorter	period	of	time.
communications	 skills	 and	 problem	 solving	 skills.	
Role	 playing	 and	 other	 classroom	 activities	 will	         263-012 meDICAL InTerPreTInG For THe CHW
give	 the	 student	 an	 opportunity	 to	 practice	              This	course	will	focus	on	medical	interpreting	for	the	
basic	 communication	 techniques.	 The	 issues	 of	             Community	 Health	 Worker,	 and	 will	 include	 use	 of	
confidentiality	and	ethical	conduct	in	the	community	           specialized	terminology,	paraphrasing	discourses,	and	
will	be	examined.	Basic	medical	terminology,	medical	           translation	techniques	from	the	English	to	the	target	
interpreting	and	professional	communication	will	be	            language,	and	from	the	target	language	to	English.
introduced.		
                                                                263-020 CommunITY HeALTH WorKer
263-006 BAsIC HeALTH AssessmenT AnD                             reFresHer
ProCeDures                                                      This	 two-week	 (60	 hour)	 course	 is	 designed	 as	 a	
In	this	course	the	student	will	learn	and	demonstrate	          professional	 development	 refresher	 opportunity	
basic	 health	 assessment	 skills	 including	 vital	 signs,	    for	 practicing	 Community	 Health	 Workers	 (CHWs)	
pain	assessments	and	level	of	consciousness.	Theory	            who	have	completed	the	Aurora	College	Community	
will be integrated from other courses within the                Health	Worker	Program.	The	course	incorporates	both	
program.	 This	 integration	 will	 facilitate	 the	 delivery	   a	theoretical	and	practical	component,	and	covers	the	
of	 early	 detections	 and	 screening	 formats	 such	 as	       renewal	 of	 First	 Aid	 certification	 and	 the	 renewal	 of	
the	 Nippising	 Child	 development	 screening	 tool.	           CPR	certification.
Monitoring	 patients	 and	 effective	 charting	 will	 also	
be	discussed.

263-007 LIFesPAn DeVeLoPmenT
This course examines the normal growth and
development	 pattern	 throughout	 the	 lifespan.	
Topics	 include	 identifying	 the	 milestones	 associated	
with	 lifespan	 development	 and	 the	 common	 health	
and	 lifestyle	 concerns	 for	 each	 stage.	 Special	 topics	
such	as	suicide,	palliative	care	and	abuse	will	also	be	
discussed.

263-008 CommunITY HeALTH AnD eDuCATIon
In	 this	 course	 the	 students	 will	 assess	 what	
contributes	 to	 community	 wellness,	 and	 what	 role	
the	 Community	 Health	 Worker	 has	 in	 prevention	
techniques	 and	 promoting	 wellness.	 	 Students	 will	
learn	how	to	make	a	wellness	presentation	and	the	
basics	of	patient	teaching.

263-009 Common ILLnesses AnD ConDITIons 1
In	this	course	the	student	will	learn	pathophysiology	
of	common	illness.	Treatment	and	follow-up	care	will	
also	be	discussed.	This	course	has	a	lifespan	approach	
when	 relevant	 pediatric,	 adult	 and	 elderly	 common	
conditions	will	be	highlighted.

263-010 Common ILLnesses AnD ConDITIons 2
In	this	course	the	student	will	learn	pathophysiology	
of	common	illness.	Treatment	and	follow-up	care	will	
also	be	discussed.



                                                                                                                                                           59
                                       CoMMunitY                                                      CurriCuluM


     CoMMunitY HeAltH representAtive
                                                                                                      163-110	      HUMAN	AND	COMMUNITY	NEEDS		

                                       HeAltH                                                         	
                                                                                                      163-320	
                                                                                                                    IN	HEALTH
                                                                                                                    COMMUNITY	WELLNESS

                                       representAtive
                                                                                                      163-131	      COMMUNICATIONS	AND		         	
                                                                                                      	             PROFESSIONAL	ETHICS
                                                                                                      163-120	      WORKING	WITH	GROUPS	
                                                                                                      163-235	      APPLIED	HEALTH	PROMOTION
                                       progrAM desCription
                                                                                                      163-241	      HUMAN	DEVELOPMENT:	INFANT		
                                       The	 Community	 Health	 Representative	 program	
                                                                                                      	             AND	CHILD	WELLNESS
                                       is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 graduate	 with	 a	 sound	
                                                                                                      163-242	      HUMAN	DEVELOPMENT:	ADULT		
                                       basic	 knowledge	 in	 community	 health	 education,	
                                                                                                      	             AND	ELDER	WELLNESS
                                       health	promotion,	injury	prevention	and	community	
                                                                                                      163-315	      HEALTHY	LIFESTYLES:		NUTRITION,		
                                       development.	The	Community	Health	Representative	
                                                                                                      	             ACTIVE	LIVING	AND	INJURY		 	
                                       graduate will be able to assess community health
                                                                                                      	             PREVENTION
                                       needs,	client	health	education	needs,	and	will	work	
                                                                                                      163-341	      ENVIRONMENTAL	HEALTH		 	
                                       with	 the	 community	 towards	 improving	 health	 and	
                                                                                                      	             PROMOTION
                                       well-being.
                                                                                                      163-435	      MENTAL	HEALTH	AND	ADDICTIONS
                                                                                                      163-401	      CONSOLIDATED	FIELD	PRACTICUM
                                       progrAM eligiBilitY
                                       Applicants	must	be	at	least	18	years	of	age	and	have	
                                       successfully	completed	English	at	a	grade	10	level	or	         Course desCriptions
                                       ALBE	English	equivalent.	                                      163-110 HumAn AnD CommunITY neeDs In
                                                                                                      HeALTH
                                                                                                      This course introduces the student to the role of the
                                       AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                                                                                      Community	Health	Representative	in	the	Northwest	
                                       If	 a	 mature	 student	 applicant	 does	 not	 meet	 the	
                                                                                                      Territories.	Students	examine	the	concepts	of	health,	
                                       program	eligibility	they	may	be	required	to	write	the	
                                                                                                      wellness,	 basic	 needs	 and	 illness.	 Community	
                                       Aurora	College	Placement	Test	to	assess	reading	and	
                                                                                                      values,	traditional	knowledge	and	cultural	values	are	
                                       writing	skills.
                                                                                                      examined	 in	 relation	 to	 the	 role	 of	 the	 Community	
                                                                                                      Health	Representative.	The	principles	of	developing	
                                       progrAM AdMission                                              a	community	profile	will	be	introduced.
                                       Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	
                                       the	program	eligibility.                                       163-320 CommunITY WeLLness
                                                                                                      This course introduces the concepts of community
                                                                                                      development	 and	 change.	 Community	 issues	
                                       progrAM inforMAtion
                                                                                                      and	 needs,	 which	 affect	 health	 and	 lifestyle,	 will	
                                       The	 Community	 Health	 Representative	 program	 is	
                                                                                                      be	 examined.	 Current	 community	 development	
                                       delivered	in	either	a	6-month	full	time	program	or	in	
                                                                                                      approaches	and	strategies	will	be	explored.	Problem	
                                       a	 modular	 format.	 If	 the	 student	 has	 not	 worked	 in	
                                                                                                      solving	and	health	promotion	strategies	to	enhance	
                                       the	role	of	a	Community	Health	Representative	then	
                                                                                                      community	wellness	will	be	examined.
                                       a	 consolidated	 field	 practicum	 course	 is	 required	
                                       once	all	course	work	is	completed.
                                                                                                      163-131 CommunICATIons AnD
                                                                                                      ProFessIonAL eTHICs
                                       progrAM oBJeCtives                                             This	 course	 focuses	 on	 developing	 effective	
                                       •	   To	prepare	students	for	employment	as	a		                 communication	 and	 problem	 solving	 skills.	 The	
                                       	    Community	Health	Representative.                          student is introduced to the core skills used in the
                                       •	   To	assist	students	in	developing		         	              helping	 relationship.	 The	 issues	 of	 confidentiality	
                                       	    the		 knowledge,	skills	and	judgement	that	are		          and ethical conduct in the role of the Community
                                       	    required	of	a	Community	Health	Representative.            Health	 Representative	 (CHR)	 will	 be	 explored.	
                                       •	   To	assist	students	to	develop	skills	in	health		          The	 importance	 of	 care	 for	 the	 caregiver	 will	 be	
                                       	    promotion	and	disease	prevention.                         examined.	 Through	 class	 activities	 the	 student	 will	
                                                                                                      have	 the	 opportunity	 to	 practice	 written,	 verbal	
                                       CoMpletion requireMents                                        and	 interpersonal	 communication	 skills	 used	 in	 the	
                                       All	course	work	must	be	successfully	completed.                workplace.

                                       doCuMent of reCognition
                                       	Aurora	College	Certificate



60
163-120 WorKInG WITH GrouPs                                   163-435 menTAL HeALTH AnD ADDICTIons




                                                                                                                           CoMMunitY HeAltH reprsentAtive
This	 course	 introduces	 students	 to	 group	 process,	      This	course	examines	mental	wellness,	mental	illness,	
group	dynamics,	and	leadership	theory.	The	student	           and	issues	of	addiction.	The	student	will	identify	and	
will	 explore	 the	 various	 aspects	 of	 teaching	 and	      discuss	 various	 factors,	 which	 may	 be	 a	 threat	 to	
learning that is necessary for the role as Community          mental	well-being.	The	role	of	the	Community	Health	
Health	Representative	(CHR).	Through	class	activities,	       Representative	 (CHR)	 in	 promoting	 mental	 wellness	
essential	elements	of	effective	presentations	will	be	        and	a	healthy	lifestyle	will	be	reviewed.
explored	and	applied.	
                                                              163-401 ConsoLIDATeD FIeLD PrACTICum
163-235 APPLIeD HeALTH PromoTIon                              This	 consolidated	 field	 practicum	 provides	 the	
This course introduces the student to the basic               opportunity	for	students,	who	do	not	have	experience	
anatomy	 and	 physiology	 of	 the	 human	 body.	              in	 working	 as	 a	 Community	 Health	 Representative	
Microbiology,	the	infectious	cycle,	the	disease	process	      (CHR),	 to	 integrate	 knowledge	 and	 skills	 in	 the	
and	illness	prevention	will	be	examined.	Diseases	and	        community.	 The	 student	 will	 be	 encouraged	 to	
health	 risks	 common	 to	 the	 NWT	 will	 be	 explored.	     work	 with	 increasing	 independence,	 planning	 and	
Medical	terminology	for	client	communication	will	be	         participating	in	health	promotion	activities.	
practiced.	

163-241 HumAn DeVeLoPmenT: InFAnT AnD
CHILD WeLLness
This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	
normal	 growth	 and	 development	 that	 occurs	 from	
conception	to	adolescence.	Development	milestones	
and	 techniques	 to	 measure	 these	 milestones	 will	
be	 explored	 in	 various	 stages.	 The	 influence	 of	
health	determinants	in	each	stage	will	be	discussed.	
Traditional	knowledge,	values	and	beliefs	that	support	
healthy	growth	and	development	will	be	examined.

163-242 HumAn DeVeLoPmenT: ADuLT AnD
eLDer WeLLness
This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 normal	
growth	 and	 development	 that	 occurs	 during	 adult	
years	 through	 until	 death.	 The	 influence	 of	 various	
factors and health determinants in each stage will be
discussed.	Personal	and	cultural	beliefs	and	attitudes	
surrounding	death	and	dying	will	be	explored.	

163-315 HeALTHY LIFesTYLes: nuTrITIon,
ACTIVe LIVInG AnD InJurY PreVenTIon
This	course	provides	the	opportunity	for	students	to	
explore	 healthy	 lifestyles.	 The	 relationship	 between	
health	 and	 balanced	 nutrition,	 active	 living,	 and	
injury	 prevention,	 as	 it	 relates	 to	 the	 NWT,	 will	
be	 examined.	 The	 role	 of	 the	 Community	 Health	
Representative	(CHR)	in	facilitating	health	promotion	
strategies	in	the	areas	of	nutrition,	active	living,	and	
injury	prevention	will	be	reviewed.

163-341 enVIronmenTAL HeALTH PromoTIon
This course introduces the student to the concept
of	 environmental	 health.	 Environmental	 pollution	
and	 the	 relationship	 to	 infection	 and	 disease	 will	
be	discussed.	Safe	food	handling,	safe	water	supply,	
and	 proper	 waste	 disposal	 will	 also	 be	 examined.	
Health	 promotion	 practices	 and	 strategies	 that	 may	
decrease	 the	 incidence	 of	 disease	 and	 injury	 due	
to	 environmental	 factors	 in	 the	 community	 will	 be	
explored.

                                                                                                                                                            61
                            soCiAl Work                                                     progrAM inforMAtion


     soCiAl Worker ACCess
                                                                                            The	 program	 is	 10	 months	 in	 length.	 In	 order	 to	

                            ACCess                                                          successfully	complete	the	program,	the	student	will	
                                                                                            successfully complete all of the courses as indicated
                                                                                            below.		
                            CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For
                            sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIon(s)                                   progrAM oBJeCtives
                                                                                            The	 main	 objective	 of	 this	 Program	 is	 to	 provide	
                            the social Work Access program is currently under               students	 with	 the	 academic	 preparation	 and	 tools	
                            review.                                                         necessary	for	the	rigors	of	College	level	study.	Upon	
                                                                                            successful	completion	of	this	program	students	will:
                            progrAM desCription                                             •			 Write	a	well-constructed	research	paper	or	essay;
                            The	Social	Work	Access	Program	year	is	for	students	            •			 Read	and	understand	a	variety	of	texts	written	at		
                            who	would	like	to	work	in	the	Social	Work	field	and	            	 the	Grade	12	level;
                            require	 additional	 academic	 preparation	 necessary	          •			 Collect,	display	and	analyze	data	to	make		
                            for	 the	 rigors	 of	 College-level	 studies.	 In	 addition,	   	 predictions;
                            opportunities	 for	 personal	 reflection	 and	 growth	          •			 Demonstrate	an	understanding	of	and	proficiency
                            are	 considered	 integral	 to	 the	 preparation	 process.	      	 	with		calculations	involved	in	budget	development	
                            Program	 courses	 include	 English,	 Math,	 Personal	           	 and	analysis;
                            Development,	 Computers,	 Introduction	 to	 Social	             •			 Use	 algebraic	 and	 graphical	 models	 to	 solve
                            Work,	Psychology	and	Sociology.	Each	of	the	courses	            	 problems	in	multiple	ways;
                            will	 include	 content	 relevant	 to	 Northern	 Social	         •			 Demonstrate	effective	communication	skills;
                            Work.	Upon	successful	completion	of	the	access	year,	           •		 Describe	what	Social	Work	is;	list	motivations	for	
                            students	may	apply	to	enter	the	Social	Work	Diploma	            	 entering	 the	 profession;	 outline	 expectations
                            Program	or	other	human	service	programs.                        	 of	Social	Workers;	and	highlight	the	ways	in	which
                                                                                            	 Social	Work	is	practiced;
                            progrAM eligiBilitY                                             •			 Utilize	strategies	to	enhance	self-awareness	and	
                            Applicants	 must	 have	 completed	 Grade	 10	 or	 be	           	 self-reflection	skills;
                            working	 at	 the	 English	 150	 and	 Math	 130	 levels.	        •			 Create	a	self-care	plan	and	outline	strategies	for	
                            Mature applicants lacking the necessary entrance                	 creating	self-care	plans	for	others;
                            requirements	may	be	admitted	to	the	Program	if	there	           •			 Build	personal	support	systems;
                            is	evidence	of	their	ability	to	complete	the	Program.	The	      •			 Perform	basic	word	processing	functions		
                            Aurora College placement test may be administered to            	 effectively	and;
                            determine	the	applicant’s	academic	level.	The	student	          •			 Explore	career	choices	in	the	human	service	field.
                            must	meet	the	Program	eligibility	requirements.
                                                                                            CoMpletion requireMents
                            please note: A criminal record check is required for            Students	 need	 to	 obtain	 a	 passing	 grade	 of	 60%	 in	
                            acceptance into the Social Work Diploma Program.                English	ELA30-1	(ABE	English	160)	and	ABE	Math	140	
                                                                                            in	order	to	successfully	complete	the	program.	They	
                            AppliCAnt AssessMent                                            must	 also	 obtain	 an	 overall	 grade	 point	 average	 of	
                            Applicants must submit a personal statement                     65%	in	all	courses.
                            of interest which includes their career goals or
                            aspirations	and	three	letters	of	reference*	with	their	         doCuMent of reCognition
                            application	and	a	copy	of	their	high	school	transcripts,	       Record	of	Participation	
                            college transcripts or the results of the placement
                            package	assessment.                                             CurriCuluM
                                                                                            080-001				   COMPUTER	LABS
                            *Please Note: Your references may be contacted for              080-105		     ENGLISH	150
                            further discussion.                                             080-106		     ENGLISH	160
                                                                                            080-113		     ABE	MATH	130
                            progrAM AdMission                                               080-114		     ABE	MATH	140
                            Students	 meeting	 the	 above	 Program	 requirements	           080-134		     SOCIAL	STUDIES	140
                            may	be	admitted	to	the	program.	Preference	will	be	             080-142		     CAREER/LIFE	WORK
                            given	 to	 Aboriginal	 and	 long	 term	 residents	 of	 the	     080-321		     BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS
                            NWT.	A	waiting	list	may	be	established	based	on	date	           086-003		     INTRODUCTION	TO	SOCIAL	WORK
                            of	application.




62
Course desCriptions                                                 080-142 CAreer/LIFe WorK




                                                                                                                                     soCiAl Worker ACCess
080-105 enGLIsH 150                                                 This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 self,	 allowing	 individuals	
English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	            to	 explore	 and	 assess	 their	 interests,	 values,	 and	
the skills necessary to succeed in college diploma                  personal	 characteristics	 in	 relation	 to	 specific	 career	
programs.	 The	 course	 uses	 an	 integrated	 approach	             options.	 	 Learners	 will	 be	 given	 the	 opportunity	 to	
to	 develop	 skills	 in	 critical	 reading,	 literacy	 analysis,	   practice	 skills	 and	 acquire	 knowledge	 relevant	 to	
expository	 writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	             education	and	employment	experiences.			A	focus	on	
Students who successfully complete this course will                 techniques	for	communicating	effectively	and	cultural	
be	 able	 to	 write	 a	 well-constructed	 research	 paper.	         awareness	forms	a	significant	portion	of	this	course.	
They	 are	 required	 to	 write	 the	 English	 ELA30-2	              The course will include Small group work and class
departmental	examination	in	order	to	receive	credit	                discussions.		Curriculum	objectives	are	based	on	the	
for	this	course.                                                    current	 Aurora	 College	 Career	 Life	 Work	 curriculum.	
                                                                    The second half of the course will focus more on
080-106 enGLIsH 160 (enGLIsH 30-1 – ALBerTA/                        strengthening students’ academic and employment
nWT GrADe 12)                                                       related	writing	skills.
This course is an academic literature course designed
for	 the	 student	 wishing	 university	 entrance.	 The	             080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
course	requires	a	concentrated	study	of	the	various	                This course will introduce the student to the world
forms	 of	 literature.	 Two	 novels,	 two	 plays,	 and	             of	 computers.	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	
a	 variety	 of	 short	 stories,	 essays,	 and	 poems	 are	          computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	
studied.	They	are	required	to	write	the	English	ELA30-              and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	
1	 Departmental	 Examinations	 in	 order	 to	 receive	              with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 A	 hands-on	
credit	for	this	course.                                             approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	
                                                                    utilized.	The	student	is	expected	to	spend	additional	
080-113 ABe mATH 130                                                time	on	the	computer	practicing	keyboarding	skills.
This course is designed to build on the learners’
knowledge	of	basic	mathematics.	It	is	a	continuation	               086-003 InTroDuCTIon To soCIAL WorK
of	Mathematics	120	and	covers	metric	measurements,	                 This course introduces students to the philosophical
introductory	 algebra,	 geometry,	 graphs	 and	                     and	practical	basis	of	social	work	in	the	aboriginal	and	
introductory	statistics.                                            non-aboriginal	community.	Attention	will	be	given	to	
                                                                    the	values,	concepts	and	ethics	involved	in	social	work.	
080-114 ABe mATH 140                                                There	will	also	be	an	overview	of	the	areas	in	which	
This course is designed to build the learners’                      social	 workers	 become	 involved	 and	 an	 introduction	
knowledge	of	mathematics	at	the	intermediate	level.	                to	the	role	of	the	social	worker.
It	is	a	continuation	of	Mathematics	130	and	covers:	
intermediate	algebra,	statistics,	coordinate	geometry	
and	introductory	trigonometry.

080-134 soCIAL sTuDIes 140
This	 course	 consists	 of	 five	 main	 topic	 areas;	
geography,	 culture	 and	 history,	 politics	 and	
government,	economy	and	current	events.	The	focus	
of	 the	 course	 at	 the	 140	 level	 is	 on	 the	 territory	 in	
which the learners reside and a comparison with
other	Canadian	territories	where	appropriate.		A	unit	
on Aboriginal Rights and Land Claims is included to
ensure	 students	 are	 well	 versed	 in	 this	 important	
topic.	 	 The	 course	 will	 provide	 learners	 with	 the	
knowledge	 and	 critical	 thinking	 skills	 necessary	 to	
better	understand	their	territory	and	its	relationship	
to	the	other	territories	and	the	rest	of	Canada.		The	
current	events	unit	provides	an	opportunity	to	ensure	
learners	 focus	 on	 national	 and	 international	 events	
and	 understand	 how	 they	 impact	 the	 north.	 	 This	
course is a link to and prepares learners for higher
level	 Social	 Studies	 courses.	 A	 skills	 component	 is	
integrated throughout the course helping to reinforce
and	build	on	research	and	critical	thinking	skills	begun	
in	ABE	English	120,	130	and	140.

                                                                                                                                                            63
                   soCiAl Work                                                   meeting	the	entrance	requirements	will	be	required	


     soCiAl Work
                                                                                 to	take	Aurora	College	Placement	Exams	and	obtain	
                                                                                 acceptable	 scores,	 with	 a	 grade	 average	 of	 60%	 in	
                   oFFereD AT YeLLoWKnIFe CAmPus                                 Math	and	60%	in	English.

                   progrAM desCription                                           AppliCAnt AssessMent
                   The	 Aurora	 College	 Social	 Work	 Program	 offers	 two	     Applicants will apply to the Manager of Student
                   years	 of	 general	 university	 studies	 and	 social	 work	   Services,	 Yellowknife	 Campus	 to	 ensure	 that	 they	
                   curriculum	 leading	 to	 a	 Diploma	 in	 Social	 Work	        meet	 the	 program	 eligibility	 requirements.	 As	 well,	
                   (Certificate	 in	 Social	 Work	 from	 the	 University	 of	    applicants	must:	
                   Regina).	Graduates	may	apply	to	have	their	two	years	         •		 Complete	a	College	entrance	application;	
                   of	credits	applied	toward	the	Bachelor	of	Social	Work	        •		 Submit	a	letter	of	interest,	indicating	their		
                   degree	at	the	University	of	Regina	or	Yukon	College.          	 reasons	for	applying	to	the	program;
                                                                                 •		 Submit	two	letters	of	reference,	one	work-	
                   The	program	is	designed	to	be	of	particular	relevance	        	 related,	one	personal;	and	
                   to	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	 and	 its	 social	 issues,	   •		 Submit	official	transcripts.	
                   cultural	groups,	and	delivery	systems	and	resources.	         note: A criminal record check is required prior to
                   The	courses	and	the	field	practicums	are	planned	to	          working with clients or taking part in a practicum.
                   meet	the	educational	needs	of	students	who	will	be	           A record of certain offences may prevent candidates
                   working	in	the	North	after	completion	of	the	program,	        from completing all elements of the program, in
                   as	well	as	students	who	will	be	continuing	their	post-        particular, practicums.
                   secondary	 studies.	 Program	 delivery	 is	 geared	 to	
                   meet	 the	 needs	 and	 characteristics	 of	 adult,	 multi-    progrAM AdMission
                   cultural	learners.                                            Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program	 based	
                                                                                 on how well they meet the program eligibility
                   The	 Social	 Work	 Program	 educates	 social	 workers	        requirements	 and	 on	 space	 availability.	 Aboriginal	
                   in	 a	 northern,	 generalist	 practice,	 preparing	 them	     persons,	 long-term	 residents	 of	 the	 NWT*,	 and	
                   to	 work	 with	 individuals,	 families,	 groups	 and	         graduates	of	the	Social	Work	Access	Program	will	be	
                   communities.	The	program	teaches	students	a	wide	             given	priority	in	the	selection	process.	
                   range	of	helping	and	intervention	skills,	with	a	solid	
                   foundation	in	social	work	values	and	ethics.		Students	       *Preference	 will	 be	 given	 to	 longer-term	 residents	
                   will learn to work as agents of social change in a            before	short-term	residents	of	one	year	or	less.
                   variety	of	settings.		
                                                                                 progrAM inforMAtion
                   To	 graduate,	 students	 must	 fulfill	 all	 course	 and	     This	 is	 a	 two	 year	 diploma	 program	 that,	 upon	
                   program	requirements.                                         completion,	offers	opportunities	for	block	transfer	of	
                                                                                 credits	toward	the	completion	of	a	Bachelor	of	Social	
                   Prior	 to	 taking	 part	 in	 a	 practicum,	 students	 must	   Work	 (BSW)	 degree.	 	 Students	 may	 apply	 to	 the	
                   submit	 a	 Criminal	 Record	 Check.	 Criminal	 Record	        University	of	Regina	or	Yukon	College	BSW	programs.
                   Checks	which	indicate	a	record	exists	will	be	reviewed	
                   by	the	Chair	of	Health	and	Human	Services	Programs	           The two year diploma program is a partnership
                   and	 the	 Manager	 of	 Student	 Services,	 Yellowknife	       between	 Aurora	 College	 and	 the	 University	 of	
                   Campus.	 Applicants	 are	 responsible	 for	 all	 costs	       Regina.	 Graduates	 of	 the	 program	 will	 be	 provided	
                   associated	with	the	Criminal	Record	Check.                    with	 a	 block	 transfer	 directly	 into	 the	 University	 of	
                                                                                 Regina	Bachelor	of	Social	Work	program.	Transfer	to	
                   progrAM eligiBilitY                                           Yukon College will be on a course by course basis and
                   Applicants	must	have	Grade	12	with	English	ELA	30-1	          students	will	be	required	to	apply	to	Yukon	College	
                   or	English	ELA	30-2	with	a	minimum	mark	of	65%	or	            directly.	Transfer	credits	to	other	colleges,	universities	
                   ABE	English	150	or	160	with	a	minimum	mark	of	60%	            and Aurora College programs are possible through
                                                                      	
                   and	ABE	Math	140	with	the	applicable	passing	grade.	          the	process	of	application	and	negotiation.	For	more	
                                                                                 information,	 please	 contact	 the	 Registrar,	 Aurora	
                   Aurora	College	recognizes	prior	learning	experience,	         College	 or	 the	 specific	 institution	 in	 which	 you	 are	
                   whether	 from	 an	 institution	 or	 from	 a	 work-related	    requesting	consideration	of	transfer	credit.
                   setting.	 Applicants	 should	 speak	 to	 the	 Manager	 of	
                   Student	 Services,	 Yellowknife	 Campus	 or	 the	 Chair	      progrAM oBJeCtives
                   of	 Health	 and	 Human	 Services	 Programs	 regarding	        To	produce	Social	Work	Diploma	graduates	who	will	
                   advanced	 credits	 and	 Prior	 Learning	 Assessment.	         have	the	knowledge	and	skills	needed	to:	
                   Experience and knowledge will be considered for               •		 Practise	generalist	social	work	with	peoples	from	
                   mature	 applicants,	 however;	 all	 applicants	 not	          	 culturally	diverse	backgrounds,	while	maintaining

64
	     a	strong	sense	of	professional	values	and	ethics.         187-440	       COUNSELLING	–	THEORIES	AND	SKILLS	




                                                                                                                                 soCiAl Work
•		   Provide	 leadership	 in	 social	 change	 processes,       187-469	       CONTEMPORARY	SOCIAL	WELFARE		      	
	     using	 team	 work,	 community	 development	 and	          	              POLICY	
	     conflict	resolution	skills.		                             187-448		      SOCIAL	WORK	PRACTICUM	II	
•		   Be	 a	 self-directed,	 self-motivated,	 and	 life-long
	     learner	with	a	questioning	mind	and	a	familiarity         note: Students who enrol in the 2007/08 Social
	     with	inquiry	approaches	to	learning.	                     Work Diploma Program will be considered to have
•		   Be	self-reflective,	self-aware	and	open	to	clinical	      University of Regina English 100 and 110 for the
	     supervision	to	continue	learning.	                        purposes of the Certificate in Social Work. Students
•		   Create	and	influence	the	future	of	social	work		          from this cohort who choose to go on to a Bachelor
	     practice	 at	 a	 political,	 social,	 and	 professional   of Social Work at the University of Regina will be
	     level	 by	 responding	 to	 and	 anticipating	 the         required to take one additional English course as an
	     changing	needs	of	society.	                               elective to meet BSW requirements.
•		   Meet	the	professional	practice	requirements	as	
	     identified	by	the	Association	of	Social	Workers	in	       Course desCriptions
	     Northern	 Canada	 (ASWNC),	 the	 Canadian                 187-100 InTroDuCTIon To soCIAL WeLFAre
	     Association	 of	 Social	 Workers	 (CASW)	 and	 the        AnD soCIAL WorK
	     Canadian	 Association	 of	 Schools	 of	 Social	 Work      (Year	1,	Semester	1)
	     (CASSW).				                                              An	 exploration	 of	 social	 issues	 confronting	 the	 state,	
                                                                social welfare agencies and social workers in addressing
CoMpletion requireMents                                         and	 responding	 to	 structural	 inequalities	 and	 human	
Students	 are	 required	 to	 successfully	 complete	 all	       need.		Will	also	consist	of	an	introduction	to	the	functions	
program	courses	and	assignments.	The	pass	mark	for	             of social work in Canada and the roles carried by social
all	courses	is	60%.	However,	students	must	maintain	a	          workers	in	delivering	services.		
grade	point	average	of	70%	in	all	Social	Work	courses	
in	order	to	be	eligible	for	practicum	placements.	This	         SW 100 should be taken as the first Social Work course.
is	congruent	with	the	requirements	of	the	University	           Effective September 1, 2007 SW 100 is a required course for
of	Regina.	                                                     the completion of the University of Regina BSW program.
                                                                (University of Regina, 2007-2008 Undergraduate Course
The	diploma	program	must	be	completed	within	five	              Catalog)
years	of	commencing	studies.	This	is	congruent	with	
the	requirements	of	the	University	of	Regina.                   187-346 soCIAL WorK PrACTICe I
                                                                (Year	1,	Semester	2)
doCuMent of reCognition                                         An	examination	of	the	principles,	concepts	and	skills	
Aurora	College	Diploma	in	Social	Work	                          related	 to	 social	 work	 intervention	 with	 individuals,	
University	of	Regina	Certificate	in	Social	Work                 families,	 groups	 and	 communities.	 	 This	 course	
                                                                emphasizes a general systems approach to social
CurriCuluM                                                      work	 practice,	 providing	 a	 framework	 for	 generalist	
YeAr 1                                                          intervention.	 	 (University	 of	 Regina,	 2007-2008	
187-100	        INTRODUCTION	TO	SOCIALWELFARE		 	               Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)
	               AND	SOCIAL	WORK	
187-346	        SOCIAL	WORK	PRACTICE	I	                         187-350 AnTI-oPPressIVe soCIAL WorK
187-389	        HUMAN	RELATIONS	                                PrACTICe
187-390	        COMMUNICATIONS	SKILLS	IN	SOCIAL		 	             (Year	1,	Semester	2)
	               WORK	PRACTICE	                                  The	 aim	 of	 this	 course	 is	 to	 unravel	 the	 underlying	
187-414	        SOCIAL	WORK	PRACTICE	IN	CHILD                   threads	of	multiple	oppressions	and	the	intersection	
		              WELFARE	                                        of	 various	 sources	 and	 forms	 of	 oppression.	 	 The	
187-352	        CULTURE	CAMP	                                   course	 will	 focus	 on	 anti-oppressive	 theory,	 laws,	
187-350	        ANTI-OPPRESSIVE	SOCIAL	WORK		     	             actions,	advocacy,	the	Canadian	Association	of	Social	
	               PRACTICE	                                       Work	 Code	 of	 Ethics	 and	 their	 application	 to	 social	
440-211	        FIRST	PEOPLES	OF	THE	NWT	                       work	practice	and	policy.	(University	of	Regina,	2007-
193-290	        GENERAL	PSYCHOLOGY	                             2008	Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)
193-255	        ENGLISH	–	INTRODUCTORY		          	
	               COMPOSITION	                                    187-352 CuLTure CAmP
193-212	        ENGLISH	–	PLAYS	AND	POETRY	                     (Year 1, Semester 3)
                                                                Prerequisite 187-389 Human Relations
YeAr 2                                                          This	 course	 is	 intended	 to	 provide	 students	 with	 an	
187-347	        SOCIAL	WORK	PRACTICE	II	                        opportunity	 to	 learn	 about	 traditional	 Indian	 [sic]	
187-348	        SOCIAL	WORK	PRACTICUM	I	                        values,	 philosophy,	 spirituality	 and	 ceremonies.	      	
                                                                Included	 is	 a	 one-week	 experiential	 camp	 under	 the	
                                                                                                                                               65
                   direction	of	Indian	[sic]	elders.		(University	of	Regina,	       course	 students),	 and	 complete	 four	 other	 short	


     soCiAl Work
                   2007-2008	Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)                          writing	 assignments	 covering	 a	 spectrum	 of	 styles	
                                                                                    and	 purposes.		The	course	is	designed	to	recognize	
                   187-389 HumAn reLATIons                                          students’	personal	interests,	objectives,	and	learning	
                   (Year	1,	Semester	1)                                             styles	and	to	provide	flexible	scheduling	options.		
                   Introduces	 students	 to	 the	 philosophy	 and	 practice	
                   of	 human	 relations	 primarily	 from	 an	 Indian	 [sic]	        This	 course	 provides	 some	 grammar	 review	 but	
                   cultural	worldview.		From	this	perspective,	students	            assumes	 at	 least	 a	 senior	 high	 school	 level	 of	
                   will examine the principles and dynamics of self-                competency	 in	 both	 grammar	 and	 composition.	
                   awareness	and	personal	development	of	interpersonal	             (Athabasca	University,	Undergraduate	Courses)
                   relationships	and	communications	within	family	and	
                   community,	with	other	tribes,	nations,	peoples,	and	             193-290 GenerAL PsYCHoLoGY
                   with	 the	 environment.	 	 (University	 of	 Regina,	 2007-       (Year	1,	Semester	1)
                   2008	Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)                               This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	
                                                                                    behavioural	 areas	 of	 study	 such	 as	 maturation	 and	
                   187-390 CommunICATIon sKILLs In soCIAL                           development,	 personality,	 and	 social	 relationships.		
                   WorK PrACTICe                                                    Specific	 topics	 covered	 include	 intelligence	 and	
                   (Year	1,	Semester	1)                                             psychological	 testing,	 motivation	 and	 emotion,	
                   An	 introduction	 to	 communication	 theory	 and	 skill	         human	development,	personality,	stress	and	health,	
                   development.	 	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	 on	 helping	         psychological	 disorders,	 psychotherapy,	 and	 social	
                   the	 student	 increase	 his/her	 competence	 as	 a	              behaviour.	 (Athabasca	 University,	 Undergraduate	
                   communicator.	 	 The	 course	 will	 be	 taught	 primarily	       Courses)
                   in	a	laboratory	style.		Video	tape	practice	sessions	are	
                   required	between	classes	to	develop	communication	               440-211 FIrsT PeoPLes oF THe nWT
                   skills.	(University	of	Regina,	2007-2008	Undergraduate	          	(Year	1,	Semester	2)
                   Course	Catalog)	                                                 In	this	course,	participants	will	learn	from	the	many	
                                                                                    different	 histories	 and	 cultures	 of	 the	 First	 Peoples	
                   187-414 soCIAL WorK PrACTICe In CHILD                            of	the	NWT	from	pre-contact	to	1950.	In	particular,	
                   WeLFAre                                                          participants	 will	 learn	 from	 the	 Dene,	 Métis	 and	
                   (Year	1,	Semester	2)                                             Inuvialuit,	 using	 a	 holistic	 approach	 to	 the	 social,	
                   This	 course	 will	 focus	 on	 the	 field	 of	 child	 welfare	   economic,	 cultural,	 linguistic,	 and	 political	 changes	
                   and	specifically	on	the	roles	played	by	social	workers	          experienced	 by	 First	 Peoples	 over	 many	 centuries.	
                   in	 child	 welfare.	 	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	 on	 the	      For	 purposes	 of	 comparison,	 a	 general	 survey	 of	
                   current	national	and	provincial	legislation	governing	           First	 Peoples	 of	 the	 Americas	 will	 also	 be	 included.	
                   child	welfare	practice	and	current	issues	facing	child	          This course introduces students to the knowledge of
                   welfare	service	delivery.		(University	of	Regina,	2007-          Aboriginal Elders and philosophers as well as some
                   2008	Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)                               of	the	major	frameworks	used	by	scholars,	historians	
                                                                                    and anthropologists for analyzing and describing
                   193-212 enGLIsH – PLAYs AnD PoeTrY                               change	over	time.	Aboriginal	perspectives	will	be	an	
                   (Year	1,	Semester	2)                                             integral	part	of	course	delivery.	
                   This course introduces the elements and forms of
                   drama,	and	provides	an	historical	perspective	on	the	            187-347 soCIAL WorK PrACTICe II
                   development	of	drama,	with	reference	to	three	plays:	            (Year	2,	Semester	1)
                   a	tragedy	from	the	sixteenth	century,	a	tragi-comedy	            Prerequisite 187-346 Social Work Practice I
                   from	 the	 early	 twentieth	 century,	 and	 a	 modern	           Concurrent	enrolment	is	allowed.
                   comedy.                                                          This	 course	 aims	 to	 develop	 an	 understanding	 of	
                   In	 the	 second	 unit	 the	 course	 introduces	 forms	           the	characteristics	of	organizations,	institutions	and	
                   of	 poetry,	 with	 a	 wide	 variety	 of	 examples	 from	         communities.	 	 Students	 will	 gain	 knowledge	 about	
                   Shakespeare	 to	 Atwood,	 examining	 themes,	                    practice	theories	and	will	begin	to	develop/enhance	
                   structure,	 style,	 and	 imagery.	 (Athabasca	 University,	      the	social	work	skills	used	in	various	practice	settings.		
                   Undergraduate	Courses)                                           Students	 will	 think	 critically	 about	 structural	
                                                                                    responses	 to	 social	 distress.	 (University	 of	 Regina,	
                   193-255 enGLIsH - InTroDuCTorY                                   2007-2008	Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)	
                   ComPosITIon
                   (Year	1,	Semester	1)                                             187-348 soCIAL WorK PrACTICum I
                   This	course	focuses	on	essay	writing	at	the	university	          (Year	2,	Semester	1)
                   level.	 	 In	 order	 to	 improve	 the	 necessary	 skills,	       Prerequisite: Completion of 187-390 and 12 other
                   students	 study	 examples	 of	 good	 writing,	 do	 two	          social work credit hours. 187-348 to be taken
                   short	 summaries,	 participate	 in	 critical	 exchanges	         concurrently with or following 187-346 (completed
                   (if	 possible,	 these	 are	 done	 on-line	 with	 other	          187-346 can be included in the 12 completed social
66
work credit hours).                                              All	students	must	have	a	minimum	GPA	of	70%	on	the	




                                                                                                                              soCiAl Work
Required	 course	 for	 all	 students.	 Practicum	 is	            social	work	portion	of	the	BSW	to	be	eligible	to	register	
designed	 to	 meet	 specifically	 identified	 individual	        for	187-448.	CSW	students	require	a	minimum	GPA	of	
learning	needs	of	each	student.	187-348	is	195	hours	            70%	on	all	courses	taken	up	to	the	point	of	application.	
or	 the	 equivalent	 of	 two	 days	 per	 week.	 187-348	 is	     Request	a	permission	override	from	the	department.
designed	 to	 be	 taken	 with	 other	 classes	 over	 the	
course	of	the	13	week	semester.	Graded	on	a	pass/                Note: Practicum is the equivalent of 16 weeks full-
fail	basis.	No	mid-term	break.	Qualifying	students	are	          time, including a mandatory skills review laboratory
not	eligible	to	register	for	187-348.                            which is held prior to the field placement. A part-time
                                                                 practicum may be arranged. Graded on a pass/fail
note: All students must have a minimum GPA of 70%                basis. No mid-term break. (University of Regina, 2007-
on the social work portion of the BSW to be eligible to          2008 Undergraduate Course Catalog)
register for 187-348. CSW students require a minimum
GPA of 70% on all courses taken up to the point of
application. Request a permission override from the
department in order to register. (University of Regina,
2007-2008 Undergraduate Course Catalog)

187-440 CounseLLInG THeorIes AnD sKILLs
(Year	2,	Semester	1)	
This	 is	 a	 survey	 of	 several	 counselling	 theories	
and	 approaches	 with	 specific	 emphasis	 on	 their	
application.	 	 The	 course	 will	 look	 at	 the	 counselling	
relationship	and	the	counselling	process	in	a	variety	of	
help	situations.		From	a	generalist	orientation,	focus	
will	be	on	the	social	worker	in	the	role	of	counsellor,	
both	with	individuals	and	groups.	

Note: This course should be taken either after or in
conjunction with 187-390 and 187-346. (University of
Regina, 2007-2008 Undergraduate Course Catalog)

187-469 ConTemPorArY soCIAL WeLFAre
PoLICY
(Year	2,	Semester	1)
This	course	focuses	on	the	relationship	between	post-
World	 War	 II	 social	 policy	 and	 the	 western	 Welfare	
state,	 examining	 the	 links	 between	 economic,	
political,	 and	 ethical	 views	 of	 society	 and	 outcomes	
in	 response	 to	 human	 needs.	 	 Consideration	 will	
be	 given	 to	 current	 social	 policy	 trends	 and	 their	
implications	 for	 social	 service	 programs	 and	 Social	
Work	 practice.	 (University	 of	 Regina,	 2007-2008	
Undergraduate	Course	Catalog)

187-448 soCIAL WorK PrACTICum II
(Year	2,	Semester	2)
Prerequisites: 187-210, 187-346, 187-347, 187-348,
187-350, 187-390, 187-451, 187-460, and 187-469
This	 is	 a	 required	 course	 for	 all	 students.	 Students,	
with	 support	 of	 agency	 supervision,	 will	 become	
directly	 involved	 in	 social	 work	 services,	 systems	
within	 the	 community,	 and	 experience	 socially	
responsible	professional	practice.		Seminars	assist	in	
the	integration	of	theory	and	practice	by	broadening	
the professional knowledge base through sharing of
experiences	and	knowledge.		




                                                                                                                                            67
                               personAl                                                       •	 Integrate	traditional	knowledge	in	the	care		


     personAl support Worker
                                                                                              	 giving	setting

                               support Worker
                                                                                              •	 Obtain	CPR	certification	for	infants,	children	and		
                                                                                                 adults
                                                                                              •	 Obtain	Standard	First	Aid	Certification
                               progrAM desCription
                               The	 Personal	 Support	 Worker	 program	 prepares	             CoMpletion requireMents
                               people	to	work	in	a	variety	of	community	health	care	          Students	 are	 required	 to	 complete	 all	 courses,	
                               settings.	Personal	Support	Workers	work	closely	with	          practicums	and	assignments	of	the	program.
                               people,	helping	them	in	their	homes.	They	are	part	of	
                               a	health	care	team	that	includes	nurses,	physicians,	          doCuMent of reCognition
                               occupational	therapists,	physiotherapists	and	others.	         Aurora	College	Certificate
                               The	support	worker	promotes	and	maintains	physical,	
                               psychological,	and	social	well-being.                          CurriCuluM
                                                                                              159-101	      PERSONAL	SUPPORT	WORKER	ROLE	
                               Graduates	 may	 seek	 employment	 with	 home	 care	            159-102	      THE	CARE	ENVIRONMENT	
                               services,	 elders’	 homes,	 group	 homes,	 daycares	           159-103	      LIFESPAN	GROWTH	&	DEVELOPMENT	
                               working	as	an	aide	with	special	needs	children,	long	          159-104	      PERSONAL	CARE	I	
                               term	care	units	or	under	the	supervision	of	the	health	        159-105	      PERSONAL	SUPPORT	WORKER		
                               centre	staff	providing	support	to	the	community.               		            PRACTICUM	I		
                                                                                              159-111	      NUTRITION	
                               progrAM eligiBilitY                                            159-112	      THE	HUMAN	BODY	&	COMMON		
                               Applicants to the program must meet the following              		            ILLNESSES	
                               criteria:                                                      159-121	      WORKING	IN	A	CHALLENGING		
                               •	 Be	18	years	of	age	or	older                                 		            ENVIRONMENT	
                               •	 Grade	10	or	ABE	English	130	or	undergo	an		                 159-125	      PERSONAL	SUPPORT	WORKER		
                                    Aurora College placement test                             		            PRACTICUM	III	
                               •	 Provide	a	criminal	record	check                             159-201	      PERSONAL	CARE	II		
                               •	 Mature	students	with	relevant	work	experience		             159-205	      PERSONAL		SUPPORT	WORKER	
                               	    will	be	considered	on	an	individual	basis                 		            PRACTICUM	II	
                               •	 Proof	of	current	immunization	status                        163-130			    COMMUNICATIONS	AND	PERSONAL		
                                                                                              		            DEVELOPMENT	
                               AppliCAnt AssessMent                                           PosT
                               Applicant will be assessed against the program                 159-110	       PHARMACOLOGY	FOR	PERSONAL		
                               eligibility	criteria.	                                         	              SUPPORT	WORKERS

                               progrAM AdMission                                              Course desCriptions
                               Students	must	meet	program	eligibility	requirements.           159-101 PersonAL suPPorT WorKer roLe
                                                                                              Formerly 062-101 Home and Community Support
                               progrAM inforMAtion                                            Worker Role
                               The	program	is	designed	to	be	flexible	in	its	format.	         45 hours/3 credits
                               It	 may	 be	 offered	 full-time,	 part-time,	 using	 online	   This course forms the base upon which the program
                               courses,	 or	 in	 a	 modular	 format.	 The	 curriculum	        is	built.	The	principles	of	care	giving	are	established	
                               of	 the	 program	 is	 designed	 to	 be	 reflective	 of	 the	   which	include	the	role	and	responsibilities	of	caring	
                               program	 needs	 of	 the	 community.	 Each	 course	 has	        for	people	in	their	home	and	community,	ethics,	and	
                               core	 curriculum,	 principles	 and	 theory	 that	 can	         knowledge	to	work	with	people.	Students	will	reflect	
                               accommodate	 the	 focus	 of	 the	 specific	 community	         on their own experiences of health and the meaning
                               needs.                                                         of	health	in	their	community.

                                                                                              159-102 THe CAre enVIronmenT
                               progrAM oBJeCtives
                                                                                              Formerly 062-102 The Home Environment
                               •	 Under	supervision,	assess,	plan,	implement	and		
                                                                                              45 hours/3 credits
                               	  evaluate	care	for	people	and	families	in	
                                                                                              This course introduces the students to working in the
                                  the community
                                                                                              client’s	 home/facility	 to	 protect	 against	 injury	 and	
                               •	 Safely	apply	the	knowledge	and	skills	from	the		
                                                                                              disease	 and	 to	 promote	 health.	 It	 includes	 medical	
                               	 program	in	the	practical	area
                                                                                              asepsis,	 universal	 precautions,	 time	 management	
                               •	 Demonstrate	organizational	and	time		 	
                                                                                              skills	 and	 basic	 homemaking	 skills.	 Students	 will	
                                  management skills
                                                                                              examine	how	they	can	promote	the	comfort,	safety	
                               •	 Practise	in	a	safe,	ethical	and	legally	responsible		
                                                                                              and	independence	of	people	in	their	home/facility.
                                  manner
68
159-103 LIFesPAn GroWTH AnD DeVeLoPmenT                       health	concerns,	or	the	elder	client,	depending	on	the	




                                                                                                                                 personAl support Worker
Formerly 053-103                                              needs	of	the	community.	
45 hours/3 credits
This course examines the normal growth and                    159-125 PersonAL suPPorT WorKer
development	pattern	throughout	the	lifespan.	Topics	          PrACTICum III
include	 identifying	 the	 milestones	 associated	 with	      Formerly 059-125 Home and Community Support
lifespan	 development	 and	 the	 common	 health	 and	         Worker Practicum III
lifestyle	concerns	for	each	stage.                            110 lab/seminar/practicum hours-N/C
                                                              Prerequisites: All courses and practicum must be
159-104 PersonAL CAre I                                       completed before students can enroll in this final
Formerly 062-104 Personal Care in the Home                    consolidated practicum.
45 hours/3 credits                                            This	final	practicum	consolidates	all	previous	practicum	
This	 course	 focuses	 on	 meeting	 the	 personal	 care	      and	 theory.	 Students	 will	 practise	 with	 increased	
needs	of	the	client.	The	student	learns	to	assist	the	        independence	in	the	personal	support	worker	role.
client	with	activities	of	daily	living,	using	proper	body	
mechanics	and	techniques	to	teach	people	to	care	for	         159-201 PersonAL CAre II
themselves.	 This	 course	 is	 a	 combination	 of	 theory,	   Formerly 062-201 Personal Care in the Community
demonstration	and	practice.                                   45 hours/3 credits
                                                              Prerequisites: 159-104 Personal Care I
159-105 PersonAL suPPorT WorKer                               The focus is on personal care associated with age-
PrACTICum 1                                                   related	 changes	 or	 disabilities.	 The	 focus	 of	 the	 care	
Formerly 062-105 Home and Community Support                   shifts	 to	 the	 community.	 Working	 in	 a	 supervised	 or	
Worker Practicum I                                            independent	 role,	 the	 personal	 support	 worker	 uses	
110 lab/seminar/practicum hours-N/C                           advanced	 skills	 that	 are	 applicable	 in	 an	 institutional,	
Pre-requisite: 159-101 Personal Support Worker Role,          group	 home	 or	 home	 settings.	 This	 course	 is	 a	
159-102 The Care Environment,                                 combination	of	theory,	demonstration	and	practice.
159-104 Personal Care I
This	course	provides	an	opportunity	for	the	student	          159-205 PersonAL suPPorT WorKer
to	 integrate	 the	 theory	 from	 class	 into	 a	 practice	   PrACTICum II
situation.	 This	 practicum	 is	 three	 weeks	 in	 length.	   Formerly 062-205 Home and Community Support
Students will demonstrate how to make and record              Worker Practicum II
accurate	observations	about	the	client’s	health.		            110 lab/seminar/practicum hours-N/C
                                                              Prerequisites:	 159-201	 Personal	 Care	 II,	 159-105	
159-111 nuTrITIon                                             Personal	Support	Worker	Practicum	I
Formerly 059-111                                              This	course	provides	an	opportunity	for	the	student	to	
45 hours/3 credits                                            integrate	the	theory	from	class	into	a	practice	situation.	
This	is	an	introductory	course	in	nutrition.	The	basic	       This	 practicum	 is	 three	 weeks	 in	 length.	 Students	
principles	 of	 nutrition,	 safe	 food	 handling,	 menu	      will demonstrate how to make and record accurate
planning,	shopping	skills	and	food	preparation	will	be	       observations	 about	 the	 client’s	 health.	 Working	 in	 a	
discussed.	The	course	focuses	on	healthy	nutrition	as	        supervised	or	independent	role,	the	personal	support	
described	 in	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	 Food	 Guide/      worker	 uses	 advanced	 skills	 that	 are	 applicable	 in	
Canada	Food	Guide	as	it	applies	across	the	lifespan.	         institutional,	group	home	or	home	settings.

159-112 THe HumAn BoDY AnD Common                             163-130 CommunICATIons AnD PersonAL
ILLnesses                                                     DeVeLoPmenT
Formerly 059-112 The Human Body                               45 hours/2 credits
45 hours/3 credits                                            This	 course	 focuses	 on	 developing	 effective	
In	 this	 course	 students	 will	 study	 the	 basics	 of	     communications	 skills,	 problem	 solving	 skills	 and	
human	 anatomy	 and	 physiology.	 The	 second	 major	         personal	 development.	 Role	 playing	 and	 other	
component of the course focuses on common                     classroom	activities	will	give	the	student	an	opportunity	
illnesses	across	the	lifespan.	                               to	practise	basic	communication	techniques.	The	issues	
                                                              of	confidentiality	and	ethical	conduct	in	the	community	
159-121 WorKInG In A CHALLenGInG                              will	be	examined.	The	concepts	of	self-awareness,	self-
enVIronmenT                                                   concept,	 self-esteem,	 life	 style	 and	 risk	 assessment	
Formerly 059-121                                              will	 be	 discussed.	 Basic	 medical	 terminology	 and	
45 hours/3 credits                                            professional	communication	will	be	introduced.		
Students	 will	 learn	 practical	 skills	 to	 be	 safe,	
prevent	harm	to	self	and	others,	and	intervene	with	
challenging	 individuals.	 The	 course	 will	 focus	 on	
working	with	children,	clients	with	disabilities/mental	
                                                                                                                                                           69
                               PosT-CerTIFICATe


     personAl support Worker
                               159-110 PHArmACoLoGY For PersonAL
                               suPPorT WorKers
                               45 hours/3 credits new Post- Certificate Course
                               This	course	has	been	developed	for	personal	support	
                               workers.	 It	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 some	 of	 the	
                               basic	 principles	 of	 pharmacology.	 Discussion	 will	
                               centre	on	medications,	their	therapeutic	use,	the	safe	
                               administration	 of	 enteral	 and	 some	 selected	 topical	
                               medications,	 and	 responsibilities	 related	 to	 side/
                               adverse	effects.




70
teACHer                                                     •		 Expand	critical	and	creative	thinking	skills;	




                                                                                                                                teACHer eduCAtion ACCess
                                                            •		 Acquire	skills,	knowledge	and	attitudes	needed	to		

eduCAtion
                                                            	   meet	personal,	and	educational	goals;
                                                            •		 Explore	a	range	of	learning	experiences;
                                                            •		 Apply	new	knowledge	to	different	situations;
ACCess                                                      •		
                                                            	
                                                                Develop	specific	skills	in	specific	subject	areas		 	
                                                                related	to	the	teaching	profession;
CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                       •		 Use	the	concepts	and	skills	to	solve		      	       	
sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIons.                                    abstract algebraic expressions and complex real-
                                                            	 life	trigonometric	problems;	and
this program is currently under review.                     •		 Perform	basic	word	processing	functions		           	
                                                            	 effectively.
progrAM desCription
The program is designed to prepare students                 CoMpletion requireMents
academically and professionally for entry into the          Successful	completion	of	core	courses.
Teacher	Education	Program.
                                                            doCuMent of reCognition
progrAM eligiBilitY                                         Participants	 will	 receive	 a	 Record	 of	 Participation	 as	
Candidates	must	have	a	desire	to	work	with	children	        the	official	document	of	recognition.
and	 have	 completed	 Applied	 Math	 10	 or	 ABE	 Math	
130,	English	ELA	20-2	or	ABE	English	140,	ABE	Science	      CurriCuluM
120	or	High	School	equivalent.                              080-105			      ENGLISH	150	AND/OR
                                                            080-106			      ENGLISH	160
note: In order to enter the Aurora College Teacher          080-114			      ABE	MATH	140	AND/OR
Education Program a Criminal Record check will be           080-115			      MATH	150
required.                                                   080-123			      SCIENCE	130	AND/OR
                                                            080-124		       SCIENCE	140
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                        080-134			      SOCIAL	STUDIES	140:	NORTHERN		   	
The	candidate	must:                                         	               STUDIES
•		 Complete	a	placement	test;                              080-321			      BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS
•		 Submit	a	personal	letter	stating	reasons	why	(s)	       085-002			      SCHOOL	VISITS*	*OBSERVATION	ONLY
	 he	wants	to	enter	the	teaching	profession;
•		 Submit	a	letter	of	recommendation	from	a		              Course desCriptions
	 community	leader,	Community	Education		                   080-105 enGLIsH 150
	 Council,	school	principal	or	Director	of		 	              English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	
	 Education;                                                the skills necessary to succeed in college diploma
•		 Participate	in	an	interview                             programs.	 The	 course	 uses	 an	 integrated	 approach	
•	 Criminal	Records	check	may	be	required                   to	 develop	 skills	 in	 critical	 reading,	 literacy	 analysis,	
                                                            expository	 writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	
progrAM AdMission                                           Students who successfully complete this course will
Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 this	 program	 based	   be	 able	 to	 write	 a	 well-constructed	 research	 paper.	
on	 the	 program	 eligibility	 requirements	 and	 the	      They	 are	 required	 to	 write	 the	 English	 ELA30-2	
applicant	assessment	results.                               departmental	 examination	 in	 order	 to	 receive	 credit	
                                                            for	this	course.
progrAM inforMAtion
The	core	program	consists	of	English,	math,	science,	       080-106 enGLIsH 160
social	studies,	basic	computer	skills	and	professional	     This course is an academic literature course designed
issues	that	focus	on	Teacher	Education	and	a	school	        for	 those	 students	 wishing	 university	 entrance.	 The	
environment.                                                course	 requires	 a	 concentrated	 study	 of	 the	 various	
                                                            forms	 of	 literature.	 Two	 novels,	 two	 plays,	 and	 a	
                                                            variety	of	short	stories,	essays	and	poems	are	studied.	  	
progrAM oBJeCtives                                          They	 are	 required	 to	 write	 the	 English	 ELA30-1	
The	 main	 objective	 of	 this	 program	 is	 to	 provide	
                                                            departmental	 examination	 in	 order	 to	 receive	 credit	
students with the opportunity to succeed in the
                                                            for	this	course.
college	Teacher	Education	Program.	Upon	successful	
completion	of	this	program	students	will:
                                                            080-114 ABe mATH 140
•		 Read	and	understand	a	variety	of	texts	written	at		
                                                            This course is designed to build the learner’s knowledge
	 the	grade	12	level;
                                                            of	 mathematics	 at	 the	 intermediate	 level.	 It	 is	 a	
•		 Write	a	well-constructed	research	paper	or	essay;
                                                            continuation	 of	 ABE	 Mathematics	 130.	 All	 ABE	 Math	
•		 Demonstrate	effective	communication	skills;
                                                                                                                                                           71
                                courses	 from	 the	 120	 level	 up	 are	 organized	 into	 4	


     teACHer eduCAtion ACCess
                                strands:	 Numbers,	 Patterns	 and	 Relations,	 Shape	
                                and	Space,	Statistics	and	Probability.	See	the	Specific	
                                Learning	Outcomes	under	Curriculum	Detail.

                                080-115 ABe mATH 150
                                This course is designed to build the learner’s
                                knowledge	of	mathematics	at	an	advanced	level.		It	is	
                                a	continuation	of	Mathematics	140	and	it	is	based	on	
                                the	Applied	Mathematics	curriculum	of	the	western	
                                Canadian	Protocol.		It	leads	into	the	Mathematics	160	
                                level	(Alberta	Applied	Math	30).		The	course	follows	
                                the	 objectives	 set	 out	 in	 the	 Alberta	 Math	 Applied	
                                30	curriculum	and	prepares	the	learner	to	write	the	
                                Math	Applied	30	diploma	exam.

                                080-123 sCIenCe 130
                                This	 is	 an	 introductory	 overview	 course,	 based	
                                upon	 the	 students’	 experiences	 and	 their	 previous	
                                science	training.	Science	concepts	will	be	explored	in	
                                a	 context	 of	 relevant	 northern	 topics.	 Students	 will	
                                begin	to	work	with	mathematical	expressions.	While	
                                their	 reporting	 methods	 will	 be	 visual	 and	 oral	 as	
                                well	as	written,	more	practice	will	be	given	in	writing	
                                than	in	Science	110	and	120.	Students	will	begin	to	
                                investigate	problems	on	their	own.

                                080-124 sCIenCe 140
                                This intermediate course introduces the student to
                                chemistry,	 genetics	 and	 evolution,	 and	 rocks	 and	
                                minerals.	It	builds	on	the	student’s	experiences	from	
                                life	 and	 from	 previous	 courses	 in	 this	 series,	 and	
                                prepares	 the	 way	 for	 the	 pre-college	 level	 science	
                                150.

                                080-134 soCIAL sTuDIes 140: norTHern
                                sTuDIes
                                ABE	 Social	 Studies	 was	 developed	 for	 use	 by	 all	 ABE	
                                learners.	 The	 curriculum	 emphasizes	 the	 ‘process’	 of	
                                Social	 Studies,	 introducing	 students	 to	 key	 concepts	
                                and generic skills that can be applied to the study of
                                any	social	phenomenon.	The	Social	Studies	curriculum	
                                is	based	on	a	multi-level	approach	around	four	themes;	
                                Your	 Community/Your	 Region,	 Northern	 Studies,	
                                Contemporary	Canada	and	the	Global	Village.

                                080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
                                This course will introduce the student to the world
                                of	 computers.	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	
                                computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	
                                and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	
                                with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 A	 hands-on	
                                approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	
                                utilized.	 The	 student	 is	 expected	 to	 spend	 additional	
                                time	on	the	computer	practicing	keyboarding	skills.

                                085-002 sCHooL VIsITs
                                The student is introduced to regular classroom
                                operations	and	observes.

72
BACHelor of                                                   AppliCAnt AssessMent




                                                                                                                              BACHelor of eduCAtion
                                                              Applicants will apply to the Registrar to ensure that

eduCAtion                                                     they	 meet	 requirements	 for	 Program	 eligibility.	
                                                              Applicants	must	submit:
                                                              •		 A	completed	application	form;
progrAM desCription                                           •		 A	personal	letter	stating	reasons	for	wanting	to		
The	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	 Program	 at	 Aurora	            	 enter	the	teaching	profession;
College	 is	 designed	 to	 provide,	 within	 the	 NWT,	 an	   •		 Official	transcripts	(high	school	/	post	secondary	
opportunity for Aboriginal and Northern students              	 transcripts	or	Aurora	College	Placement		Exam	
to	 enter	 the	 teaching	 profession	 through	 full-time/     	 results);	and
part-time	 community	 and	 Campus-based	 programs.	           •		 Two	letters	of	recommendation	from	a	community	
The	 goal	 of	 the	 program	 is	 to	 provide	 a	 uniquely	    	 leader,	Community	Education	Council,	school	
Aboriginal and Northern culture-based teacher                 	 principal,	or	Director	of	Education.
education	 program	 that	 will	 meet	 the	 educational	
needs	of	NWT	students	and	schools.	The	Bachelor	of	           AppliCAnt inforMAtion
Education	Program	is	delivered	in	partnership	with	the	       •		   The	Bachelor	of	Education	Admissions	Committee		
University	of	Saskatchewan	(U	of	S),	with	the	option	         	     will	review	all	applications	and	may	request	an		
of	a	Diploma	exit	after	successful	completion	of	three	       	     applicant	interview.
years	of	required	courses.	Year	4	of	the	program	will	        •		   Once	accepted	into	the	Bachelor	of	Education	
only	be	available	at	the	Thebacha	Campus.                     	     Program,	students	will	be	required	to	complete		
                                                              	     the	University	of	Saskatchewan	application	form,		
Courses	 have	 been	 selected	 to	 ensure	 the	 inclusion	    	     submit	official	transcripts	to	the	University	of		
of	 the	 Aboriginal	 perspective	 and	 effective	             •	    Saskatchewan,	and	pay	all	applicable	application		
teaching	 techniques,	 as	 well	 as	 to	 meet	 the	 degree	   	     and	student	fees.
requirements	of	our	University	partner.	The	program	          •		   Priority	for	program	selection	will	be	given	to	
is	designed	to	be	delivered	over	a	minimum	four-year	         	     Aboriginal	and	other	residents	of	the	NWT.	Student	
period	and	will	consist	of	academic	and	educational	          	     housing	for	Bachelor	of	Education	students	is	a		
course	 work,	 culture	 camps,	 and	 internships.	 To	        	     priority	at	Thebacha	Campus,	Fort	Smith.
graduate,	students	must	fulfil	all	course	and	program	
requirements.	Students	graduating	from	the	program	           note: A criminal record check is required. A record
will	have	teaching	areas	in	Native	Studies	and	English.	      of certain offences may prevent candidates from
                                                              completing all required elements of the program, in
progrAM eligiBilitY                                           particular, internships.
Applicants must be a high school graduate or be out
of	school	for	one	full	year,	have	a	desire	to	work	with	      progrAM AdMission
children	and	an	interest	in	teaching	within	the	NWT.	         Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	
Applicants	must	possess:                                      the	program	eligibility	requirements	and	the	applicant	
•		 Grade	12	or	equivalent	including	a	minimum	of:            assessment	results.
		 English	30-2,	English	33,	or	ABE	English	150;
		 Math	20	Pure,	Math	20	Applied,	Math	23,	or	ABE	            progrAM inforMAtion
	 Math	140;	and                                               The	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	 Program	 at	 Aurora	
		 Science	10	or	ABE	Science	140.                             College	continues	upon	the	success	of	the	three-year	
•		 A	minimum	mark	of	65	per	cent	is	required	in		            Teacher	Education	Diploma	Program	and	extends	the	
	 English	and	Math.                                           opportunity	for	university	degree	achievement	within	
•		 Applicants	may	be	admitted	with	one	area	of	              the	 NWT.	 Students	 in	 the	 program	 will	 complete	
	 deficiency,	provided	it	is	not	English.	Such	a		            63	 academic/university	 credits	 leading	 to	 teaching	
	 deficiency	must	be	cleared	before	entering	the		            areas	 in	 Native	 Studies	 and	 English.	 In	 addition,	 72	
	 second	year	of	the	program.                                 professional/education	credits,	including	12	credits	(16	
•		 Applicants	who	do	not	have	these	formal		                 weeks)	of	student	teaching	internships	are	completed.	
	 requirements	may	demonstrate	an	equivalent		                Some	 courses	 are	 non-transferable	 to	 the	 University	
	 ability	by	successfully	completing	the	Aurora		             of	 Saskatchewan	 but	 are	 required	 by	 both	 Aurora	
	 College	Entry	Assessment	Tests.                             College	and	the	University	of	Saskatchewan	for	degree	
                                                              completion.	 Academic	 courses	 are	 selected	 to	 meet	
Applicants who do not meet these academic                     degree	completion	requirements	of	the	University	of	
requirements	 may	 apply	 for	 admission	 into	 the	          Saskatchewan.	 As	 part	 of	 a	 uniquely	 Aboriginal	 and	
Aurora	 College	 Developmental	 Studies	 Program	 or	         northern	 culture-based	 program,	 culture	 camps	 and	
the	Teacher	Education	Access	Program.                         an	 opportunity	 to	 gain	 knowledge	 about	 the	 NWT	
                                                              Aboriginal	languages	are	presented.


                                                                                                                                                      73
                             progrAM oBJeCtives                                             doCuMent of reCognition


     BACHelor of eduCAtion
                             To prepare Aboriginal and Northern teachers to do              Upon	completion	of	Year	3,	an	Aurora	College	Teaching	
                             the	following:                                                 Diploma	 and	 eligibility	 to	 apply	 for	 the	 NWT	 Interim	
                             •		 To	use	a	variety	of	approaches	to	teaching		               Teaching	 Certificate.	 Upon	 completion	 of	 Year	 4,	 a	
                             	 in	order	to	meet	the	educational	needs	of	NWT		              University	 of	 Saskatchewan	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	
                             	 children;                                                    Degree	 and	 eligibility	 to	 apply	 for	 the	 NWT	 Standard	
                             •		 To	facilitate	a	positive	classroom	learning		              Professional	Teaching	Certificate.
                             	 environment;
                             •		 To	teach	all	subjects	competently	in	the			                CurriCuluM
                             	 elementary	grades	(K-9);
                             •		 To	meet	the	needs	of	each	child	placed	in	his/her	         eDuCATIon/ProFessIonAL
                             	 classroom;                                                   reQuIremenTs
                             •		 To	work	effectively	and	independently	in	a		               440-104	INTRODUCTION	TO	TEACHING	IN	THE		
                             	 northern	classroom;                                          	        	        NWT	
                             •		 To	use	a	variety	of	assessment/evaluation	tools		          440-106	     ARTS	EDUCATION	(K-9)	
                             	 and	procedures	in	the	classroom;	                            440-107	     A	SURVEY	OF	INFORMATION		          	
                             •		 To	become	knowledgeable	about	the	Education		              	            TECHNOLOGY	APPLICATIONS	IN		       	
                             	 Act,	NWT,	Pan-Canadian,	and	Western	and		                    	            EDUCATIONAL	ENVIRONMENTS	
                             	 Northern	Canadian	(WNCP)	curriculum		 	                      440-111	     CULTURE	CAMP	I	
                             	 protocols;                                                   440-120	     PHYSICAL	AND	OUTDOOR	EDUCATION		
                             •		 To	integrate	Aboriginal	cultural	perspectives	in		         	            (K-9)	
                             	 the	classroom;                                               440-145	     INFORMATION	TECHNOLOGY	SKILLS		 	
                             •		 To	utilize	a	variety	of	community	and	traditional	                      FOR TEACHERS
                             	 knowledge	resources	in	the	classroom;	and                    440-201	     INTRODUCTION	TO	THE	TEACHING	OF		
                             •		 To	continue	in	other	institutions	of	higher		              	            ENGLISH	LANGUAGE	ARTS	
                             	 learning	if	he/she	wishes	to	continue	his/her		              440-204	     SCIENCE	EDUCATION	(K-9)	
                             	 studies.                                                     440-231	     PRE-INTERNSHIP	STUDENT		           	
                                                                                            	            OBSERVATIONS/VOLUNTEERING		
                             CoMpletion requireMents                                        440-100	     INTERNSHIP	I	
                             3-Year Aurora College Teaching Diploma: Students               440-207	     CHILDREN’S	LITERATURE	IN	THE		     	
                             must	successfully	acquire	105	credits	in	the	Bachelor	         	            INTEGRATED	LANGUAGE	ARTS	
                             of	 Education	 program	 including	 a	 minimum	 of	 66	         	            CLASSROOM	(K-9)	
                             credits	 in	 Education/Professional	 courses	 including	       440-209	     INTEGRATED	ENGLISH	LANGUAGE		 	
                             all	required	non-credit/non-transferable	components	           	            ARTS	(GRADES	4-9)	
                             and	both	internships	with	a	minimum	overall	average	           440-215	     LEARNERS	AND	LEARNING	
                             of	60	per	cent.                                                440-222	     CULTURE	CAMP	II	
                                                                                            440-335	     ABORIGINAL	AND	CROSS	CULTURAL		 	
                             4-Year Bachelor of education Degree: Students                  	            EDUCATION	
                             must	 meet	 all	 requirements	 of	 the	 University	 of	        195-316	     METHODS	IN	K	TO	9	MATHEMATICS	II	
                             Saskatchewan	Bachelor	of	Education	degree	including	           440-200	     INTERNSHIP	II	
                             the	 required	 non-transferable	 courses	 that	 are	           440-205	     TEACHING	SOCIAL	STUDIES	&		        	
                             specific	 to	 the	 Aurora	 College	 program.	 Graduation	      	            ABORIGINAL	STUDIES	IN	(K-9)	
                             requires	 attainment	 of	 135	 credits	 including	 72	         440-212	     CURRICULUM	AND	INSTRUCTION	FOR		
                             credits	 in	 Education/Professional	 courses	 and	 63	                      NORTHERN SCHOOLS
                             credits	in	Academic	courses.	Students	must	have	an	            440-250	     TEACHING	EXCEPTIONAL	CHILDREN	
                             overall	 average	 of	 60	 per	 cent	 in	 both	 Education/      440-333	     CULTURE	CAMP	III	
                             Professional	courses	and	Academic	courses.	Students	           440-337	     CREATING	EFFECTIVE	LEARNING		     	
                             must successfully complete 3 credit units in each of           	            ENVIRONMENTS	IN	NWT	SCHOOLS	
                             Fine	Arts,	Natural	Science,	Kinesiology,	Mathematics,	         195-448	     ASSESSING	LEARNING	IN	CLASSROOM	
                             English,	 Health	 and	 Social	 Studies.	 Students	 must	       440-498	 	 BACHELOR	OF	EDUCATION	CAPSTONE			
                             also	complete	18	credits	in	Teaching	Area	I	of	which	          	          	 PROJECT	
                             12	 must	 be	 at	 the	 senior	 level	 (200	 or	 above)	 and	   195-425	 	 LEGAL	AND	INSTITUTIONAL	CONTEXTS		
                             12	credits	in	Teaching	Area	II	of	which	6	must	be	at	          	          	 OF	EDUCATION
                             the	senior	level	(200	or	above).	Students	must	apply	
                             for	and	receive	a	Saskatchewan	Teaching	Certificate.	
                             Bachelor	 of	 Education	 degrees	 are	 awarded	 by	 the	
                             University	of	Saskatchewan.



74
ACADemIC reQuIremenTs                                     Course desCriptions




                                                                                                                           BACHelor of eduCAtion
TeACHInG AreA I – nATIVe sTuDIes                          Throughout	 all	 courses,	 Aboriginal	 perspectives	 will	
440-128 ABorIGInAL PeoPLes In                             be	 an	 integral	 part	 of	 course	 delivery.	 Appropriate	
         ConTemPorArY soCIeTY                             assessment,	 evaluation	 and	 reporting	 procedures	 will	
440-211	    FIRST	PEOPLES	OF	THE	NWT	                     be	threaded	throughout	each	professional/educational	
195-260	    FIRST	NATIONS	AND	MéTIS	OF	THE		         	    methodology	 course.	 All	 courses	 are	 three	 credits	
	           PRAIRIES	1860	TO	1960	                        unless	otherwise	noted.
195-370	    IMAGES	OF	INDIGENOUS	NORTH		             	
	           AMERICA	                                      YeAr 1
                                                          440-104 InTroDuCTIon To TeACHInG In THe
TeACHInG AreA II - enGLIsH                                nWT
440-109	  UNIVERSITY	PREPARATION:		                  	    This	 is	 a	 survey	 course	 which	 introduces	 the	 pre-
	         RESPONDING	TO	LITERATURE	                       service	teacher	to	the	NWT	philosophy	of	education,	
195-113	  LITERATURE	AND	COMPOSITION:		              	    historical	and	contemporary	perspectives	of	Aboriginal	
	         READING	NARRATIVE	                         	    education,	the	role	of	the	teacher	in	NWT	communities,	
195-114	  LITERATURE	AND	COMPOSITION:		              	    the	planning	and	maintenance	of	a	positive	learning	
	         READING	CULTURE	                                environment,	 several	 models	 of	 teaching,	 and	 the	
195-270	  LITERATURE	OF	NATIVE	NORTH		               	    rudiments	of	classroom	management.	While	students	
	         AMERICA	                                        will	 be	 exposed	 to	 unit	 and	 year	 planning,	 the	
                                                          emphasis will be on planning lessons and on using
nATurAL sCIenCe eLeCTIVe – 3 C.u. reQ’D                   Aboriginal	 content	 and	 resources.	 The	 students	 will	
(1-3 CreDIT sCIenCe WILL Be oFFereD)                      experience	peer	teaching	a	micro-lesson	and	practice	
195-008	    GEOLOGY	-	THE	EARTH	AND	HOW	IT		 	            the	 operation	 of	 equipment	 commonly	 used	 in	
	           WORKS		                                       classrooms
195-120	    GEOGRAPHY	-	INTRODUCTION	TO		    	
	           GLOBAL	ENVIRONMENTAL	SYSTEMS	                 440-106 ArTs eDuCATIon (K-9)
195-123	    BIOLOGY-THE	NATURE	OF	LIFE	                   This	 course	 offers	 a	 study	 of	 the	 major	 components	
FIne ArTs eLeCTIVe – 3 C.u. reQ’D                         of	 Arts	 Education	 K-9	 (art,	 music,	 drama	 and	 dance)	
(1-3 CreDIT FIne ArTs WILL Be oFFereD)                    with	an	emphasis	on	the	visual	arts.	Key	components	
440-110	    INTRODUCTION	TO	MUSIC	           	            of	 this	 course	 include:	 nature	 and	 role	 of	 Aboriginal	
KInesIoLoGY – 3 C.u. reQ’D                                content	in	the	arts,	integration	of	art	into	all	subject	
(1-3 CreDIT KInesIoLoGY WILL Be oFFereD)                  areas,	 differentiating	 instruction	 in	 the	 arts,	 and	
195-122	    SOCIAL	BEHAVIOURAL	FOUNDATIONS			             understanding	the	importance	of	artistic	expression	in	
	           OF	PHYSICAL	ACTIVITY	                         the	development	of	children.		
oTHer ACADemIC reQuIreD Courses – 6 C.u.
440-208	    HEALTH	CONCEPTS	FOR	NORTHERN	                 440-107 A surVeY oF InFormATIon
            TEACHERS                                      TeCHnoLoGY APPLICATIons In eDuCATIonAL
195-311	    METHODS	IN	K	TO	9	MATHEMATICS	I	 	            enVIronmenTs
                                                          Pre-requisite: 440-145 – Information Technology Skills
ACADemIC eLeCTIVes – 15 C.u. reQ’D                        for Teachers
440-112	   INTRODUCTION	TO	LINGUISTICS	I	                 This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 equip	 students	 with	 the	
440-370	   LITERACY	AND	DRAMA	IN	ABORIGINAL		             confidence	 and	 knowledge	 to	 effectively	 integrate	
	          LANGUAGE	EDUCATION	                            information	 technology	 into	 the	 K-9	 classroom.	 The	
195-111	   INTRODUCTION	TO	CULTURAL		      	              student	 will	 have	 opportunities	 to	 experiment	 with	
	          ANTHROPOLOGY	                                  a	 wide	 variety	 of	 educational	 software	 and	 to	 use	
195-152	   POST-CONFEDERATION	CANADA	                     multi-media	 and	 telecommunications	 technology.	
440-221	   ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	IMMERSION	                 Word	processing,	database	and	spreadsheet	software	
195-359	   WESTERN	CANADIAN	LITERATURE	    	              will	be	highlighted	for	teacher	and	student	use.	Both	
800-100	   INTRODUCTION	TO	THE	CIRCUMPOLAR		              Mac	and	PC	platforms	will	be	explored.	Assessment,	
	          WORLD		                                        evaluation	 and	 reporting	 procedures	 will	 also	 be	
TOTAL	BACHELOR	OF	EDUCATION	CREDITS:	135                  threaded	throughout	the	course	outline.

note: The NWT B.Ed. Program contains 6 required
credits in addition to the ITEP B.Ed. Degree delivered
at the U of S. Some advance standing may be granted
for academic and professional courses from other
programs. This is subject to approval by the University
of Saskatchewan. Students directly entering the
Bachelor of Education program will need to have
transcripts assessed by the University.
                                                                                                                                                   75
                             440-109 unIVersITY PrePArATIon:                                440-145 InFormATIon TeCHnoLoGY sKILLs


     BACHelor of eduCAtion
                             resPonDInG To LITerATure                                       For TeACHers
                             This	 class	 prepares	 students	 for	 university-level	        This course introduces the student to the basics of
                             literature	and	humanities	courses	in	the	Aurora	College	       computer	operations.	Minor	topics	include:	computer	
                             Teacher	Education	program.	Literary	and	visual	texts,	         history	 and	 functions,	 basic	 troubleshooting,	
                             that	is,	literature	in	a	broad	sense,	related	to	the	theme	    e-mail,	 the	 World	 Wide	 Web	 and	 the	 Internet.	 The	
                             of	 identity	 and	 community	 and	 produced	 mainly	 by	       main	thrust	of	the	course	is	to	equip	students	with	
                             Aboriginal	authors	in	a	variety	of	genres	and	forms,	will	     computer	 skills	 that	 will	 be	 required	 throughout	
                             be	explored.	Individually	and	collaboratively,	students	       the	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	 program.	 The	 students	
                             will	study	and	reflect	on	these	works	in	relation	to	their	    will	 develop	 competency	 in	 the	 Microsoft	 Office	
                             own	 experience.	 Students	 will	 explore,	 practise	 and	     2007	 suite;	 specifically,	 Word,	 Excel,	 Access,	 and	
                             develop	their	skills	in	the	six	strands	of	communication:	     PowerPoint.	
                             reading,	 writing,	 speaking,	 listening,	 viewing	 and	
                             representing,	with	an	emphasis	on	reading	and	writing.	   	    440-201 InTroDuCTIon To THe TeACHInG oF
                                                                                            enGLIsH LAnGuAGe ArTs
                             440-111 CuLTure CAmP I                                         This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 nature	
                             1 CreDIT                                                       and	development	of	language	in	children:	listening,	
                             Co-requisite: 440-204 – Science Education (K-9)                speaking,	reading,	writing,	viewing,	and	representing.	
                             This	course	focuses	on	providing	pre-service	teachers	         Particular	emphasis	is	given	to	the	linguistic	diversity	
                             with	an	authentic	cultural	experience	that	enhances	           of	students	in	the	Northwest	Territories.	The	essential	
                             students’	opportunities	for	the	acquisition	of	scientific	     components	of	an	integrated,	culture-based	language	
                             knowledge	 within	 the	 traditional	 N.W.T.	 Aboriginal	       arts	 program	 for	 learners	 at	 the	 emergent	 level	 (K-
                             cultural	context.	The	course	is	designed	to	be	activity-       3)	 of	 language	 development	 are	 introduced.	 This	
                             oriented	and	will	provide	students	with	opportunities	         course focuses on content and teaching strategies
                             to	experience	and	participate	in	various	instructional	        suitable	for	teaching	emergent	level	learners	in	the	
                             /	learning	pedagogy	used	by	Aboriginal	people	when	            six	language	arts.
                             on	 the	 land	 teaching	 within	 the	 traditional	 cultural	
                             context.	                                                      440-204 sCIenCe eDuCATIon (K-9)
                                                                                            This	course	is	an	introduction	to	science	content	and	
                             440-120 PHYsICAL AnD ouTDoor eDuCATIon                         methodologies	 suitable	 for	 grades	 K-9,	 designed	 to	
                             (K-9)                                                          equip	 the	 prospective	 teacher	 with	 the	 knowledge,	
                             Students will learn current methods of teaching                skills	and	attitudes	that	are	necessary	to	deliver	the	
                             physical	 education	 K-9	 in	 a	 Northern	 environment.	       NWT	science	curriculum.	Students	are	introduced	to	
                             The	 major	 emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	 on	 experiential	      various	 current	 resources	 in	 order	 to	 update	 their	
                             learning	 through	 a	 variety	 of	 activities:	 Arctic	        scientific	 knowledge	 and	 allow	 them	 to	 design	 and	
                             and	 Dene	 games,	 cooperative	 games,	 fitness,	              participate	 in	 a	 variety	 of	 science-related	 activities.	
                             dance,	 gymnastics,	 and	 outdoor	 education.	 The	            Differing	 worldviews	 concerning	 science	 knowledge	
                             Competency	 Based	 Education	 and	 Training	 (CBET)	           are	explored	through	a	variety	of	literature,	resources	
                             coaching	 workshop	 will	 be	 explored.	 Students	 will	       and	 instructional	 methods.	 Hands-on,	 community-
                             learn planning and teaching strategies that are                based	programming	is	emphasized.
                             age	 appropriate	 for	 the	 physical	 development	 of	
                             children.	 The	 Alberta	 Physical	 Education	 Guide	 to	       440-211 FIrsT PeoPLes oF THe nWT
                             Implementation,	the	Dene	Kede,	and	the	Inuuqatigiit	           In	this	course,	participants	will	learn	from	the	many	
                             curricula	will	be	examined	and	utilized.                       different	 histories	 and	 cultures	 of	 the	 First	 Peoples	
                                                                                            of	the	NWT	from	pre-contact	to	1950.	In	particular,	
                             440-128 ABorIGInAL PeoPLes In                                  participants	 will	 learn	 from	 the	 Dene,	 Métis	 and	
                             ConTemPorArY soCIeTY                                           Inuvialuit,	 using	 a	 holistic	 approach	 to	 the	 social,	
                             Prerequisite: 440-211 –First Peoples of the NWT                economic,	 cultural,	 linguistic,	 and	 political	 changes	
                             This	 course	 explores	 the	 opportunities	 and	               experienced	 by	 First	 Peoples	 over	 many	 centuries.	
                             challenges	 of	 the	 First	 Peoples	 of	 the	 current	 NWT	    For	 purposes	 of	 comparison,	 a	 general	 survey	 of	
                             (1951-present),	 including	 other	 Aboriginal	 peoples	        First	 Peoples	 of	 the	 Americas	 will	 also	 be	 included.	
                             living	in	the	NWT	today.	For	comparative	purposes,	a	          This course introduces students to the knowledge of
                             wide	range	of	topics	relating	to	the	personal,	social,	        Aboriginal Elders and philosophers as well as some
                             political	and	economic	development	of	First	Peoples	           of	the	major	frameworks	used	by	scholars,	historians	
                             of	 the	 Americas	 will	 be	 surveyed	 and	 discussed.	        and anthropologists for analyzing and describing
                             Implications	 for	 the	 teaching	 profession/educators	        change	over	time.
                             will	be	addressed.




76
440-231 Pre-InTernsHIP sTuDenT                                        YeAr 2




                                                                                                                                        BACHelor of eduCAtion
oBserVATIons/VoLunTeerInG                                             440-100 InTernsHIP I
reQuIreD non-CreDIT                                                   6 CreDITs
Students	complete	up	to	a	maximum	of	60	hours	of	in-                  Prerequisites: Students must have obtained an average
school	field	experiences	in	their	first	year.	A	maximum	              of 60 percent in both their academic and professional
of	30	hours	are	made	up	from	classroom	observations	                  courses. 440-104 – Introduction to Teaching in the
as	part	of	teaching	methodology	classes,	the	other	30	                NWT; 440-215 – Learners and Learning; and one
are	completed	through	volunteering	in	schools.	This	                  additional education methods course.
provides	 first	 year	 students	 with	 an	 opportunity	 to	           The internship comprises eight weeks of students
observe	children	in	the	school	setting	and	begin	their	               teaching	 Kindergarten	 to	 Grade	 9	 under	 the	
professional	 journey	 toward	 identifying	 themselves	               supervision	 of	 a	 certified	 NWT	 teacher	 in	 an	 NWT	
as	a	teacher.	This	is	a	required	non-credit	component	                school.
of	the	program.
                                                                      440-207 CHILDren’s LITerATure In THe
195-008 GeoLoGY - THe eArTH AnD HoW IT                                InTeGrATeD LAnGuAGe ArTs CLAssroom (K-9)
WorKs                                                                 Prerequisite: 440-201 – Introduction to the Teaching
Exploration	 of	 the	 global	 and	 local-scale	 physical	             of English Language Arts (K-3)
processes	 that	 have	 shaped	 our	 planet.	 Strong	                  This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 children’s/juvenile	
emphasis	 is	 on	 interrelationships	 of	 geological	                 literature,	 followed	 by	 an	 exploration	 of	 strategies	
processes	and	humans.	Topics	for	discussion	include	                  which	 integrate	 literature	 with	 K-9	 language	 arts	
volcanoes,	earthquakes,	pollution,	and	the	origin	and	                and	 across	 the	 NWT	 curriculum.	 A	 wide	 variety	 of	
exploitation	of	energy,	mineral	and	water	resources.	                 children’s/juvenile	 literature	 will	 be	 explored	 with	
(University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	                emphasis on Canadian and Aboriginal themes and
Descriptions	2007-08)	Note:	U	of	S	course	number	is	                  authors.	 	 Topics	 include	 genres,	 trends,	 issues,	 and	
108.                                                                  ways	to	evaluate	children’s/juvenile	literature.		

195-113 LITerATure AnD ComPosITIon:                                   440-208 HeALTH ConCePTs For norTHern
reADInG nArrATIVe                                                     TeACHers
An	introduction	to	the	major	forms	of	narrative	literature	           This course introduces future teachers to the health
in	 English.	 In	 addition	 to	 learning	 the	 tools	 of	 critical	   content	 areas	 covered	 by	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	
analysis,	students	will	study	and	practise	composition.	              K-9	 health	 curriculum,	 using	 both	 traditional	 and	
(University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	                contemporary	 perspectives.	 These	 content	 areas	
Descriptions	2007-08)                                                 include:	 mental	 and	 emotional	 well-being,	 growth	
                                                                      and	 development,	 nutrition,	 physical	 health,	 dental	
195-120 GeoGrAPHY - InTroDuCTIon To                                   health,	 safety	 and	 first	 aid,	 addictions,	 sexuality	 and	
GLoBAL enVIronmenTAL sYsTems                                          environmental	 health.	 Strategies	 for	 presenting	 this	
An	 introduction	 to	 the	 principles,	 processes	 and	               content	 at	 the	 various	 grade	 levels	 are	 introduced.	
interactions	 in	 the	 earth’s	 physical	 environment	                Aboriginal	 perspectives	 will	 be	 an	 integral	 part	 of	
with	 a	 particular	 emphasis	 on	 the	 flow	 of	 energy	             course	 delivery.	 Appropriate	 assessment,	 evaluation	
and	 matter	 within	 global	 environmental	 systems.	                 and	 reporting	 procedures	 will	 also	 be	 threaded	
Topics	include	global	radiation	and	energy	balances,	                 throughout	the	course.
atmospheric	and	oceanic	processes,	the	hydrological	
cycle,	 earth	 surface	 processes	 and	 biogeochemical	               440-209 InTeGrATeD enGLIsH LAnGuAGe ArTs
cycling.	 Case	 studies	 are	 introduced	 to	 illustrate	             (GrADes 4-9)
the	 interaction	 between	 human	 activity	 and	 the	                 Prerequisite: 440-201 – Introduction to the Teaching
natural	 environment.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	                of English Language Arts (K-3)
Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)                            This course extends students’ knowledge of theory
                                                                      and	practice	in	an	integrated,	culture-based	language	
195-123 BIoLoGY - THe nATure oF LIFe                                  arts	 program	 for	 learners	 at	 the	 developing	 and	
An	 introduction	 to	 the	 underlying	 fundamental	                   fluent	 levels	 of	 language	 arts	 learning	 (Grades	 4-9).	
aspects	 of	 living	 systems:	 covering	 cell	 biology,	              This	 course	 highlights	 effective	 reading	 and	 writing	
genetics,	and	the	evolutionary	processes	which	lead	                  instruction	 for	 diverse	 learners	 while	 emphasizing	
to	 complex,	 multi-cellular	 life	 forms.	 (University	 of	          planning	and	inclusive	practices	that	integrate	the	six	
Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	 Description	                    language	arts	across	the	curriculum.
2007-08)
                                                                      440-215 LeArners AnD LeArnInG
                                                                      This	 course	 assists	 prospective	 teachers	 in	 acquiring	
                                                                      a basic understanding of learning processes and
                                                                      developmental	stages	of	school-age	learners.	A	strong	
                                                                      emphasis on Aboriginal and Northern cultural and
                                                                                                                                                                77
                             classroom	settings	is	an	important	part	of	the	course.	     	   become familiar with the current curriculum and


     BACHelor of eduCAtion
                             This	 is	 achieved	 by	 constantly	 linking	 the	 course	 to	   useful	 support	 materials	 including	 manipulatives,	
                             the	 cultural	 settings	 of	 Aboriginal	 and	 Northern	         print	resources	and	other	useful	media.	(University	of	
                             children	through	examples,	discussions,	assignments	            Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	 Descriptions	
                             and	tests.                                                      2007-08)

                             440- 222 CuLTure CAmP II                                        195-316 meTHoDs In K To 9 mATHemATICs II
                             1 CreDIT                                                        Completion of 195-311 Methods in K to 9 Mathematics
                             Co-requisite: 440-335 – Aboriginal and Cross-Cultural           I is strongly recommended prior to taking Methods in
                             Education                                                       K to 9 Mathematics II.
                             This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 social	 construction	 of	       Designed	 to	 prepare	 students	 for	 teaching	 K-9	
                             language,	 culture,	 knowledge	 and	 education	 in	             provincial/territorial	mathematics	curriculum	and	to	
                             N.W.T.	 Aboriginal	 society.	 The	 course	 is	 designed	 to	    improve	their	knowledge	of	mathematics,	especially	in	
                             be	activity-oriented	which	will	provide	students	with	          the	areas	of	measurement	including	the	Pythagorean	
                             opportunities	to	participate	in	various	instructional	/	        theorem,	 geometry	 (polygon	 properties,	 symmetry,	
                             learning pedagogy used by Aboriginal people when                tessellations),	 ratio	 and	 proportion,	 integers	 and	
                             on	 the	 land	 teaching	 within	 the	 traditional	 cultural	    number	 theory.	 Students	 will	 become	 familiar	 with	
                             context.	                                                       the current curriculum and useful support materials
                                                                                             including	 manipulatives,	 print	 resources,	 and	
                             440-335 ABorIGInAL AnD Cross-CuLTurAL                           other	 useful	 media.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	
                             eDuCATIon                                                       Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)
                             This	course	analyses	educational	issues	of	a	politically,	
                             economically	 and	 culturally	 diverse	 society.	 Theory	       YeAr 3
                             and	 practice	 of	 cross-cultural,	 multicultural	 and	         440-112 InTroDuCTIon To LInGuIsTICs I
                             anti-racist	 education	 from	 the	 perspectives	 of	            Prerequisite: Speaking knowledge of an Indigenous
                             Aboriginal	peoples,	immigrant	and	ethnic	minorities	            language or a commitment to Indigenous language
                             will	 be	 evaluated.	 The	 ideological	 and	 philosophical	     revitalization.
                             premises	 of	 these	 approaches	 will	 be	 considered.	         An	introduction	to	the	central	concepts	of	linguistics	
                             The role and responsibility of educators in ensuring            such	 as	 the	 basic	 analytical	 categories	 and	 main	
                             equity	 and	 promoting	 cross-cultural	 understanding	          levels	 of	 linguistic	 analysis	 (phonetics,	 phonology,	
                             will	be	examined.	                                              morphology,	 syntax,	 and	 semantics)	 with	 special	
                                                                                             attention	 to	 Indigenous	 languages.	 Students	 will	
                             195-114 LITerATure AnD ComPosITIon:                             gain	 expertise	 in	 transcribing	 and	 describing	 the	
                             reADInG CuLTure                                                 sound	 systems	 of	 these	 languages,	 their	 basic	
                             An	 introduction	 to	 historical	 and	 contemporary	            word	 formation	 processes,	 and	 how	 sentences	 are	
                             cultural	 forms	 in	 English.	 In	 addition	 to	 learning	      structured	and	interpreted.
                             the	tools	of	critical	analysis,	students	will	study	and	
                             practise	 composition.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	         440-200 InTernsHIP II
                             Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)                      6 CreDITs
                                                                                             Prerequisites: Students must have obtained an
                             195-260 FIrsT nATIons AnD méTIs oF THe                          average of 60 per cent in both their academic
                             PrAIrIes 1860 To 1960 6 CreDIT                                  and professional courses; 440-212 – Curriculum
                             Prerequisites: 440-211 – First Peoples of the NWT;              and Instruction for Northern Schools; successful
                             440-128 – Aboriginal Peoples in Contemporary Society            completion of a minimum of 10 Bachelor of Education
                             Demonstrates	and	analyzes	the	development	of	First	             Program courses; and 440-100 – Internship (pass).
                             Nations	and	Métis	culturally,	politically,	economically,	       The second internship comprises eight weeks of
                             and	socially	from	the	1860s	to	the	mid	20th	century.	           students	teaching	Kindergarten	to	Grade	9	under	the	
                             Emphasis	 is	 on	 the	 historical	 significance	 of	 First	     supervision	 of	 a	 certified	 NWT	 teacher	 in	 an	 NWT	
                             Nations	 and	 Métis	 societies	 in	 the	 development	           school.
                             of	 Western	 Canada.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	
                             Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)                      440-205 TeACHInG soCIAL sTuDIes &
                                                                                             ABorIGInAL sTuDIes In eLemenTArY sCHooLs
                             195-311 meTHoDs In K To 9 mATHemATICs I                         Prerequisites: 440-104 – Introduction to Teaching in
                             Prerequisites: 440-104 – Introduction to Teaching in            the NWT, 440-212 – Curriculum and Instruction for
                             the NWT                                                         Northern Schools
                             Designed	 to	 prepare	 students	 for	 teaching	 K-9	            This course focuses on teaching social studies and
                             provincial/territorial	mathematics	curriculum	and	to	           Aboriginal	 studies	 in	 the	 elementary	 school.	 It	
                             improve	their	knowledge	of	mathematics,	especially	             will	 involve	 an	 in-depth	 examination	 of	 the	 NWT	
                             in	 the	 areas	 of	 problem	 solving,	 data	 management,	
                             numeration,	calculation,	and	fractions.	Students	will	
78
Elementary Social Studies curriculum and the                     440-370 LITerACY AnD DrAmA In ABorIGInAL




                                                                                                                                  BACHelor of eduCAtion
integration	 of	 the	 NWT	 Social	 Studies	 curriculum,	         LAnGuAGe eDuCATIon
Dene	Kede	and	Inuuqatigiit.	The	course	is	designed	to	           This course is designed to introduce the concepts of
be	activity-oriented	which	will	provide	students	with	           literacy and drama approaches to teaching languages
opportunities	 to	 participate	 in	 various	 instructional	      in	 a	 hands-on,	 interactive	 format.	 	 The	 participants	
methods appropriate for the teaching of social                   are	 given	 first-hand	 experience	 with	 using	 and	
studies	and	Aboriginal	studies.                                  evaluating	drama-based	activities,	as	well	as	numerous	
                                                                 opportunities	 for	 discussing	 issues	 relating	 to	
440-212 CurrICuLum AnD InsTruCTIon For                           indigenous	language	instruction	under	the	umbrella	of	
norTHern sCHooLs                                                 language	revitalization	efforts.
Prerequisite: 440-104 - Introduction to Teaching in
the NWT                                                          195-111 InTroDuCTIon To CuLTurAL
This course introduces students to the process of                AnTHroPoLoGY (one - 3 CreDIT ACADemIC
curriculum	 development	 and	 prepares	 them	 for	               eLeCTIVe WILL Be oFFereD)
internship.	It	equips	students	with	a	basic	knowledge	           Acquaints	 the	 student	 with	 contemporary	 social	
of	 the	 NWT	 curricula.	 The	 laboratory	 component	            and	 cultural	 variation.	 The	 basic	 mechanisms	 of	
provides	students	with	experiences	in	learning	how	to	           society and culture will be explained within a
teach,	resource-based	learning,	and	the	preparation	of	          comparative	framework.	(University	of	Saskatchewan,	
pedagogical	materials.                                           Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)

440-250 TeACHInG eXCePTIonAL CHILDren                            195-152 PosT ConFeDerATIon CAnADA (one - 3
Prerequisite: 440-215 - Learners and Learning                    CreDIT ACADemIC eLeCTIVe WILL Be oFFereD)
This	course	will	familiarize	students	with	the	definition	       A	survey	of	the	history	of	Canada	since	Confederation,	
and	practice	of	Inclusive	Schooling	in	the	NWT,	and	how	         emphasizing	 social,	 cultural,	 economic,	 political,	
these	impact	the	practice	of	teachers	in	the	classroom.	  	      constitutional,	 and	 external	 policy	 developments.	
Students will also become familiar with the tools and            (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	
resources	including	instructional	strategies,	school	and	        Descriptions	2007-08)
community	 supports,	 and	 planning	 and	 assessment	
tools	 appropriate	 for	 use	 with	 students	 who	 require	      195-448 AssessInG LeArnInG In CLAssroom
additional	supports	to	be	successful	in	the	classroom.           Provides	 training	 in	 the	 skills	 involved	 in	 assessing	
                                                                 student	 achievement.	 Students	 will	 learn	 how	 to	
440-333 CuLTure CAmP III                                         construct	 various	 measuring	 devices	 such	 as	 paper	
1 CreDIT                                                         and	 pencil	 tests,	 performance	 tests,	 assignments,	
Co-requisite: 440-205 – Teaching Social Studies &                portfolios	 and	 observations	 schedules.	 Students	 will	
Aboriginal Studies in Elementary Schools                         also	 learn	 how	 to	 summarize,	 interpret	 and	 report	
This	course	focuses	on	providing	pre-service	teachers	           assessment	 results.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	
with	 an	 authentic	 cultural	 education	 experience	            Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)
that	 requires	 them	 to	 use	 skills	 obtained	 in	 previous	
Language	and	Culture	Camp	experiences,	pre-service	              YeAr 4
teaching	 experiences,	 and	 lesson	 planning.	 The	             440-110 InTroDuCTIon To musIC
course	 is	 designed	 to	 be	 activity-oriented	 and	 will	      This	introductory	music	course	will	cover	such	topics	
provide	 students	 with	 the	 opportunity	 to	 plan,	 host	      as	theory,	notation	and	rhythm	which	will	be	taught	
and	 participate	 in	 an	 Elementary	 school	 Language	 &	       in	 conjunction	 with	 learning	 basic	 keyboard	 skills	 on	
Culture	Day	Camp.	                                               the	 piano.	 Historical	 periods	 of	 European	 music	 and	
                                                                 the outstanding composers will also be studied in
440-337 CreATInG eFFeCTIVe LeArnInG                              order	to	develop	a	deeper	appreciation	of	the	various	
enVIronmenTs In nWT sCHooLs                                      music	styles.	The	history	of	NWT	Aboriginal	Music	and	
Prerequisites: 440-104 Introduction to Teaching in               various	styles	of	drumming,	fiddling,	and	dancing	will	
the NWT; 440-215 Learners and Learning; 440-100                  be	explored.
Internship I
Reflecting	 on	 their	 own	 pre-understandings,	                 440-221 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe ImmersIon
traditional	 perspectives	 of	 NWT	 Aboriginal	 peoples,	        Students	will	acquire	functional	use	of	an	Aboriginal	
and	the	literature	relative	to	creating	safe	and	caring	         language	 at	 an	 introductory	 level.	 They	 will	 learn	 to	
learning	environments,	pre-service	teachers	articulate	          understand	 language	 structure	 in	 order	 to	 better	
a	 personal	 vision	 for	 creating	 school	 and	 classroom	      integrate	and	apply	it	to	new	learning.	It	is	expected	
climates	 in	 which	 students	 develop	 mutual	 respect,	        that	 students	 will	 learn	 to	 appreciate	 the	 value	 and	
increasing	self-discipline,	and	critical	thinking.               importance of Aboriginal language for personal and
                                                                 cultural	 expression	 and	 identity.	 They	 will	 come	 to	
                                                                 understand and respect the inherent cultural aspects
                                                                 of	language	usage.
                                                                                                                                                          79
                             440-498 BACHeLor oF eDuCATIon CAPsTone                          behind	 the	 images.	 Further	 discussion	 will	 centre	


     BACHelor of eduCAtion
                             ProJeCT                                                         around	 how	 these	 images	 affect	 our	 relationships	
                             Prerequisite: 440-200 Internship II                             with	 each	 other.	 After	 critical	 analysis	 of	 images,	
                             The	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	 Capstone	 Project	 is	 a	         strategies	 for	 changing	 images	 will	 be	 explored.	
                             culminating	 experience	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	            This	 will	 be	 done	 through	 interactive	 lectures,	
                             students with an opportunity to demonstrate                     presentations,	group	and	individual	activities,	critical	
                             synthesis	of	knowledge,	practice,	and	skills	developed	         viewing	 and	 analysis	 of	 photographs,	 films,	 videos,	
                             throughout	 the	 program	 of	 study.	 	 The	 Capstone	          magazines,	 newspapers	 and	 other	 popular	 media	
                             Project	 allows	 students	 to	 pursue,	 in	 depth,	 an	         forms.	 (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	
                             independent	project	of	the	student’s	own	choosing	in	           Course	Descriptions	2007-08)
                             the	area	of	education	or	one	of	their	teaching	areas,	
                             under	the	close	supervision	of	a	faculty	advisor.		This	        195-425 LeGAL AnD InsTITuTIonAL ConTeXTs
                             may	take	the	form	of	an	academic	paper	or	project	              oF eDuCATIon
                             including	 thematic	 units,	 curriculum	 resources	 or	 a	      Prerequisites: 440-100 – Internship I & 440-200 –
                             subject	related	portfolio.		The	paper	shall	incorporate	        Internship II
                             one	 or	 more	 NWT	 cross-cultural	 education	 themes.	    	    Students will integrate the knowledge and
                             The	 project	 approach	 to	 Capstone	 will	 reflect	 Dene	      experience	 acquired	 in	 earlier	 coursework	 and	 the	
                             Kede	 or	 Inuuqatigiit.	 	 While	 the	 project/paper	           extended	 practicum	 by	 examining	 the	 components	
                             provides	 invaluable	 preparation	 for	 graduate	 or	           of	 governmental,	 administrative,	 legal,	 ethical	
                             professional	work,	the	primary	rewards	are	intrinsic:	     	    and	 professional	 aspects	 of	 public	 education	
                             the	 opportunity	 to	 follow	 one’s	 curiosity,	 to	 take	      in	 Saskatchewan	 and	 Canada.	 (University	 of	
                             ownership of a work and see it through to a successful          Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	 Descriptions	
                             conclusion,	 the	 intellectual	 and	 creative	 pleasure	 of	    2007-08)
                             independent	learning,	and	the	invaluable	mentorship	
                             by	one’s	advisor.                                               800 - 100 InTroDuCTIon To THe CIrCumPoLAr
                                                                                             WorLD
                             195-122 soCIAL BeHAVIourAL FounDATIons                          The	 Ciricumpolar	 World	 introduces	 students	 to	 the	
                             oF PHYsICAL ACTIVITY                                            landscape,	 peoples	 and	 issues	 of	 the	 circumpolar	
                             Introduces	the	basic	concepts	and	topics	associated	            region.	 Beginning	 with	 an	 examination	 of	 the	
                             with	the	behavioural	aspects	of	physical	activity.	The	         geography,	 biological	 and	 physical	 systems	 of	 the	
                             focus is basic principles of motor learning and the             Subarctic	 and	 Arctic,	 it	 then	 turns	 to	 the	 aboriginal	
                             social	 psychology	 of	 sport.	 A	 brief	 introduction	 to	     and	 contemporary	 peoples	 of	 the	 region.	 The	
                             cultural	aspects	of	physical	activity	in	Canada	is	also	        history	 of	 the	 Circumpolar	 World	 is	 treated	 in	 a	
                             presented	 along	 with	 current	 issues.	 (University	 of	      broad	fashion,	to	provide	a	grounding	in	the	events	
                             Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	 Descriptions	             and	 developments	 that	 have	 created	 the	 region’s	
                             2007-08)                                                        contemporary	 qualities.	 The	 second	 part	 of	 the	
                                                                                             surveys	 some	 of	 the	 particular	 issues	 facing	 the	
                             195-270 LITerATure oF nATIVe norTH                              region,	including	climate	change,	economic,	political	
                             AmerICA             6 CreDITs                                   and	 social	 development.	 This	 course	 ultimately	 is	
                             Surveys	literature	(folklore,	biography,	drama,	poetry	         intended	 to	 stimulate	 interest	 in	 the	 circumpolar	
                             and	novels)	about	and	by	the	Indigenous	Peoples	of	             world.
                             North	 America.	 A	 multifaceted	 approach	 (aesthetic,	
                             linguistic,	historical,	and	cultural)	will	be	employed	in	
                             examining	this	literature.	(University	of	Saskatchewan,	
                             Undergraduate	Course	Descriptions	2007-08)

                             195-359 WesTern CAnADIAn LITerATure
                             A	 study	 of	 literature	 in	 English,	 especially	 fiction,	
                             poetry,	and	drama,	produced	on	the	Canadian	prairies.	
                             (University	 of	 Saskatchewan,	 Undergraduate	 Course	
                             Descriptions	2007-08)

                             195-370 ImAGes oF InDIGenous norTH
                             AmerICA          6 CreDITs
                             Examines	how	the	various	historical	and	contemporary	
                             images	or	representations	emerged	and	changed	over	
                             time	and	the	cultural	world	views,	ideas	and	values	




80
ABoriginAl                                                    progrAM oBJeCtives




                                                                                                                           ABoriginAl lAnguAge And CulturAl insturCtor ii
                                                              To prepare Aboriginal language and culture teachers

lAnguAge And                                                  to	do	the	following:
                                                              •	 Use	a	variety	of	approaches	to	teaching	in	order		 	

CulturAl
                                                                  to meet the Aboriginal language and culture needs
                                                              	   of	NWT	children;
                                                              •	 Facilitate	a	positive	Aboriginal	language	classroom		
instruCtor ii                                                 	   learning	environment;
                                                              •	 Meet	the	needs	of	each	child	placed	in	his/her		 	
CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                         	   Aboriginal	language	classroom;
sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIons                                   •	 Work	effectively	and	independently	in	an		            	
                                                              	   Aboriginal	language	classroom;
                                                              •	 Use	a	variety	of	assessment/evaluation	tools	and		 	
progrAM desCription
                                                              	   procedures	in	the	classroom;	
The	program	is	designed	to	train	individuals	to	work	
                                                              •	 Become	knowledgeable	of	Aboriginal	language,		 	
as	 Aboriginal	 language	 instructors	 in	 NWT	 schools,	
                                                                  Dene Kede,	and	Inuuqatigiit	curricula;
teaching	 Aboriginal	 languages	 and	 culture	 courses.	
                                                              •	 Integrate	Aboriginal	cultural	perspectives	in	the		 	
The program is a mixture of Aboriginal language
                                                              	   classroom;
immersion courses and teaching methodologies
                                                              •	 Utilize	a	variety	of	community	and	traditional		      	
courses	 related	 specifically	 to	 teaching	 Aboriginal	
                                                              	   knowledge	resources	in	the	classroom;	and
languages.	
                                                              •	 Continue	in	other	institutions	of	higher	learning	if			
                                                              	   he/she	wishes	to	continue	his/her	studies.
progrAM eligiBilitY
Candidates must be knowledgeable about an
Aboriginal	language	and	culture.
                                                              CoMpletion requireMents
                                                              Students	 must	 successfully	 complete	 all	 required	
                                                              components	of	the	program,	including:	required	non-
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                          credit	components;	61	credits;	and	both	internships.	
Applicants	must:                                              In	the	event	that	the	Program	Manager	has	approved	
•	 Demonstrate	knowledge	about	an	Aboriginal		                the	substitution	of	the	required	English	course	with	a	
	   language	and	culture;                                     non-credit	English	course,	the	required	credits	will	be	
•	 Provide	a	personal	letter	stating	reasons	why	(s)	         adjusted	to	58	credits.
	   he	wants	to	enter	the	teaching	profession;	and
•	 Provide	a	letter	of	recommendation	from	a		
	   community	leader,	Community	Education		
                                                              doCuMent of reCognition
                                                              Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	 program,	
	   Council,	school	principal,	or	Director	of			
                                                              candidates	will	receive	an	ALCIP	Diploma.
	   Education	testifying	to	his/her	interest	in		
	   teaching,	their	character,	work,	and	skills.
                                                              CurriCuluM
noTe 1. Applicants	will	be	required	to	complete	the	          011-121	     LITERACY	IN	AN	ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE		
Aurora	College	Entry	Assessment	Tests.                        	            LEVEL		I	
                                                              011-122	     LITERACY	IN	AN	ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE		
noTe 2. A	criminal	record	check	is	required.	A	record	        	            LEVEL	II	
of	 certain	 offences	 may	 prevent	 candidates	 from	        170-001	     ON-THE-LAND	SAFETY	
completing	all	required	elements	of	the	program,	in	          170-002	     “RECONNECTING	WITH	OUR		
particular,	internships.                                      	            SPIRITUALITY”		
                                                              	            CULTURE	CAMP	
                                                              170-003	     ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	ACQUISITION	
progrAM AdMission
                                                              170-004	     CLASSROOM	MANAGEMENT	FOR		
Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	the	program	based	on	
                                                              	            ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE	TEACHERS	
program	 eligibility	 requirements	 and	 the	 applicant’s	
                                                              170-100	     INTERNSHIP	I
assessment	results.		
                                                              219-104	     INTRODUCTION	TO	TEACHING	IN	THE		
                                                              	            NWT	
progrAM inforMAtion                                           219-211	     ABORIGINAL	PERSPECTIVES	THROUGH		
The	 ALCIP	 Diploma	 program	 prepares	 individuals	 to	      	            DENE	KEDE	AND	INUUQATIGIIT
teach	 Aboriginal	 languages	 in	 the	 NWT.	 Students	 in	    440-145	     INFORMATION	TECHNOLOGY	SKILLS	FOR		
the	program	will	complete	courses	to	improve	their	                        TEACHERS
oral	 and	 written	 Aboriginal	 language	 proficiency.	 As	   440-222	     	CULTURE	CAMP	II	
well,	 they	 will	 complete	 courses	 that	 prepare	 them	    440-370	     LITERACY	AND	DRAMA	IN	ABORIGINAL		
with the methodologies necessary to be a successful           	            LANGUAGE	EDUCATION		
Aboriginal	language	teacher.	                                 011-126	     TEACHING	AN	ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE		

                                                                                                                                                                            81
                                                      	             AS	A	SECOND	LANGUAGE	                              170-003 ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe ACQuIsITIon


     ABoriginAl lAnguAge And CulturAl insturCtor ii
                                                      170-200	      INTERNSHIP	II	                                     Students	 will	 acquire	 functional	 use	 of	 their	
                                                      219-101	      CHILD	DEVELOPMENT	–	A	LANGUAGE                     Aboriginal	 language	 at	 an	 introductory	 level.	 	 They	
                                                      		            PERSPECTIVE	                                       will learn to understand their language structure
                                                      219-106	      ARTS	EDUCATION	IN	ELEMENTARY		                     in	 order	 to	 better	 integrate	 and	 apply	 it	 to	 new	
                                                                    SCHOOL                                             learning.	 	 	 It	 is	 expected	 that	 students	 will	 learn	
                                                      219-120	      LANGUAGE	DEVELOPMENT	THROUGH		                     to	 appreciate	 the	 value	 and	 importance	 of	 their	
                                                      	             TRADITIONAL	OUTDOOR	EDUCATION	                     language for personal and cultural expression and
                                                      219-127	      CURRICULUM	PLANNING	FOR		                          identity.		They	will	come	to	understand	and	respect	
                                                      	             ABORIGINAL	LANGUAGE		TEACHERS	                     the	inherent	cultural	aspects	of	language	usage.		The	
                                                      219-128	      THE	DEVELOPMENT	OF	ABORIGINAL		                    Dene	Cultural	Institute	(DCI)	curriculum,	Level	1	and	
                                                      	             LANGUAGE	MATERIALS	                                2	will	serve	as	a	resource	for	this	course	and	can	be	
                                                      440-107	      A	SURVEY	OF	INFORMATION		                          adapted	for	other	NWT	language	groups.
                                                      	             TECHNOLOGY	APPLICATIONS	IN		
                                                      	             EDUCATIONAL	ENVIRONMENTS	                          170-004 CLAssroom mAnAGemenT For
                                                      440-109	      UNIVERSITY	PREPARATION:		                          ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe TeACHers
                                                      	             RESPONDING	TO	LITERATURE                           Reflecting	 on	 their	 own	 pre-understandings,	
                                                                    OR ENGLISH COURSE AT APPROvED                      traditional	perspectives	of	NWT	Aboriginal	peoples,	
                                                                    LEvEL.                                             and	 the	 literature	 relative	 to	 creating	 safe	 and	
                                                      440-112	      INTRODUCTION	TO		                                  caring	learning	environments,	pre-service	Aboriginal	
                                                      	             LINGUISTIC	ANALYSIS	                               language	instructors	articulate	a	personal	 vision	 for	
                                                                                                                       creating	 school	 and	 classroom	 climates	 in	 which	
                                                      Course desCriptions                                              students	 develop	 mutual	 respect,	 increasing	 self-
                                                      YeAr 1                                                           discipline,	and	critical	thinking.
                                                      011-121 LITerACY In An ABorIGInAL
                                                      LAnGuAGe LeVeL I                                                 170-100 InTernsHIP 1
                                                      This	 course	 offers	 the	 basic	 literacy	 skills	 required	    Prerequisites: 219-104 – Introduction to Teaching in
                                                      to	become	literate	in	an	Aboriginal	language.		note:             the NWT
                                                      Literacy	 is	 a	 pluralistic	 concept,	 which	 is	 linked	 to	   The	 Aboriginal	 Language	 and	 Cultural	 Instructor	
                                                      language,	social	context,	and	cultural	identity.	Literacy	       Program	internship	is	a	four	week	teaching	practicum	
                                                      encompasses	a	broad	range	of	competencies.                       in	 an	 NWT	 school.	 	 The	 student	 will	 work	 with	 an	
                                                                                                                       experienced	 cooperating	 teacher	 and	 an	 Aurora	
                                                      011-122 LITerACY In An ABorIGInAL                                College	 internship	 supervisor	 during	 this	 four	
                                                      LAnGuAGe LeVeL II                                                week	 period.	 	 During	 this	 internship,	 students	 will	
                                                      The	 student	 will	 study	 the	 grammar	 of	 his/her	            experience	the	daily	work,	routine,	and	interactions	
                                                      Aboriginal	language	in	order	to	enable	him/herself	to	           of	 a	 classroom	 Aboriginal	 language	 instructor.	 	 The	
                                                      read	and	write	with	accuracy.                                    intern	will	work	towards	partially	assuming	classroom	
                                                                                                                       responsibilities	of	the	Aboriginal	language	instructor	
                                                      170-001 on-THe-LAnD sAFeTY                                       including	 planning,	 preparation,	 instruction,	
                                                      During	this	course,	students	will	receive	training	and	          evaluation,	 assessment,	 reporting,	 and	 classroom	
                                                      certification	in	First	Aid,	CPR,	and	firearms	safety.	This	      management.
                                                      training	and	certification	will	give	students	the	safety	
                                                      knowledge	 expected	 of	 a	 teacher	 who	 is	 delivering	        219-104 InTroDuCTIon To TeACHInG In THe
                                                      courses	or	camps	on	the	land	or	in	the	classroom.                nWT
                                                                                                                       This	 is	 a	 survey	 course	 which	 introduces	 the	 pre-
                                                      170-002 “reConneCTInG WITH our                                   service	teacher	to	the	NWT	philosophy	of	education,	
                                                      sPIrITuALITY” CuLTure CAmP                                       historical	 and	 contemporary	 perspectives	 of	
                                                      This	 foundational	 Aboriginal	 language	 and	 cultural	         Aboriginal	education,	the	role	of	the	teacher	in	NWT	
                                                      instructor	 10-day	 camp	 is	 intended	 to	 provide	             communities,	 the	 planning	 and	 maintenance	 of	 a	
                                                      participants	with	the	spiritual	and	cultural	grounding	          positive	learning	environment	and	several	models	of	
                                                      they	 need	 to	 become	 effective	 Aboriginal	 language	         teaching.	 While	 students	 will	 be	 introduced	 to	 unit	
                                                      instructors.	It	will	challenge	participants	to	rediscover	       and	 year	 plans,	 the	 emphasis	 will	 be	 on	 planning	
                                                      their	 cultural	 and	 linguistic	 roots,	 and	 reawaken	         lessons	and	using	Aboriginal	content	and	resources.	
                                                      the	 spirit	 within.	 With	 the	 guidance	 of	 elders,	          The students will experience peer-teaching micro-
                                                      participants	will	have	the	opportunity	to	understand	            lessons.	 	 Aboriginal	 perspectives	 will	 be	 an	 integral	
                                                      the	 interconnectedness	 between	 themselves,	 the	              part	 of	 course	 delivery.	 Appropriate	 assessment,	
                                                      land,	 spirituality	 and	 the	 people.	 They	 will	 gain	 a	     evaluation	and	reporting	procedures	will	be	threaded	
                                                      deep	appreciation	for	the	Aboriginal	worldview	and,	             throughout	the	course.
                                                      at	the	conclusion	of	the	camp,	be	able	to	voice	this	
                                                      perspective	through	their	words	and	actions.
82
219-211 ABorIGInAL PersPeCTIVes THrouGH                         170-200 InTernsHIP II




                                                                                                                                 ABoriginAl lAnguAge And CulturAl insturCtor ii
dene Kede AnD inuuqAtAgiit                                      Prerequisites: 219-127 – Curriculum Planning for
Prerequisites: 219-104 Introduction to Teaching in              Aboriginal Language Teachers; successful completion
the NWT and/or 011-126 Teaching the Aboriginal                  of a minimum of 10 ALCIP courses; and Internship I
Language as a Second Language.                                  (pass).
During	 this	 course,	 the	 students	 will	 be	 exposed	        The	 Aboriginal	 Language	 and	 Cultural	 Instructor	
to	 a	 wide	 variety	 of	 traditional	 and	 contemporary	       Program	internship	is	a	four	week	teaching	practicum	
concepts	 related	 to	 Aboriginal	 life.	 The	 Dene Kede        in	 an	 NWT	 school.	 	 The	 student	 will	 work	 with	 an	
and Inuuqatigiit Curricula will form the basis for the          experienced	 cooperating	 teacher	 and	 an	 Aurora	
course	 content;	 the	 Whole	 Language	 Philosophy	             College	 internship	 supervisor	 during	 this	 four	
and	 the	 Developmental	 Language	 Process	 will	 be	           week	 period.	 	 During	 this	 internship,	 students	 will	
incorporated into the course content to demonstrate             experience	 the	 daily	 work,	 routine,	 and	 interactions	
effective	teaching/learning	strategies	for	the	cultural	        of	 a	 classroom	 Aboriginal	 language	 instructor.	 	 The	
concepts	presented.                                             intern	will	work	towards	partially	assuming	classroom	
                                                                responsibilities	 of	 the	 Aboriginal	 language	 instructor	
440-145 InFormATIon TeCHnoLoGY sKILLs                           including	 planning,	 preparation,	 instruction,	
For TeACHers                                                    evaluation,	 assessment,	 reporting,	 and	 classroom	
This course introduces the student to the basics of             management.
computer	operations.	Minor	topics	include:	computer	
history	 and	 functions,	 basic	 troubleshooting,	              219-101 CHILD DeVeLoPmenT – A LAnGuAGe
e-mail,	 the	 World	 Wide	 Web	 and	 the	 Internet.	 The	       PersPeCTIVe
main	 thrust	 of	 the	 course	 is	 to	 equip	 students	 with	   This	 course	 will	 provide	 the	 students	 with	 an	
computer	 skills	 that	 will	 be	 required	 throughout	         introduction	 to	 the	 general	 stages	 of	 human	 growth	
the	 Bachelor	 of	 Education	 program.	 The	 students	          and	 development,	 with	 an	 emphasis	 on	 the	 effects/
will	 develop	 competency	 in	 the	 Microsoft	 Office	          roles	 of	 language	 in	 that	 development.	 The	 socio-
2007	 suite;	 specifically,	 Word,	 Excel,	 Access,	 and	       cultural,	 cognitive,	 and	 physical	 aspects	 of	 a	 child’s	
PowerPoint.                                                     language	 growth	 will	 be	 explored	 in	 view	 of	 their	
                                                                practical	 implications	 for	 language	 learning	 in	 the	
440-222 CuLTure CAmP II                                         classroom.
This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 social	 construction	 of	
language,	culture,	knowledge	and	education	in	NWT	              219-106 ArTs eDuCATIon In eLemenTArY
Aboriginal	 society.	 The	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 be	        sCHooL
activity-oriented,	 which	 will	 provide	 students	 with	       In	this	course	students	will	be	exposed	to	a	variety	of	
opportunities	to	participate	in	various	instructional	/	        visual	 and	 performing	 arts	 that	 can	 be	 incorporated	
learning pedagogy used by Aboriginal people when                into	 the	 language	 learning	 environment	 with	 an	
on	 the	 land	 teaching	 within	 the	 traditional	 cultural	    emphasis	on	traditional	and	contemporary	aboriginal	
context.	                                                       art	forms.	

440-370 LITerACY AnD DrAmA In ABorIGInAL                        219-120 LAnGuAGe DeVeLoPmenT THrouGH
LAnGuAGe eDuCATIon                                              TrADITIonAL ouTDoor eDuCATIon
This course is designed to introduce the concepts               This course will combine elements of contemporary
of literacy and drama approaches to teaching                    and	 traditional	 culture	 with	 concepts	 from	 the	
languages	 in	 a	 hands-on,	 interactive	 format.	 	 The	       environment.	 In	 order	 to	 provide	 a	 meaningful	
participants	 are	 given	 first-hand	 experience	 with	         base	 for	 the	 application/acquisition	 of	 an	 aboriginal	
using	and	evaluating	drama-based	activities,	as	well	           language,	 the	 local	 concepts	 pertinent	 to	 social	
as	 numerous	 opportunities	 for	 discussing	 issues	           studies,	science,	health	and	physical	education	will	be	
relating	to	indigenous	language	instruction	under	the	          used.	This	will	help	to	preserve,	enhance	and	enrich	
umbrella	of	language	revitalization	efforts.		                  the	language	learning	classroom/environment.	Using	
                                                                the curriculum content and skills from Dene Kede,	
YeAr 2                                                          Inuuqatigiit,	 and	 Dene	 Games	 and	 Inuit	 Games	 will	
011-126 TeACHInG THe ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe                        provide	invaluable	guidelines	for	the	course	content.
As A seConD LAnGuAGe
This course will use the whole language philosophy
in	presenting	an	outline	of	a	developmental	language	
scheme.	 It	 will	 provide	 examples	 for	 each	 step	 in	
terms	of	its	application	in	a	second	language	context.	
The	 student	 will	 be	 provided	 with	 a	 wide	 variety	 of	
practical	second	language	teaching	activities.



                                                                                                                                                                                  83
                                                      219-127 CurrICuLum PLAnnInG For                                440-109 unIVersITY PrePArATIon:


     ABoriginAl lAnguAge And CulturAl insturCtor ii
                                                      ABorIGInAL LAnGuAGe TeACHers                                   resPonDInG To LITerATure
                                                      Pre-requisites: 219-104 Introduction to Teaching in            This	 class	 prepares	 students	 for	 university-level	
                                                      the NWT                                                        literature	 and	 humanities	 courses	 in	 the	 Aurora	
                                                      This	 course	 will	 address	 a	 wide	 variety	 of	             College	 Teacher	 Education	 program.	 Literary	 and	
                                                      considerations	 necessary	 to	 design	 language	               visual	 texts,	 that	 is,	 literature	 in	 a	 broad	 sense,	
                                                      development	 and	 content	 curricula.	 Emphasis	 is	           related	to	the	theme	of	identity	and	community	and	
                                                      placed	upon	systematic	and	methodical	preparation	             produced	 mainly	 by	 Aboriginal	 authors	 in	 a	 variety	
                                                      of	language	programs,	with	an	emphasis	on	selection,	          of	 genres	 and	 forms,	 will	 be	 explored.	 Individually	
                                                      application	 and	 preparation	 of	 teaching	 materials.	       and	 collaboratively,	 students	 will	 study	 and	 reflect	
                                                      Criteria	 for	 the	 evaluation	 of	 programs	 will	 be	        on	these	works	in	relation	to	their	own	experience.	
                                                      considered.                                                    Students	will	explore,	practise	and	develop	their	skills	
                                                                                                                     in	the	six	strands	of	communication:	reading,	writing,	
                                                      During	this	course,	the	students	will	be	introduced	to	        speaking,	 listening,	 viewing	 and	 representing,	 with	
                                                      how	development	of	teaching	resources	connects	to	             an	 emphasis	 on	 reading	 and	 writing. Aboriginal
                                                      curricula.	The	philosophies	and	worldview	expressed	           perspectives	 will	 be	 an	 integral	 part	 of	 course	
                                                      in Dene Kede and Inuuqatigiit will form the basis of           delivery.	
                                                      all	 curriculum	 planning.	 	 Students	 will	 investigate	     note: At the determination of the Program Manager,
                                                      the	 principles	 of	 language	 acquisition	 and	 a	 variety	   students may be permitted to take an English course
                                                      of approaches to teaching language with a focus on             at a different level dependent upon their assessed
                                                      whole	 language.	 	 The	 process	 for	 developing	 long	       needs. This alternate course may or may not be a
                                                      and short term plans related to Aboriginal language            credit course.
                                                      instruction	 will	 be	 covered.	 	 This	 will	 include	 the	
                                                      spiralling	 of	 concepts	 on	 themes	 across	 the	 grades.		   440-112 InTroDuCTIon To LInGuIsTIC
                                                      The students will create theme or topic units based            AnALYsIs
                                                      on Dene Kede and Inuuqatigiit	curriculum.                      Pre-requisite: Speaking knowledge of an Indigenous
                                                                                                                     language or a commitment to Indigenous language
                                                      219-128 THe DeVeLoPmenT oF ABorIGInAL                          revitalization.
                                                      LAnGuAGe mATerIALs                                             This	 course	 provides	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 central	
                                                      During	 this	 course,	 the	 students	 will	 be	 introduced	    concepts	of	linguistics	and	the	basic	categories	and	
                                                      to	a	wide	variety	of	teacher	made	learning	materials;	         levels	 of	 linguistic	 analysis	 (phonetics,	 phonology,	
                                                      the	 production	 of	 these	 materials	 will	 be	 based	        morphology,	 syntax,	 and	 semantics).	 The	 course	
                                                      upon Aboriginal language teaching and will coincide            gives	special	attention	to	the	languages	of	the	NWT	
                                                      with	 skills	 development/usage	 outlined	 in	 the	            for which students may be speakers or for which
                                                      Developmental	 Language	 Process	 and	 the	 Whole	             they	may	be	training	to	teach	in	the	classroom,	such	
                                                      Language	 Philosophy.	 Students	 will	 become	 familiar	       as	 Dene	 Suline	 (Chipewyan),	 Dogrig	 (Tlicho),	 Slavey	
                                                      with	 desk	 top	 publishing,	 using	 existing	 software	       (Dene	 Tha),	 Gwich’in,	 Cree,	 and	 Inuktitut.	 Students	
                                                      programs.                                                      will	gain	expertise	in	transcribing	and	describing	the	
                                                                                                                     sound	 systems	 of	 their	 languages,	 the	 basic	 word	
                                                      440-107 A surVeY oF InFormATIon                                formation	 processes	 of	 these	 languages,	 and	 how	
                                                      TeCHnoLoGY APPLICATIons In eDuCATIonAL                         verbs	and	sentences	are	structured	and	interpreted.	
                                                      enVIronmenTs                                                   (CILLDI	 course:	 LING 111 Introduction to Linguistic
                                                      Pre-requisite: 440 145 – Information Technology Skills         Analysis for Indigenous Language Revitalization)
                                                      for Teachers
                                                      This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 equip	 students	 with	 the	
                                                      confidence	 and	 knowledge	 to	 effectively	 integrate	
                                                      information	 technology	 into	 the	 K-9	 classroom.	 The	
                                                      student	 will	 have	 opportunities	 to	 experiment	 with	
                                                      a	 wide	 variety	 of	 educational	 software	 and	 to	 use	
                                                      multi-media	 and	 telecommunications	 technology.	
                                                      Word	processing,	database	and	spreadsheet	software	
                                                      will	be	highlighted	for	teacher	and	student	use.	Both	
                                                      Mac	and	PC	platforms	will	be	explored.	Assessment,	
                                                      evaluation	 and	 reporting	 procedures	 will	 also	 be	
                                                      threaded	throughout	the	course	outline.	




84
eArlY                                                          The	Early	Childhood	Development	Program	curriculum	




                                                                                                                                eArlY CHildHood developMent
                                                               was	 adopted	 from	 Yukon	 College	 in	 2004	 after	 a	

CHildHood
                                                               successful	 four-year	 working	 relationship.	 Yukon	
                                                               College’s	program,	in	turn,	shares	a	similar	history	as	
                                                               both Aurora and Yukon College adopted standardized
developMent                                                    Early	 Childhood	 Development	 curriculum	 from	
                                                               Alberta	in	the	1980s.	Since	that	time,	the	program	has	
this program is delivered by distance and on a part-           developed	 and	 changed	 in	 order	 to	 meet	 the	 needs	
time basis, therefore it takes four or more years to           of	 Aurora	 College	 students	 and	 NWT	 communities.	
complete all the requirements.                                 It	is	recognized	throughout	Canada	as	a	quality	Early	
                                                               Childhood	Development	Program.
progrAM desCription
The	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	 Program	 is	               Students who successfully complete the program will
designed to train students to work with children from          receive	 an	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	 Certificate	
infancy	 to	 the	 age	 of	 six,	 with	 an	 emphasis	 placed	   and	 are	 eligible	 to	 work	 in	 daycare	 areas.	 The	 Early	
on	the	preschool	years.	It	offers	a	balance	between	           Childhood	 Development	 Program	 is	 delivered	 in	
classroom	discussion,	lectures,	practical	training	and	        partnership	with	Yukon	College.
many	 opportunities	 to	 develop	 teaching	 materials	
and	guidance	skills.                                           Working	 titles	 include	 daycare	 worker,	 childcare	
                                                               teacher,	 family	 daycare	 provider,	 nursery	 teacher,	
The	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	 Program	 will	             special	needs	worker,	kindergarten	assistant	or	aide,	
develop	the	skills,	knowledge	and	attitudes	necessary	         child	 life	 worker,	 early	 childhood	 worker,	 and	 more.	
to	 promote	 the	 well-being	 of	 children,	 families	 and	    The demand for trained early childhood teachers is
communities.	The	primary	focus	is	on	promoting	the	            great	and	is	connected	to	many	leadership	roles.
growth	 and	 development	 of	 healthy	 children.	 This	
program	also	trains	people	to	design,	deliver	and/or	          progrAM eligiBilitY
evaluate	 programs	 and	 services	 in	 the	 community.	        People	 entering	 the	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	
Principles	of	the	program	include:                             Program	 may	 come	 from	 a	 broad	 range	 of	 social	
                                                               development	 fields	 or	 be	 interested	 in	 child	
•	   Addressing	the	needs	of	children	pre-natal	to	six		       development	with	a	focus	on	healthy	children.	
	    years	of	age;
•	   Enhancing	child,	family	and	community			                  Applicants	will	be	admitted	into	the	program	based	on	
	    development;                                              the	following	criteria:
•	   Supporting	the	role	of	parents/guardians	by		             •	 Completion	of	an	Aurora	College	application		 	
	    being	family	centred;                                     	    form;
•	   Stressing	wellness	and	the	promotion	of	a		               •	 18	years	of	age	or	older;
	    healthy	lifestyle;                                        •	 Completion	of	Aurora	College	ABE	English	140		 	
•	   Following	a	holistic	approach	to	foster	a	healthy		       	    and	Math	130	or	NWT	High	School	English	23	or		 	
	    environment	for	children	and	families;                    	    20-2	and	Math	13	or	Math	Pure	or	Applied	10;
•	   Community-based	and	community-sponsored		                 •	 Two	letters	of	reference	to	demonstrate	initiative
	    early	childhood	development;                              	    and	attitude;	and
•	   Offering	an	introduction	to	the	services	available        •	 Knowledge	of	an	Aboriginal	language	is	an	asset.
	    in	the	community,	region	and	territory;
•	   Adhering	to	culturally	appropriate	traditions		           Before	students	enter	their	field	placements:
	    guided	by	Aboriginal	perspectives;                        •	 They	must	have	current	proof	of	any		 	          	
•	   Stressing	practical	application	of	classroom		            	   immunization	required	by	a	health	care			       	
	    theory;	and                                               	   professional	(as	per	the	GNWT’s	Child Day Care
•	   Developing	and	relying	on	community	support		                 Standards Regulations);	and
	    systems	for	the	student.                                  •	 A	criminal	record	check	is	required.	A	record	
                                                               	   of	certain	offences	may	prevent	candidates	from		
Students who successfully complete the Early                   	   completing	all	elements	of	the	program,	in		    	
Childhood	 Development	 Certificate	 can	 potentially	         	   particular,	securing	work	practicum	placements
find	 work	 as	 assistants	 in	 daycare	 centres,	 nursery	    	   (see	Aurora	College	Policy	C.21	Practicums/
schools,	 playgroups,	 or	 as	 operators	 of	 their	 own	          Internships).
daycare	 homes,	 or	 seek	 employment	 with	 Bands,	
Hamlets,	 Municipalities,	 Regional	 Health	 and	              If	a	student	has	completed	four	courses	on	a	part-time	
Social	 Services,	 health-related	 fields,	 Aboriginal	        basis	 in	 the	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	 Program	
organizations,	 community	 agencies	 or	 the	                  and	wishes	to	obtain	an	Early	Childhood	Development	
Government	of	the	Northwest	Territories.                       Certificate,	he	or	she	must	apply	for	admission	to	the	
                                                               program	and	meet	the	above	criteria.
                                                                                                                                                              85
                                   Mature	 students	 with	 relevant	 work/life	 experience	        progrAM oBJeCtives


     eArlY CHildHood developMent
                                   will	be	considered	on	an	individual	basis.	Those	who	           Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	 program	 the	
                                   are	20	years	or	older	and	have	been	out	of	school	for	          student	will	be	able	to:
                                   at	least	one	year	can	apply	as	mature	students.                 •	 Recognize	and	describe	normal	patterns	of		
                                                                                                   	   growth	and	development	in	infants,	toddlers,		
                                   Applicants who do not meet the academic entrance                	   preschoolers	and	young	school-age	children;
                                   requirements	may	be	admitted	into	the	program	on	a	             •	 Plan	safe	and	appropriate	living	and	playing		
                                   probationary	basis	and	must	meet	certain	academic	              	   environments	for	children	in	group	care;
                                   goals	 to	 continue	 their	 studies.	 They	 may	 also	 be	      •	 Set	up	and	maintain	a	secure,	healthy	home		
                                   required	to	take	supplementary	academic	upgrading	              	   daycare	environment	for	young	children;
                                   courses.	                                                       •	 Develop	and	practise	the	skills	necessary	for		
                                                                                                   	   the	operation	and	management	of	home	child		
                                   AppliCAnt AssessMent                                            	   care;
                                   Applicants with good Aboriginal language and English            •	 Understand	and	implement	GNWT	Legislation		
                                   language	skills	are	given	preference.	An	interview	with	        	   and	standards	for	family	home	care,	including		
                                   the	 Program	 Coordinator	 to	 explore	 the	 applicant’s	       	   First	Aid	and	CPR;	
                                   interest	 in	 working	 with	 children	 may	 be	 required.	      •	 Be	knowledgeable	of	basic	child	health	and		
                                   A	 general	 medical	 certificate	 of	 fitness	 is	 required.	   	   safety	practices	and	promote	them;
                                   A	 one-page	 written	 statement	 giving	 reasons	 for	          •	 Support	healthy	children	by	identifying,		
                                   wanting	 to	 study	 Early	 Childhood	 Development	              	   developing	and	designing	appropriate	programs		
                                   must	be	submitted.	Two	letters	of	recommendation,	              	   and	services;
                                   one from an educator and one from a member of                   •	 Recognize	that	traditional	knowledge,	language		
                                   the	 community	 attesting	 to	 the	 applicant’s	 honesty,	      	   and	values	are	important	for	the	growth	and		
                                   reliability	and	suitability,	are	required.                      	   development	of	healthy	children;
                                                                                                   •	 Understand	the	skills	for	working	with	families		
                                   Note:	 Anyone	 convicted	 of	 an	 offence	 for	 which	          	   and	building	strong	centre-home	ties;
                                   they	 have	 not	 been	 pardoned	 may	 be	 ineligible	 for	      •	 Be	knowledgeable	of	needs	identification	and		
                                   field	placements,	and	thus	may	not	be	able	to	fulfill	          	   intervention	techniques;
                                   completion	 and	 graduation	 requirements	 of	 the	             •	 Learn	about	the	various	agencies,	their	roles,		
                                   program.                                                        	   responsibilities	and	the	partnerships	which		
                                                                                                   	   exist	at	the	local,	regional,	territorial,	national		
                                   progrAM AdMission                                               	   and	international	levels;	and
                                   Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	           •	 Develop	appropriate	communication	skills		
                                   the	program’s	eligibility	requirements,	the	applicant’s	        	   (facilitation,	counselling,	report	and	letter		
                                   assessment	results,	and	whether	or	not	they	display	            	   writing)	and	use	problem-solving	strategies.
                                   a	 genuine	 interest	 in	 young	 children.	 The	 ability	
                                   to	 communicate	 effectively	 with	 other	 adults	 and	         CoMpletion requireMents
                                   children and the ability to work as part of a team is           For	Certificate	completion,	students	registered	in	the	
                                   also	seen	to	be	critically	important.                           program	 before	 September	 2005	 must	 successfully	
                                                                                                   complete	 the	 eight	 core	 courses;	 14	 additional	
                                   If	 you	 have	 already	 completed	 the	 first	 year,	 or	       credits;	 and	 First	 Aid	 and	 CPR-C.	 For	 Certificate	
                                   part	 of	 a	 first	 year,	 of	 an	 Early	 Childhood	 Program	   completion,	students	registering	in	the	program	from	
                                   elsewhere,	courses	may	have	transferability	into	this	          September	2005	forward	must	successfully	complete	
                                   program.	Your	school	transcript,	course	outlines,	and	          the	eight	core	courses	and	five	additional	courses,	for	
                                   an	interview	will	be	evaluated	for	advanced	standing.           a	credit	total	of	38,	and	First	Aid	and	CPR-C.	Overall,	
                                                                                                   the	 Certificate	 consists	 of	 13	 courses,	 including	 a	
                                   progrAM inforMAtion                                             communications	or	English	course	and	two	practicum	
                                   Starting	in	2005/2006,	it	may	be	possible	for	students	         placements.
                                   to transfer from the Aurora College Early Childhood
                                   Development	Program	to	the	Yukon	College	Program	               doCuMents of reCognition
                                   in	 some	 circumstances.	 For	 example,	 students	              Aurora	College	Certificate
                                   who	 complete	 the	 Certificate	 program	 with	 Aurora	
                                   College may be able to transfer into the Diploma                CurriCuluM
                                   program	 at	 Yukon	 College	 under	 certain	 conditions.	       Core Courses
                                   Please	 contact	 the	 Program	 Coordinator	 for	 more	          016-110	 HEALTH,	SAFETY	&	NUTRITION
                                   information.                                                             (FORMERLY 016-101)
                                                                                                   016-111	 CHILD	GROWTH	AND	DEVELOPMENT	I
                                                                                                            (FORMERLY 016-100 INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                            TO CHILD DEvELOPMENT AND
                                                                                                            LEARNING)
86
016-112	    INTRODUCTION	TO	EARLY	CHILDHOOD                  016-111 CHILD GroWTH AnD DeVeLoPmenT I




                                                                                                                             eArlY CHildHood developMent
            (FORMERLY 016-103 BASIC                          Formerly 016-100 Introduction to Child Development
            EARLY CHILDHOOD METHODS)                         and Learning
                                                             60-hour course / 4 credits
016-113	    FIELD	PLACEMENT	I                                In	 conjunction	 with	 016-121 Human Growth &
            (FORMERLY 016-107 PRACTICUM I)                   Development II,	this	course	provides	the	student	with	
016-114	    INTEGRATION	SEMINAR	I                            a	basic	understanding	of	child	development	relevant	
            (FORMERLY 016-106 SEMINAR I)                     to	him/her	facilitating	the	growth	and	development	of	
016-115	    UNDERSTANDING	SELF-ESTEEM                        young	children.		Emphasis	is	placed	on	the	uniqueness	
            (FORMERLY 016-104 INTERPERSONAL                  of	individuals.
            COMMUNICATION AND LIFE SKILLS)
016-121	    HUMAN	GROWTH	AND	DEVELOPMENT	II                  016-112 InTroDuCTIon To eArLY CHILDHooD
            (FORMERLY 016-150 CHILD                          Formerly 016-103 Basic Early Childhood Methods
            DEvELOPMENT II)                                  60-hour course / 4 credits
016-122	    LEARNING	THROUGH	PLAY                            This	60	hour	course	provides	a	beginning	for	students	
            (FORMERLY 016-303 PROGRAMS AND                   who seek to understand the goals and philosophy
            PRACTICES RELATED TO CHILDREN)                   for	 an	 individualized,	 play-oriented,	 child-centred	
                                                             program	for	young	children.	Students	will	examine	the	
ADDITIonAL Courses                                           role	of	an	adult	in	facilitating	a	quality,	early	childhood	
016-108	 SPECIAL	TOPICS                                      program.
         (FORMERLY 016-XXX)
016-123	 FIELD	PLACEMENT	II                                  The	 art	 experiences	 will	 provide	 students	 with	 the	
         (FORMERLY 016-157 PRACTICUM II)                     opportunity to explore and experiment with a wide
016-124	 INTEGRATION	SEMINAR	II                              variety	 of	 materials	 being	 used	 in	 early	 childhood	
         (FORMERLY 016-156 SEMINAR II)                       programs.	By	using	these	materials,	students	will	gain	
016-125	 BUILDING	SELF-ESTEEM                                skills that will enable them to design and implement
         (FORMERLY 016-300 WELLNESS AND                      creative	experiences	for	young	children.
         HEALING)
016-116	 EARLY	CHILDHOOD	COMMUNICATION		                     The art experiences workshop will be presented to
	        SKILLS                                              your	instructor	by	video-tape.	It	is	expected	that	each	
	        FIRST	AID	AND	CPR-C                                 community will choose a topic and work as a group to
                                                             meet	the	assignment	outcomes.	Communities	with	6	
Course desCriptions                                          or	 more	 participants	 will	 be	 expected	 to	 divide	 into	
016-110 HeALTH, sAFeTY & nuTrITIon                           groups	with	3	–	5	students	per	group.	Instructions	and	
Formerly 016-101                                             procedures	 for	 implementing	 these	 experiences	 will	
30-hour course / 2 credits                                   be	discussed	and	clarified	in	class.
This	30	hour	course	will	focus	on	exploring	the	unique	
health,	 safety	 and	 nutritional	 needs	 of	 children.	     016-113 FIeLD PLACemenT I
Emphasis	will	be	placed	on	the	integral	role	caregivers	     Formerly 016-107 Practicum I
play,	 in	 collaboration	 with	 parents,	 in	 maintaining	   240-hour placement / 4 credits
and	 improving	 children’s	 overall	 health	 status.	 The	   Prerequisites/Co-requisites: 016-111, 016-112, and
health	 and	 safety	 component	 highlights	 developing	      016-114
an understanding of current concepts of health and           This	course	will	provide	students	with	an	introduction	
wellness,	 promoting	 health	 in	 children	 and	 their	      to	the	practical	field	of	Early	Childhood	Development	
caregivers,	 creating	 and	 managing	 safe	 and	 healthy	    and	the	opportunity	to	observe	children	in	a	variety	of	
environments,	 and	 managing	 illness	 in	 children.	        settings.		For	each	of	the	classes,	students	will	observe	
The	 nutrition	 component	 stresses	 the	 development	       children	in	a	variety	of	settings.
of	 good	 nutritional	 practices	 by	 identifying	 the	
characteristics	of	a	nutritious	diet,	reviewing	safe	food	   The	students	will	complete	the	practicum	by	working	
handling	 practices	 and	 preparation,	 and	 planning	       with	children	in	one	setting.		In	conjunction	with	the	
nutritious	 meals	 and	 snacks	 for	 children.	 Also	        Integration	Seminar,	students	will	have	the	opportunity	
included	will	be	an	exploration	of	the	importance	of	        to	discuss	and	integrate	these	observations	in	relation	
including	developmentally	appropriate	health,	safety	        to	theoretical	concepts	obtained	from	the	pre-requisite	
and	nutrition	experiences	in	your	childcare	program.         courses,	016-112 Introduction to Early Childhood and
                                                             016-111 Child Growth and Development I.		This	course	
                                                             will also help begin to prepare the student for the
                                                             profession.




                                                                                                                                                           87
                                   016-114 InTeGrATIon semInAr I                                   course	 completion.	 These	 modules	 provide	 short,	


     eArlY CHildHood developMent
                                   Formerly 016-106 Seminar I                                      intense,	 professional	 development	 training	 in	 several	
                                   15-hour course / 1 credit                                       topics	(e.g.	Exceptional	Children,	Inclusive	Care,	FASD,	
                                   Prerequisite(s): 016-111 and 016-112 ; Co-requisite:            Stress	Management,	Planning	a	Child’s	Day).	Sessions	
                                   016-113                                                         are	 typically	 delivered	 in	 workshop	 format	 by	 the	
                                   The	15	hour	Integration	Seminar	provides	a	bi-weekly	           Department	of	Education,	Culture	and	Employment	
                                   session with the student’s College Field Coordinator            and	 a	 variety	 of	 education	 related	 organizations,	 in	
                                   and	 other	 students	 to	 discuss	 field	 placement	            2-3-day	 modules,	 and	 further	 integrate	 class	 work	
                                   experiences and further integrate class work with               with	field	experiences.
                                   the	 field	 experience.	 	 The	 seminar	 will	 provide	
                                   opportunities	to	discuss	issues	and	explore	topics	in	          016-116 eArLY CHILDHooD CommunICATIon
                                   Early	Childhood	Development	that	are	not	specifically	          sKILLs
                                   dealt	 with	 in	 the	 classroom.	 	 The	 seminar	 will	 also	   45-hour course/ 3 credits
                                   focus	 on	 developmentally	 appropriate	 practices	 in	         This	 course	 examines	 the	 theory	 and	 practice	 of	
                                   Early	Childhood	Programs.                                       communications	in	an	Early	Childhood	Development	
                                                                                                   context	 with	 emphasis	 on	 both	 oral	 and	 written	
                                   016-115 unDersTAnDInG seLF-esTeem                               communications.	The	classes	and	assignments	focus	
                                   Formerly 016-104 Interpersonal Communication and                on	the	development	of	effective	communication	skills	
                                   Life Skills                                                     that	 are	 necessary	 for	 professional	 communication	
                                   30-hour course / 2 credits                                      by	 Early	 Childhood	 educators.	 Examples	 of	
                                   This	30	hour	course	is	designed	to	foster	a	theoretical	        communication	 may	 include	 communication	 with	
                                   and	 experiential	 understanding	 of	 self-esteem.	             parents,	 community,	 stakeholders,	 partners,	 and	
                                   Aspects	 of	 interpersonal	 communication	 as	 they	            boards.
                                   relate	 to	 self-esteem	 will	 be	 introduced.	 Students	
                                   will	 explore	their	own	self-awareness,	and	the	child	          016-123 FIeLD PLACemenT II
                                   development	worker’s	role	in	fostering	self-esteem	in	          Formerly 016-157 Practicum II
                                   children	and	adults.                                            240-hour placement / 4 credits
                                                                                                   Prerequisites: 016-114 and 016-113; Co-requisite:
                                   016-121 HumAn GroWTH AnD DeVeLoPmenT II                         016-122 and 016-124
                                   Formerly 016-150 Child Development II                           Students	 are	 placed	 in	 cooperating	 community	
                                   45-hour course / 3 credits                                      agencies	 in	 a	 variety	 of	 early	 childhood	 settings	
                                   Prerequisite:	016-111                                           such	 as	 child	 care	 centres,	 family	 day	 homes,	
                                   In	 conjunction	 with	 016-111 Child Growth and                 kindergartens,	hospital	paediatric	wards,	parent	day-
                                   Development I,	this	course	provides	the	student	with	                                                                   	
                                                                                                   out	 centres,	 and	 centres	 for	 exceptional	 children.	
                                   a	basic	understanding	of	child	development	relevant	            Under	 supervision	 of	 trained	 and	 experienced	
                                   to	him/her	facilitating	the	growth	and	development	             personnel,	students	have	an	opportunity	to	integrate	
                                   of	school	age	children	through	adolescence.	                    theory	and	practice	in	the	development	of	skills	for	
                                                                                                   working	with	young	children	and	their	families.		The	
                                   016-122 LeArnInG THrouGH PLAY                                   students	progress	through	a	developmental	sequence	
                                   Formerly 016-303 Programs and Practices Related to              of	 experiences	 throughout	 the	 term.	 	 Students	 are	
                                   Children                                                        also	encouraged	to	evaluate	themselves	in	terms	of	
                                   60-hour course / 4 credits                                      strengths	and	weaknesses.		Students	are	encouraged	
                                   Prerequisites: 016-111 and 016-112 or permission of             to complete 016-122 Learning Through Play prior to
                                   the instructor                                                  commencing Field Placement II.	They	may,	however,	
                                   In	 this	 course,	 students	 explore	 the	 nature	 and	         take	it	concurrently	with	their	placement.
                                   development	of	play	in	the	lives	of	children.	Students	
                                   learn how to organize and to prepare meaningful                 016-124 InTeGrATIon semInAr II
                                   play	experiences	to	enhance	the	growth	of	individual	           Formerly 016-156 Seminar II
                                   children	and	are	exposed	to	a	diversity	of	play	activities	     15-hour course / 1 credit
                                   suitable	for	children.	Attention	is	also	directed	toward	       Prerequisites: 016-114 and 016-113; Co-requisite:
                                   appropriate	 equipment	 and	 materials,	 and	 the	              016-123
                                   organization	 and	 utilization	 of	 indoor	 and	 outdoor	       The	15	hour	Integration	Seminar	provides	a	bi-weekly	
                                   space	and	time	to	foster	play.                                  session with the student’s College Field Coordinator
                                                                                                   and	 other	 students	 to	 discuss	 field	 placement	
                                   016-108 sPeCIAL ToPICs                                          experiences and further integrate class work with
                                   Formerly 016-XXX
                                   60-hour course / 4 credits
                                   This	 course	 is	 offered	 in	 workshop	 modules,	 and	
                                   successful	 completion	 of	 four	 modules	 will	 mean	

88
the	 field	 experience.	 	 The	 Seminar	 will	 provide	




                                                                eArlY CHildHood developMent
opportunities	to	discuss	issues	and	explore	topics	in	
Early	Childhood	Development	that	are	not	specifically	
dealt	 with	 in	 the	 classroom.	 	 The	 Seminar	 will	 also	
focus	 on	 developmentally	 appropriate	 practices	 in	
Early	Childhood	Programs.

016-125 BuILDInG seLF-esTeem
Formerly 016-300 Wellness and Healing
30-hour course / 2 credits
Pre-requisite: 016-115
This course will focus upon the processes and skills
that	 enhance	 or	 build	 self-esteem.	 	 In	 particular,	
the class sessions and homework assignments will
provide	 opportunities	 to	 foster	 development	 of	
healthy	self-esteem.		Opportunities	will	be	provided	
for the student to work on enhancing personal
awareness,	 and	 students	 will	 be	 encouraged	 to	
contribute	to	a	class	environment	conducive	to	risk-
taking	 and	 personal	 growth.	 	 This	 course	 is	 psycho-
educational	 in	 nature.	 	 It	 focuses	 on	 the	 skills	 of	
creating	 self-esteem,	 wellness	 and	 healing,	 rather	
than	the	resolution	of	personal	issues.

note: For Certificate completion, students
registered in the program before September 2005
must successfully complete the eight core courses;
14 additional credits; and First Aid and CPR-C.
For Certificate completion, students registering in
the program from September 2005 forward must
successfully complete the eight core courses and five
additional courses, for a credit total of 38, and First
Aid and CPR-C.

For	more	information	of	Early	Childhood	Development	
courses	at	Aurora	College	please	contact:
Early	Childhood	Development	Coordinator
c/o	Teacher	Education
Aurora	College,	Thebacha	Campus
Box	600,	Fort	Smith,	NT	X0E-0P0
Phone:	867-872-7592	or	867-872-7525
Fax:	867-872-3175	




                                                                                              89
                                      CertifiCAte                                                    CoMpletion requireMents


     CertifiCAte in Adult eduCAtion
                                                                                                     Participants	 must	 successfully	      complete	    all	

                                      in Adult                                                       components	of	the	program.


                                      eduCAtion                                                      doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                                                     Aurora	College	Certificate	

                                      progrAM desCription                                            CurriCuluM
                                      The	Aurora	College	Certificate	in	Adult	Education	is	a	        reQuIreD 6 Core Courses
                                      program	designed	to	provide	learning	opportunities	            018-101	   ELEMENTS	OF	INSTRUCTION	I	
                                      that	will	support	people	with	an	interest	in	the	field	of	     018-105	   PRACTICUM	
                                      Northern	Adult	Education.	The	program	is	multi-level,	         018-106	   ADULT	LEARNING	THEORY	
                                      cross-cultural,	and	self-directed.	It	serves	to	provide	       018-107	   COURSE	PLANNING	
                                      skills	and	knowledge	to	a	broad	range	of	participants,	        018-108	   ADULT	TEACHING	THEORY	
                                      including	college	instructors,	those	preparing	to	enter	       018-109	   PROGRAM	PLANNING	                           	
                                      the	 field	 of	 Adult	 Education,	 Community	 Educators,	
                                      Program	 and	 Curriculum	 Planners,	 Administrators,	          eLeCTIVes (CHoose 4)
                                      Training	 Officers,	 Human	 Resource	 Planners,	 and	          018-102	    ELEMENTS	OF	INSTRUCTION	II	      	
                                      Social	&	Health	Care	providers.                                018-110	    SPECIAL	PROJECT	
                                                                                                     018-114	    TEACHING	ADULT	BASIC	EDUCATION		 	
                                      The program consists of nine three-credit courses and          	           ENGLISH	           	
                                      a	 three-credit	 practicum.	 The	 courses	 are	 delivered	     018-116	    COMMUNITY-BASED	ADULT		          	
                                      in	 a	 variety	 of	 ways	 and	 in	 many	 locations	 in	 the	   	           EDUCATION	
                                      Northwest	Territories.                                         018-119	    TEACHING	AND	LEARNING	AT	A		     	
                                                                                                     	           DISTANCE	          	
                                      progrAM AdMission                                              018-120	    FACILITATING	PERSONAL		          	
                                      Admission	 is	 based	 on	 seat	 availability	 and	 the	        	           MANAGEMENT	        	
                                      following	criteria:                                            018-121	    TUTORING	LITERACY	AND	NUMERACY	
                                      •	 A	high	school	diploma	including	credit	for		                018-122	    TEACHING	ADULT	BASIC	EDUCATION		 	
                                      	    English	33	or	completion	of	the	Aurora	College		                      MATH
                                      	    placement	test	at	the	English	150	level.                  018-130	    TRANSFER	ELECTIVE	 	
                                      •	 A	one-page	letter	of	interest	and	two	letters	of		          018-131	    TRANSFER	ELECTIVE	 	
                                      	    reference.                                                018-132	    TRANSFER	ELECTIVE	 	
                                      •	 A	strong	interest	in	working	in	the	field	of	Adult		        018-133	    TRANSFER	ELECTIVE	 	
                                      	    Education.
                                                                                                     The following courses are no longer delivered,
                                      progrAM oBJeCtives                                             but may be credited as electives in this program.
                                      •	   To	provide	opportunities	for	individuals		
                                      	    currently	involved	in	the	field	of	Adult	Education		      095-110	      ESSENTIALS	OF	CAREER		                   	
                                           in the North to increase their knowledge and              	             DEVELOPMENT	
                                      	    skills.                                                   095-120	      CAREER	DEVELOPMENT	TOOLS	AND		           	
                                      •	   To	provide	an	introduction	to	the	skills	and		            	             RESOURCES	
                                           knowledge needed for those wishing to begin               095-130	      INTENTIONAL		     	                      	
                                      	    work	as	Northern	Adult	Educators.                         	             INTERVIEWING	SKILLS	IN
                                      •	   To	provide	an	opportunity	for	participants	to		           	             CAREER	DEVELOPMENT	
                                      	    obtain	formal	post-secondary	credentials	in		             095-140	      GROUP	FACILITATION	
                                      	    Adult	Education.                                          095-150	      CAREER	COUNSELLING	STRATEGIES	
                                      •	   To	provide	an	opportunity	to	participate	in               095-160	      LABOUR	MARKET/WORK		                     	
                                      	    a	Northern	Adult	Education	environment	with	              	             DYNAMIC	INFORMATION	
                                      	    colleagues,	mentors,	and	supervisors	in	the	areas         095-170	      LINKING	CAREER	&	COMMUNITY		             	
                                      	    of	instructional	design	and	delivery,	curriculum          	             DEVELOPMENT	
                                      	    development,	program	administration	and	group	
                                      	    facilitation.                                             Course desCriptions
                                      •	   To	provide	opportunities	for	professional	                018-101 eLemenTs oF InsTruCTIon
                                      	    development	in	educational	technologies	and		             This	 course	 introduces	 several	 approaches	 to	
                                      	    delivery	formats	developed	specifically	for               teaching	 Northern	 adults	 using	 multi-level	 and	
                                      	    Northern	Adult	learners.                                  cross-cultural	 principles.	 Topics	 include	 planning	
                                                                                                     what	to	teach,	planning	how	to	teach	and	planning	
                                                                                                     how	 to	 determine	 what	 was	 learned.	 The	 course	
90
emphasizes the skill of working with learners as               018-107 Course PLAnnInG




                                                                                                                                 CertifiCAte in Adult eduCAtion
partners	in	instructional	delivery	by	respecting	their	        This	course	is	about	how	to	plan	courses,	particularly	
interests,	 and	 it	 will	 include	 practice	 with	 a	 wide	   for	 adults.	 It	 is	 concerned	 with	 designing	 learning	
variety	of	teaching	methods	and	aids.	The	role	of	the	         systematically	 by	 considering	 learners,	 content,	
educator as a facilitator is combined with the idea            intended	 learning	 outcomes,	 learning	 tasks,	
of	 the	 instructor	 as	 an	 expert.	 An	 introduction	 to	    instructional	 strategies	 and	 foci,	 and	 evaluation.	
professional	ethics	is	also	an	element	of	this	course.         Course	 Planning	 will	 be	 useful	 for	 people	 who	 want	
                                                               to plan workshops as well as for those who want to
018-102 eLemenTs oF InsTruCTIon II                             plan	full	educational	courses.	It	will	teach	the	theory	
This	 course	 continues	 the	 study	 of	 adult	 instruction	   behind	planning	and	a	method	of	doing	that	planning.	
by	 providing	 an	 opportunity	 to	 explore	 how	 people	      Participants	will	plan	a	course	as	they	take	the	course	
can	 work	 together	 and	 learn	 in	 multi-level	 groups.	     thereby immediately applying the theory to a useful
Topics	 include:		expanding	 on	methods	and	aids	for	          and	practical	project.
instruction,	 group	 dynamics,	 apprenticeship	 groups,	
creating	 a	 learning	 community,	 communication	              018-108 ADuLT TeACHInG THeorY
ethics,	supporting	adult	learners	and	practicing	group	        This	course	provides	participants	with	the	opportunity	
facilitation.	Practice	in	teaching	and	leadership	will	be	     to	identify	and	examine	the	personal	 beliefs,	values,	
provided	through	small	group	experience.                       preferences,	 and	 character	 traits	 that	 define	 them	
                                                               as	 individuals	 and	 distinguish	 them	 as	 educators.	
018-105 PrACTICum                                              Self-understanding	 serves	 as	 a	 foundation	 for	 the	
The	practicum	requires	that	the	participant	organize	          development	 of	 a	 personal	 philosophy	 of	 adult	
a	 supervised	 professional	 activity	 in	 the	 field	 of	     education	to	be	used	as	a	guide	to	ethical	and	sound	
adult	 education.	 Participants	 will	 submit	 a	 proposal	    decision-making	 in	 practice.	 Learners	 examine	
to	 the	 program	 chair.	 The	 proposal	 will	 identify	       and	 analyze	 traditional	 and	 recent	 frameworks	 of	
the	 skills	 to	 be	 developed	 and	 evaluated.	 Within	       philosophies	 of	 adult	 education	 to	 facilitate	 their	
program	 guidelines,	 the	 participant	 will	 select	 a	       thinking	about	their	own	beliefs	and	values	and	to	help	
supervisor	 and	 will	 schedule	 a	 45-hour	 practicum	        them	articulate	their	personal	philosophical	positions.	
that	includes	observation,	co-teaching,	solo	teaching	         Descriptions	 of	 the	 main	 elements	 of	 teaching	 and	
and	 evaluation	 sessions.	 At	 the	 conclusion	 of	 the	      learning	transactions	are	explored	as	learners	identify	
practicum,	 the	 participant	 will	 submit	 a	 portfolio	      personal	 attitudes	 towards	 the	 elements	 in	 their	
documenting	 his	 or	 her	 learning	 experience.	 In	 the	     own	practices	and	consider	the	roles	those	elements	
portfolio	should	be	the	approved	proposal;	a	schedule	         play	and	the	impact	they	have	on	their	teaching	and	
of	activities	carried	out;	progress	reports	on	growth	         learning	 experiences.	 Learners	 also	 identify	 their	
in	 meeting	 objectives;	 formative	 and	 summative	           personal teaching style by examining models of
evaluation	 by	 learners,	 self	 and	 supervisor;	 and	 a	     teaching	 styles	 and	 perspectives	 in	 adult	 education	
reflective	 paper	 on	 the	 content	 and	 process	 of	 the	    literature	and	by	completing	assessment	instruments.	
practicum	 experience.	 Those	 wishing	 to	 challenge	         Based	 on	 their	 new	 understandings	 of	 themselves	
the	 practicum	 requirement	 may	 submit,	 to	 the	            and	 their	 work,	 learners	 then	 investigate	 and	 assess	
program	 chair,	 a	 portfolio	 containing	 a	 resume,	 a	      teaching strategies and methods recommended
recent	performance	evaluation,	letters	of	reference,	          for	 specific	 purposes	 and	 needs	 in	 the	 field	 of	 adult	
and	a	narrative	report	of	adult	education	experience	          education.
and	the	impact	of	the	Certificate	in	Adult	Education	
program	on	their	practice.                                     018-109 ProGrAm PLAnnInG
                                                               This	 course	 provides	 learners	 with	 the	 essential	
018-106 ADuLT LeArnInG THeorY                                  theoretical	 and	 practical	 elements	 to	 plan	 and	
This	 course	 surveys	 models	 of	 adult	 learning,	           develop	 programs.	 The	 course	 focuses	 on	 program	
growth,	 and	 development.	 Topics	 will	 include	 the	        development	in	a	northern	environment.	Elements	of	
characteristics	 and	 individual	 differences	 among	          the	course	include	an	orientation	to	program	planning,	
adult	 learners,	 the	 influence	 of	 context	 in	 adult	      program	 planning	 models,	 needs	 assessment,	
education,	adult	development	and	learning	theories,	           development	 of	 a	 program	 rationale,	 working	 with	
and	orientations	to	learning.	Participants	will	examine	       advisory	 committees,	 partnerships	 in	 program	
ideas	 in	 relation	 to	 their	 own	 experiences	 as	 adult	   planning,	 and	 program	 evaluation.	 The	 course	 also	
learners	in	order	to	come	to	a	better	understanding	           focuses	on	the	development	of	a	program	proposal.
of	the	learning	processes	in	adulthood	and	to	clarify,	
and	perhaps	change,	their	own	beliefs	about	learning	          018-110 sPeCIAL ProJeCT
in	adulthood.                                                  This	 self-directed	 learning	 activity	 requires	 the	
                                                               investigation	of	an	aspect	of	adult	education,	relevant	
                                                               to	Northern	practice,	in	which	the	participant	applies	
                                                               principles	 of	 adult	 learning	 and	 teaching	 theory.	
                                                               Usually,	 the	 project	 is	 work-related;	 however,	 it	 may	
                                                                                                                                                                  91
                                      be the study of an area of special interest to the                will conduct audio and computer conferencing


     CertifiCAte in Adult eduCAtion
                                      participant	separate	from	work	duties.	The	participant	           sessions	 at	 several	 distance-learning	 sites,	 as	 well	 as	
                                      submits	 a	 proposal	 to	 the	 program	 manager,	 or	             construct	 an	 online	 course	 module.	 The	 course	 uses	
                                      designate,	 outlining	 a	 work	 plan,	 personal	 learning	        WebCT	as	the	primary	delivery	medium.
                                      goals	 and	 an	 evaluation	 process.	 At	 the	 conclusion	
                                      of	 the	 project,	 the	 participant	 submits	 a	 copy	 of	        018-120 FACILITATInG PersonAL mAnAGemenT
                                      the	approved	proposal;	a	final	report	on	the	project	             This	 course	 gives	 adult	 educators	 a	 framework	
                                      background,	purpose,	execution	and	findings;	and	a	               and	 skills	 to	 assist	 them	 to	 deal	 with	 difficulties	 or	
                                      copy	of	the	project.                                              situations	 that	 students	 present.	 From	 the	 listening	
                                      Those	who	wish	to	apply	for	credit	for	Special	Project	           model,	 you	 will	 be	 able	 to	 generate	 effective	
                                      for	work	already	completed	may	do	so	by	submitting	               responses,	 have	 enhanced	 communication	 skills	 and	
                                      a	 portfolio	 containing	 a	 report	 on	 the	 project	            understand personal boundaries with respect to
                                      background,	purpose,	execution	and	findings;	a	copy	              counselling,	 helping	 and	 advising.	 Basic	 counselling	
                                      of	 the	 final	 product	 of	 the	 project;	 and	 a	 letter	 of	   and	helping	skills	will	be	addressed.	As	well,	you	will	
                                      confirmation	from	the	project	sponsor.                            assess	 your	 strengths	 and	 limitations	 as	 a	 helper.	
                                                                                                        These	skills	can	then	be	applied	to	manage	individual	
                                      018-114 TeACHInG ADuLT BAsIC eDuCATIon                            difficulties	 with	 learners	 and	 to	 handle	 problems	 as	
                                      enGLIsH                                                           they	occur.	You	will	be	able	to	recognize	the	need	for	
                                      This course prepares educators to teach Adult Basic               advanced	 counselling	 and	 the	 need	 for	 referral.	 You	
                                      Education	(ABE)	English	in	the	North.	It	examines	the	            will	understand	the	influences	of	culture	and	cultural	
                                      implications	of	first	and	second	language	acquisition	            differences	to	learning	and	helping.
                                      theory for both learners and educators in Northern
                                      Adult	Basic	Education	English	classes.	The	implications	          018-121 TuTorInG LITerACY AnD numerACY
                                      of	the	principles	of	adult	education	and	of	language	             This	 course	 is	 intended	 for	 practitioners	 who	 want	
                                      teaching and learning theory are also examined in the             to	 broaden,	 deepen,	 and	 affirm	 their	 understanding	
                                      context	 of	 the	 multicultural/multilevel	 ABE	 classes	         of	 adult	 literacy	 and	 numeracy	 theory	 and	 practice.	
                                      of	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	 in	 order	 to	 provide	          Literacy	 will	 be	 presented	 as	 a	 social	 practice,	 a	
                                      a basis for sound decision making about course                    theory	 that	 acknowledges	 the	 different	 domains	 of	
                                      content,	organization,	materials,	methodologies	and	              life.	Participants	will	learn	about	the	role	of	literacy	in	
                                      assessment.	An	integrated,	experiential	approach	to	              participants’	 lives,	 in	 relation	 to	 their	 families,	 social	
                                      teaching	and	learning	will	be	stressed	as	participants	           networks,	and	jobs.	Participants	will	learn	and	reflect	
                                      explore	and	practice	strategies	to	help	their	learners	           upon	the	different	approaches	to	literacy	instruction,	
                                      improve	 skills	 in	 reading,	 writing,	 listening	 and	          reading,	and	assessment.	The	course’s	primary	focus	
                                      speaking.                                                         will	be	on	responding	to	the	individual	and	collective	
                                                                                                        needs	of	students,	through	effective	assessment	and	
                                      018-116 CommunITY-BAseD ADuLT eDuCATIon                           instructional	practices.
                                      This course explores the northern community as a
                                      foundation	 for	 the	 successful	 planning	 and	 delivery	        018-122 TeACHInG ADuLT BAsIC eDuCATIon
                                      of	adult	education.	Models	of	what	communities	are	               mATH
                                      and	can	become,	as	well	as	community	building	that	               Teaching	Adult	Basic	Education	Math	is	a	course	that	
                                      can	lead	to	community	ownership	of	Adult	Education	               prepares	 educators	 to	 teach	 Adult	 Basic	 Education	
                                      Programming	 are	 introduced	 through	 practical	                 (ABE)	 Math	 in	 the	 North.	 	 The	 course	 combines	
                                      fieldwork.	 Topics	 include:	 gaining	 access	 to	 northern	      theory	and	practice	about	teaching	and	learning	adult	
                                      communities,	 using	 community	 history,	 self-care	              numeracy	 in	 a	 context	 of	 doing	 and	 investigating	
                                      for	 adult	 educators,	 the	 role	 of	 an	 Adult	 Educator,	      mathematics,	while	developing	a	critical	appreciation	
                                      managing	 a	 learning	 centre,	 supporting	 community	            of	 the	 place	 of	 mathematics	 in	 society.	 Participants	
                                      development,	negotiating	partnerships,	and	evaluating	            will be able to respond to the numeracy needs of their
                                      community	progress.                                               students	 with	 a	 variety	 of	 approaches	 to	 teaching	
                                                                                                        and	 with	 and	 a	 range	 of	 appropriate	 mathematical	
                                      018-119 TeACHInG AnD LeArnInG AT A                                resources	and	knowledge.
                                      DIsTAnCe
                                      This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 theory	 and	         018-130 TrAnsFer eLeCTIVe
                                      practice	 of	 distance	 education	 for	 adult	 educators	 in	     This	 elective	 allows	 students	 to	 bring	 courses	 from	
                                      the	North.	It	focuses	on	preparing	teachers	to	facilitate	        another	 accredited	 institution	 into	 the	 Certificate	
                                      distance learning based on their prior knowledge of               in	 Adult	 Education	 Program.	 Any	 course	 considered	
                                      adult	learning,	communication	theory,	and	technology.	      	     must	have	prior	approval	from	the	Program	Manager,	
                                      Students will explore the use of appropriate technology           be	applicable	to	the	field	of	Adult	Education	and,	not	
                                      and	 instructional	 design	 in	 distance	 education.	 In	         have	 the	 same	 content	 as	 the	 Aurora	 College	 CAEd	
                                      addition,	participants	will	investigate	ways	to	establish	        core	courses.	Four	transfer	electives	are	permitted.
                                      a	community	of	learning	in	an	online	course.	Students	
92
018-131 TrAnsFer eLeCTIVe                                      process	designed	to	identify	intended	client	outcomes	




                                                                                                                               CertifiCAte in Adult eduCAtion
This	 elective	 allows	 students	 to	 bring	 courses	 from	    and	facilitate	client	change.	Ethical	considerations	are	
other	 accredited	 institutions	 into	 the	 Certificate	 in	   also	introduced.	Throughout	the	course	students	are	
Adult	 Education	 Program.	 Any	 course	 considered	           given	opportunities	to	reflect	on	their	value	and	belief	
must	have	prior	approval	from	the	Program	Manager,	            systems	and	the	potential	impact	these	may	have	on	
be	applicable	to	the	field	of	Adult	Education	and,	not	        the	 client’s	 change	 process.	 All	 skills	 are	 presented	
have	 the	 same	 content	 as	 the	 Aurora	 College	 CAEd	      within	the	context	of	Career	Development.	The	course	
core	courses.	Four	transfer	electives	are	permitted.           has	a	practical	orientation	and	students	are	given	the	
                                                               opportunity	to	practice	and	critique	their	skill	usage.
018-132 TrAnsFer eLeCTIVe
This	 elective	 allows	 students	 to	 bring	 courses	 from	    095-140 GrouP FACILITATIon
other	 accredited	 institutions	 into	 the	 Certificate	 in	   Career	 Development	 practice	 within	 a	 group	 setting	
Adult	 Education	 Program.	 Any	 course	 considered	           is	 becoming	 increasingly	 common.	 In	 this	 course,	
must	 have	 prior	 approval	 of	 the	 Program	 Manager,	       students	 are	 introduced	 to	 major	 theories	 and	
be	applicable	to	the	field	of	Adult	Education	and,	not	        principles	 of	 group	 work	 practice	 and	 development,	
have	 the	 same	 content	 as	 the	 Aurora	 College	 CAEd	      including	group	dynamics.	They	also	learn	and	practice	
core	courses.	Four	transfer	electives	are	permitted.           communication	 skills	 necessary	 for	 effective	 group	
                                                               facilitation.	 The	 course	 includes	 a	 program	 design	
018-133 TrAnsFer eLeCTIVe                                      and	 delivery	 component	 that	 provides	 students	 an	
This	 elective	 allows	 students	 to	 bring	 courses	 from	    opportunity	to	apply	their	group	facilitation	skills.
other	 accredited	 institutions	 into	 the	 Certificate	 in	
Adult	 Education	 Program.	 Any	 course	 considered	
must	have	prior	approval	from	the	Program	Manager,	            095-150 CAreer CounseLLInG sTrATeGIes
be	applicable	to	the	field	of	Adult	Education	and,	not	        Pre-requisite:	 095-130	 Intentional	 Interviewing	 in	
have	 the	 same	 content	 as	 the	 Aurora	 College	 CAEd	      Career	Development	Practice
core	courses.	Four	transfer	electives	are	permitted.           Using	 a	 five-step	 model	 of	 career	 counselling,	 the	
                                                               processes and outcomes of career planning will
the following courses are no longer delivered, but             be	 systematically	 introduced	 in	 this	 course.	 This	
may be credited as electives in this program.                  model	 can	 be	 applied	 to	 both	 individual	 and	 group	
                                                               counselling	 as	 well	 as	 a	 number	 of	 client	 groups.	
095-110 essenTIALs oF CAreer DeVeLoPmenT                       Career counselling strategies incorporate many other
In	this	course	students	survey	a	variety	of	theoretical	       practitioner	 competencies,	 such	 as	 communication	
views,	models	and	practices	related	to	career	choice	          techniques,	 career	 development	 resources,	 and	
and	 development.	 Students	 are	 encouraged	 to	              essentials	 of	 career	 development.	 This	 model	
critique	 career	 development	 essentials	 according	          therefore	integrates	and	applies	information	learned	
to	 philosophical	 assumptions	 and	 relevance	 to	 a	         in	the	other	core	courses.
northern	 context.	 Students	 are	 also	 encouraged	
to	 reflect	 on	 their	 personal	 meaning	 of	 the	 career	
development	process.

095-120 CAreer DeVeLoPmenT TooLs AnD
resourCes
Career	Development	resources	provide	practitioners	
a	way	to	bridge	their	clients	to	the	world	of	work.	In	
this course students examine a number of resources
used	 by	 Career	 Development	 Practitioners	 that	
encompass	 a	 variety	 of	 media	 (e.g.,	 print,	 audio,	
audio-visual,	 computer-based);	 address	 a	 variety	 of	
functions	 (e.g.,	 the	 changing	 world	 of	 work,	 client	
self-knowledge);	and	target	diverse	client	populations	
(e.g.	youth,	aboriginal	people,	employers).	Students	
are	provided	criteria	by	which	to	review	and	evaluate	
Career	Development	Resources.

095-130 InTenTIonAL InTerVIeWInG In
CAreer DeVeLoPmenT PrACTICe
In	the	first	part	of	this	course,	students	are	introduced	
to	specific	communication	skills	and	learn	to	use	these	
in	 am	 intentional	 way.	 In	 the	 second	 part,	 students	
apply	 these	 skills	 in	 an	 intentional	 interviewing	
                                                                                                                                                                93
                                                           environMent                                                     progrAM oBJeCtives


     environMent And nAturAl resourCes teCHnologY ACCess
                                                                                                                           Upon	successful	completion	of	the	program	students	

                                                           And nAturAl                                                     will	meet	the	academic	requirements	for	acceptance	
                                                                                                                           to	 the	 Environment	 and	 Natural	 Resources	

                                                           resourCes
                                                                                                                           Technology	Program.

                                                                                                                           CoMpletion requireMents
                                                           teCHnologY                                                      Passing	grade	in	all	courses.

                                                           ACCess                                                          doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                                                                           Record	of	Achievement
                                                           this program is currently under review.
                                                           check with the registrar’s office for                           CurriCuluM
                                                           specific delivery location(s).                                  115-001	        ENRTP	FOUNDATIONS	I	
                                                                                                                           080-105	        ENGLISH	150	
                                                           progrAM desCription                                             080-115	        MATH	150	
                                                           This program is designed to prepare students to                 080-124	        SCIENCE	140	
                                                           meet	 the	 academic	 admission	 requirements	 for	              080-127	        SCIENCE	150A	
                                                           Aurora	College’s	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	             080-128	        SCIENCE	150B	
                                                           Technology	Program	(ENRTP).		The	program	includes	              080-143	        ABE	CAREER/COLLEGE	130/140	
                                                           courses	in	English,	Math,	Science	and	Introduction	to	          080-321	        INTRODUCTION	TO		
                                                           Computers.		Also,	in	order	to	provide	students	with	            	               MICROCOMPUTERS	
                                                           a	 broad	 introduction	 to	 the	 ENRTP	 program,	 this	
                                                           program	includes	an	Environment	Natural	Resources	              Course desCriptions
                                                           Technology	Foundations	course.	                                 115-001 enrTP FounDATIons I
                                                           	                                                               ENRTP	 Foundations	 I	 introduces	 students	 to	 the	
                                                           progrAM eligiBilitY                                             art	 and	 science	 of	 natural	 resource	 management.	   	
                                                           Applicants	must	have	completed	English	20/23	with	              Its	 purpose	 is	 to	 prepare	 students	 for	 careers	
                                                           a	 minimum	 of	 65%	 or	 Aurora	 College	 ABE	 English	         in	 Environmental	 Science.	 	 From	 an	 academic	
                                                           140	 and	 Math	 20/23	 or	 Grade	 11	 Pure	 or	 Applied	        perspective,	 the	 course	 covers	 the	 basic	 concepts	
                                                           Math	 with	 a	 minimum	 65%	 or	 Aurora	 College	 ABE	          of	 ecology	 and	 the	 scientific	 method.	 	 Student	
                                                           Math	 140.	 	 Also,	 applicants	 must	 have	 completed	         exercises	 will	 stress	 group	 work	 and	 cooperation	
                                                           Biology,	Physics,	Chemistry	or	Science	to	a	20	Level	or	        since	teamwork	is	a	very	important	aspect	of	future	
                                                           Aurora	College	ABE	Science	140.		Mature	applicants	             success	in	the	workplace.		Class	presentations	will	be	
                                                           lacking	the	necessary	entrance	requirements	may	be	             a	requirement	of	many	assignments	so	that	students	
                                                           admitted	to	the	program	if	there	is	evidence	of	their	          gain	experience	discussing	scientific	issues	in	a	public	
                                                           ability	to	complete	the	program.		The	Aurora	College	           forum.			Short	field	trips,	laboratory	work	and	library	
                                                           placement test may be administered to determine                 skills	 will	 be	 emphasized	 so	 that	 students	 develop	
                                                           the	 academic	 level.	 	 The	 student	 must	 meet	 the	         some	 of	 the	 data	 collection,	 survey	 and	 research	
                                                           program	eligibility	requirements.                               skills	needed	for	achieving	success	in	ENRTP.	

                                                           AppliCAnt AssessMent                                            080-105 enGLIsH 150
                                                           Applicants	 must	 submit	 with	 their	 application;	 high	      English	 150	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	
                                                           school	 transcripts,	 college	 transcripts	 or	 the	 results	   the skills necessary to succeed in college diploma
                                                           of	 the	 placement	 package	 assessment,	 a	 personal	          programs.		The	course	uses	an	integrated	approach	
                                                           statement	of	interest	and	two	letters	of	reference.             to	develop	skills	in	critical	reading,	literacy	analysis,	
                                                                                                                           expository	 writing,	 research	 and	 public	 speaking.	  	
                                                           progrAM AdMission                                               Students who successfully complete this course
                                                           Students	 meeting	 the	 above	 program	 requirements	           will be able to write a well-constructed research
                                                           may	be	admitted	to	the	program.		Preference	is	given	to	        paper.	 	 They	 may	 choose	 to	 write	 the	 English	 33	
                                                           residents	of	the	NWT.		A	waiting	list	may	be	established	       departmental	 examination	 and/or	 continue	 their	
                                                           based	on	date	of	application.                                   studies.

                                                           progrAM inforMAtion
                                                           The	program	is	10	months	in	length.		Upon	successful	
                                                           completion	 of	 the	 program,	 the	 student	 will	 have	
                                                           Aurora	College	credits	at	the	following	levels:		English	
                                                           150,	Math	150,	and	Science	140/150.		The	program	
                                                           also	 includes	 an	 Introduction	 to	 Microcomputers	
94                                                         course	and	an	ENRTP	Foundations	I	course.
080-115 mATH 150




                                                                 environMent And nAturAl resourCes teCHnologY ACCess
This course is designed to build the learner’s
knowledge	of	mathematics	at	an	advanced	level.		It	is	
a	continuation	of	Mathematics	140	and	it	is	based	on	
the	Applied	Mathematics	curriculum	of	the	western	
Canadian	Protocol.		It	leads	into	the	Mathematics	160	
level	(Alberta	Applied	Math	30).		The	course	follows	
the	 objectives	 set	 out	 in	 the	 Alberta	 Math	 Applied	
30	curriculum	and	prepares	the	learner	to	write	the	
Math	Applied	30	diploma	exam.

080-124 sCIenCe 140
This intermediate course introduces the student
to	 chemistry,	 biology	 and	 physics.	 	 It	 builds	 on	 the	
learners’	 experiences	 from	 life	 and	 from	 previous	
courses	 in	 this	 series,	and	 prepares	 the	 way	 for	 the	
pre-college	level	Science	150.

080-127 sCIenCe 150 A
This	 course	 is	 a	 preparation	 for	 further	 certificate	
and diploma programs related to science or for entry
into	30	(Grade	12,	ABE	160)	level	science	courses.		It	
focuses	on	the	fields	of	Life	Science	-	Ecology,	Biology,	
and	Chemistry.

080-128 sCIenCe 150 B
This	 course	 is	 a	 preparation	 for	 further	 certificate	
or	 diploma	 programs	 related	 to	 science	 or	 30	 level	
(Grade	12,	ABE	160)	level	science	courses.		It	focuses	
on	the	fields	of	Physics	and	Earth	Science.
080-143			           Career/College	130/140
The	 primary	 focus	 of	 Career/College	 130/140	 is	
career	 exploration	 and	 job	 preparation	 skills.	 	 This	
includes	 skill	 building	 in	 the	 area	 of	 teamwork,	
the	 development	 of	 an	 educational	 action	 plan,	
and	 the	 identification	 of	 strategies	 for	 overcoming	
barriers which may be encountered in a work or
higher	 education	 setting.	 	 Learners	 are	 encouraged	
to	 develop	 career	 skills	 that	 will	 be	 useful	 to	 them	
throughout	their	lives.

080-321 InTroDuCTIon To mICroComPuTers
This course will introduce the student to the world
of	 computers.	 	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	
computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	
and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	
with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 	 A	 hands-on	
approach	using	lectures	and	demonstrations	will	be	
utilized.		The	student	is	expected	to	spend	additional	
time	on	the	computer	practicing	keyboarding	skills.




                                                                                                                       95
                                                    environMent                                                     requirements	may	be	encouraged	to	apply	for		


     environMent And nAturAl resourses teCHnologY
                                                                                                                    the	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	Technology	

                                                    And nAturAl
                                                                                                                    Access	Program,	if	available.	

                                                                                                                    AppliCAnt AssessMent
                                                    resourCes                                                       Among	the	eligible	applicants,	preference	is	given	to	
                                                                                                                    residents	of	the	Northwest	Territories.	Non	residents	
                                                    teCHnologY                                                      will	 be	 considered	 if	 the	 available	 spaces	 are	 not	
                                                                                                                    filled	by	eligible	Northern	residents.
                                                    oFFereD AT THeBACHA CAmPus AnD
                                                    AurorA CAmPus                                                   progrAM AdMission
                                                                                                                    Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 this	 program	 based	
                                                    this program is currently under development.                    on	the	eligibility	criteria	as	evaluated	by	the	Program	
                                                                                                                    Admissions	 Committee	 comprised	 of	 the	 Campus	
                                                    progrAM desCription                                             Registrar,	 the	 Program	 Head	 or	 designate,	 and	
                                                    The	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	Technology	               Program	faculty.
                                                    Program	is	a	two-year	Diploma	program	which	links	
                                                    opportunities	 to	 learn	 from	 experience	 in	 the	 field	     progrAM inforMAtion
                                                    with academic coursework in the classroom and                   A considerable amount of the program will be
                                                    skill	 training	 in	 the	 laboratory.	 Graduates	 of	 the	      delivered	 in	 field	 settings.	 Approximately	 40%	 of	
                                                    program will possess the ability needed to succeed              class	 time	 will	 be	 spent	 in	 the	 laboratory	 or	 the	
                                                    as	 technicians	 and	 officers	 in	 natural	 resource	 and	     field	for	most	classroom	based	courses.	In	addition,	
                                                    environmental	 management	 careers	 including	                  significant	 practical	 learning	 experiences	 will	 be	
                                                    wildlife,	 forestry,	 marine	 and	 freshwater	 fisheries,	      undertaken	 during	 the	 three	 remote	 field	 camps	
                                                    planning,	water	resources,	environmental	protection,	           listed	in	the	program	design.
                                                    parks,	land	claim	resource	management,	oil	and	gas,	
                                                    and	mining.	The	program	places	emphasis	on	learning	            Field	 work	 can	 be	 physically	 strenuous.	 Applicants	
                                                    through	experience.		                                           should	 be	 physically	 and	 mentally	 fit	 and	 prepared	
                                                                                                                    for	the	rigours	of	field	work.	
                                                    progrAM eligiBilitY
                                                    Eligibility	for	the	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	          It	 is	 recognized	 that	 students	 entering	 the	 program	
                                                    Technology	Program	will	be	determined	on	the	basis	             my	already	possess	certain	required	skills.	Students	
                                                    of	the	student’s	abilities	in	English,	Mathematics	and	         may	 receive	 advanced	 credit	 for	 certain	 program	
                                                    Science.	 The	 applicant	 should	 possess	 a	 grade	 12	        courses	 on	 the	 basis	 of	 documented	 completion	 of	
                                                    diploma	 and	 must	 have	 earned	 credits	 (minimum	            equivalent	 learning	 and/or	 successfully	 passing	 a	
                                                    65%)	in:                                                        challenge	examination.
                                                    •	 English	30-2	or	Aurora	College	ABE	English	150
                                                    •	 Applied	Mathematics	30	or	Aurora	College	ABE                 In	 addition	 to	 College	 tuition	 and	 fees,	 the	 student	
                                                    		 Math	150	                                                    will	 be	 required	 to	 purchase	 textbooks,	 classroom	
                                                    •	 Grade	12	Biology,	Chemistry	or		            	                supplies,	 and	 personal	 field	 equipment	 as	 specified	
                                                    	    Physics	or	Aurora	College	ABE	Science	140/150.             in	course	outlines	and	camp	manuals.

                                                    Applicants	 are	 required	 to	 possess	 or	 be	 eligible	 to	   Transfer	agreements	are	in	place	with	the	University	
                                                    obtain	 a	 valid	 Firearms	 Acquisition	 and	 Possession	       of	Lethbridge	and	the	University	of	Saskatchewan.
                                                    License	 to	 successfully	 complete	 field	 camp	
                                                    requirements                                                    progrAM oBJeCtives
                                                                                                                    Graduates	of	the	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	
                                                    Students	must	be	motivated	to	work	in	the		 field	 of	          Technology	Program	will	have	the	technical	skills	and	
                                                    environment	and	natural	resources	and	demonstrate	              knowledge	necessary	to:
                                                    their	motivation	in	a	letter	of	intent                          •	 Become	employed	at	the	technician	and/or		
                                                                                                                    	 officer	level	with	territorial,	provincial	and		
                                                    Applicants	may	be	asked	to	participate	in	a	personal	           	 federal	agencies,	aboriginal	organizations,	and/	
                                                    or	 telephone	 interview	 with	 the	 program	 head	 or	 a	      	 or	private	industry;
                                                    designate.	                                                     •	 Apply	their	technical	and	managerial	skills	to		
                                                                                                                    	 the	fields	of	environment,	land,	water,	fisheries,		
                                                    Mature students and students with academic                      	 forest	and	fire	management,	and	wildlife;	
                                                    equivalences	will	be	considered	on	a	case-by-case	basis.        •	 Understand	the	application	of	science	and		
                                                                                                                    	 scientific	method;
                                                    Applicants who do not meet the minimum                          •	 Develop	clear	linkages	between	Traditional	

96
•	   Knowledge	and	scientific	education;                    120-103	       WILDLIFE	BIOLOGY	 	




                                                                                                                            environMent And nAturAl resourses teCHnologY
•	   Communicate	technical	and	scientific	content		         120-104	       APPLIED	MATHEMATICS	FOR		 	
	    effectively,	both	orally	and	in	writing,	using		       	              TECHNICIANS	        	      	
	    language	that	is	appropriate	to	the	audience;          120-105	       INTRODUCTION	TO	ENVIRONMENTAL		 	
•	   Clearly	communicate	resource	management		              	              SCIENCES		 	        	      	
	    policies,	procedures	and	decisions	to	various		        120-108	       FIELD	SAFETY	AND	PREVENTATIVE		   	
     stakeholders at the community and territorial          	              MAINTENANCE		       	      	
	    level;                                                 120-111	       COMMUNICATIONS	AND	PROJECT		      	
•	   Coordinate	and	implement	field	work	activities		       	              MANAGEMENT	         	      	
	    in	remote	northern	conditions.                         120-112	       FOREST	AND	RANGE	BOTANY		 	
•	   Utilize	spatial	technologies	in	acquiring,			          120-113	       ABORIGINAL	LAND	CLAIMS	AND	SELF		 	
	    compiling	and	interpreting	data;                       	              GOVERNMENT	         	      	
•	   Apply	critical	thinking	skills	to	research	and         120-115	       GPS	AND	MAPPING	 	         	
		   resource	management	activities	and		 	                 120-116	       GEOGRAPHIC	INFORMATION	SYSTEMS		
	    environmental	stewardship;                             120-285	       WESTERN	ARCTIC	FIELD	CAMP	
•	   Effectively	manage	projects	such	as	data		             120-211	       DATA	MANAGEMENT	AND	STATISTICS	
	    collection	and	analysis,	educational	outreach,		       120-213	       WATER	RESOURCES	MANAGEMENT	
	    and	public	safety;                                     120-214	       FRESHWATER	FISHERIES		
•	   Pursue	further	academic	education	and	other		          120-224	       WILDLIFE	MANAGEMENT		
	    continued	learning	experiences;                        120-225	       WILDLIFE	TECHNIQUES		
•	   Actively	participate	in	the	sustainable		 	            120-232	       ENVIRONMENTAL	STEWARDSHIP	
	    management	of	northern	natural	resources;	             120-233	       ENVIRONMENTAL	ASSESSMENT	AND		 	
•	   Enhance	the	capacity	of	Northerners	to			              	              THE	REGULATORY	PROCESS	 	         	
	    participate	in	resourced-based	development	and		       120-286	       WINTER	FIELD	CAMP		
	    conservation	opportunities	of	their	lands;		           120-295	       TECHNICAL	PROJECT		
•	   Participate	in	future	northern	research	and	
     long-term monitoring and analysis of                   eLeCTIVes
	    environmental	trends;                                  120-207	  ARCTIC	MARINE	SCIENCES	
•	   Integrate	Traditional	Knowledge	and	scientific         120-222	  FOREST	AND	FIRE	MANAGEMENT		                     	
	    education	when	providing	advice	to	local		             120-240	  GEOLOGY
	    stakeholders	on	resource	management	issues;	
•	   Model	and	promote	professionalism	in	dealing		         Course desCriptions
     with natural resource challenges at the                120-100 InTroDuCTorY FIeLD CAmP (reQuIreD
	    community,	territorial	and	federal	level;	and	         non-CreDIT)
•	   Become	a	part	of	an	alumni	legacy	of	northern		        The	 introductory	 field	 camp	 provides	 program	 staff	
     graduates who now work as natural resource             the opportunity to orientate and prepare students for
	    professionals.                                         the	rigours	of	the	Environment	and	Natural	Resources	
                                                            Technology	 Program,	 and	 to	 cover	 key	 introductory	
CoMpletion requireMents                                     knowledge and skills that will be used throughout
Students	are	required	to	complete	all	20	core	courses	      the	 program.	 Areas	 covered	 include	 orientation	 to	
in	the	Program.		In	addition,	students	must	complete	       the	 overall	 program,	 safety	 training	 (on	 campus),	
at	 least	 one	 elective	 and	 the	 required	 non-credit	   wilderness	skills,	wilderness	travel,	and	an	orientation	
course	field	camps	listed.		The	total	credits	required	     to resource ecology
are	63	for	successful	completion	of	this	diploma.
                                                            120-101 CommunICATIons AnD TeCHnICAL
doCuMent of reCognition                                     WrITInG
Environment	 and	 Natural	 Resources	 Technology	           This	 course	 develops	 student	 written	 and	 oral	
Diploma                                                     communication	 skills,	 emphasizing	 research	 and	
Length (yrs/months/weeks) 2 years (Diploma - 63             writing,	 scientific	 and	 technical	 analysis,	 formal	
Credits)                                                    reporting	 requirements	 and	 working	 with	 the	
                                                            public.	 Using	 work-place	 scenarios	 the	 student	 must	
CurriCuluM                                                  demonstrate	their	ability	to	communicate	effectively	
Core                                                        and	 are	 challenged	 to	 develop	 their	 critical	 thinking	
120-100	      INTRODUCTORY	FIELD	CAMP	 	                    skills	 and	 use	 good	 judgment	 to	 make	 decisions,	
120-101	      COMMUNICATIONS	AND	TECHNICAL		                develop	 rational	 arguments,	 resolve	 conflicts	
	             WRITING		 	       	                           and	 persuade	 others.	 The	 student	 will	 learn	 how	
131-147	      INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTER		                    to	 communicate	 effectively	 with	 the	 media	 and	
	             APPLICATIONS		    	      	                    enhance	 their	 presentation	 skills	 by	 using	 audio-
120-102	      ECOLOGY	 	        	                           visual	 equipment	 and	 computer	 software.	 Project	
                                                            management	 concepts	 are	 also	 introduced.	 Career	
                                                                                                                                                                           97
                                                    development,	resume	writing,	job	search	strategies,	              120-105 InTroDuCTIon To enVIronmenTAL


     environMent And nAturAl resourses teCHnologY
                                                    and	interviews	for	employment	are	also	covered.                   sCIenCes
                                                                                                                      This course presents students with the fundamental
                                                    131-147 InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTer                                  physical processes that shape the Earth’s biological
                                                    APPLICATIons                                                      systems.	 Geological	 and	 atmospheric	 processes	
                                                    The	 Introduction	 to	 Computer	 Applications	 course	            are	 introduced,	 as	 are	 the	 history	 and	 nature	 of	
                                                    is	 designed	 as	 a	 survey	 of	 common	 features	 and	           the	 relationship	 between	 human	 societies	 and	
                                                    functions	 of	 software	 applications	 and	 tools	 most	          the	 natural	 resources	 that	 sustain	 them.	 Present	
                                                    commonly	 used	 for	 professional,	 educational,	 and	            population	characteristics	and	pressures,	patterns	of	
                                                    personal	 computing	 and	 communication.	 Focusing	               resource	use,	and	energy	consumption	are	presented	
                                                    on	the	Microsoft	Office	suite	of	applications	because	            and	 future	 scenarios	 are	 examined.	 Contemporary	
                                                    of	 its	 predominant	 use	 in	 the	 Canadian	 workplace,	         environmental	concerns,	such	as	climate	change,	are	
                                                    students	 develop	 essential	 preliminary	 skill	 sets,	          introduced with an emphasis on northern natural
                                                    specifically	 in	 Microsoft	 Word.	 Students	 are	 also	          resources	and	energy	issues.
                                                    exposed	 to	 introductory	 concepts	 in	 Microsoft      	
                                                    Excel,	Microsoft	Outlook,	Microsoft	PowerPoint,	and	              120-108 FIeLD sAFeTY AnD PreVenTATIVe
                                                    Microsoft	 Access.	 Throughout	 the	 course,	 students	           mAInTenAnCe
                                                    are	 instructed	 in	 the	 interconnectivity	 of	 Internet	        The	 Field	 Safety	 and	 Preventative	 Maintenance	
                                                    and	 Web	 applications	 with	 client-based	 Microsoft   	         course	 will	 familiarize	 students	 with	 the	 operation,	
                                                    software.	The	course	provides	students	introductory	              maintenance,	 troubleshooting,	 and	 basic	 repair	
                                                    exposure	 and	 experience	 with	 basic	 functions,	               of small gas-engine equipment	 commonly	 used	 in	
                                                    features,	cross-application	commonalities,	and	multi-             resource	management.	The	course	will	include	care	
                                                    tasking.                                                          of	camping	equipment	used	by	the	program.

                                                    120-102 eCoLoGY                                                   120-111 CommunICATIons AnD ProJeCT
                                                    Ecology	 introduces	 students	 to	 the	 interactions	             mAnAGemenT
                                                    between	 organisms	 and	 their	 environments.	 This	              In	 this	 course	 students	 will	 develop	 proposal	
                                                    course	provides	a	foundation	in	the	general	principles	           writing	 and	 project	 management	 skills	 while	
                                                    of	ecology	including	population	ecology,	community	               utilizing	 communications	 software	 to	 produce	
                                                    structure,	 nutrient	 cycles,	 energy	 flow,	 food	 webs,	        reports;	 store,	 manipulate,	 and	 summarize	 data;	
                                                    and	ecological	succession,	along	with	winter	ecology,	            and	 make	 presentations.	 Students	 will	 use	 audio-
                                                    applied	 ecology,	 and	 the	 effects	 of	 climate	 change.	       visual	 hardware	 and	 software	 while	 making	 an	 oral	
                                                    Northern and global examples are used to illustrate               presentation.	This	course	also	presents	students	with	
                                                    concepts	discussed	in	this	course.	                               an	 overview	 of	 human	 resources	 management	 in	
                                                                                                                      organizations.
                                                    120-103 WILDLIFe BIoLoGY
                                                    Wildlife	 Biology	 begins	 with	 the	 fundamentals	 of	           120-112 ForesT AnD rAnGe BoTAnY
                                                    natural	selection,	evolution,	and	taxonomy.	Students	             The purpose of this course is to introduce students
                                                    will	be	provided	a	foundation	on	the	building	blocks	             to	 the	 world	 of	 flora.	 Students	 will	 develop	 and	
                                                    of	 life	 (e.g.	 cell,	 genes)	 and	 how	 they	 are	 organized	   nurture	 skills	 in	 the	 collection,	 recognition	 and	
                                                    for	 specific	 structures	 and	 functions.	 This	 course	         evaluation	of	common	plants	and	plant	associations	
                                                    introduces	 students	 to	 the	 evolutionary	 history,	            in	boreal,	taiga,	and	tundra	habitats.	The	course	will	
                                                    biology,	and	life-cycles	of	northern	birds,	mammals,	             develop	expertise	in	identification,	classification,	and	
                                                    reptiles,	and	amphibians.	They	also	learn	to	identify,	           distribution	of	northern	plants	in	the	NWT.	Students	
                                                    classify,	and	name	the	mammals	and	birds	of	boreal	               will become familiar with the anatomy and general
                                                    forest	and	tundra	in	the	NWT.		                                   biological	 functions	 of	 non-vascular	 and	 vascular	
                                                                                                                      plants,	 and	 develop	 skills	 in	 plant	 classification,	
                                                    120-104 APPLIeD mATHemATICs For                                   including	 the	 use	 of	 plant	 keys,	 understanding	 of	
                                                    TeCHnICIAns                                                       history and structure of taxonomic systems for
                                                    The purpose of this course is to build the learner’s              plants,	and	recognition	of	the	major	features	of	plant	
                                                    knowledge	 of	 mathematics	 at	 an	 applied	 technical	           families.	Students	will	also	learn	plant	adaptations	to	
                                                    level	and	prepare	the	student	for	advanced	work	in	               northern	 environments,	 Traditional	 Knowledge	 and	
                                                    statistics	and	database	management.	The	course	has	               uses	of	our	northern	flora.		
                                                    been tailored to meet the needs of northern students
                                                    requiring	applied	mathematical	skills.	                           120-113 ABorIGInAL LAnD CLAIms AnD seLF
                                                                                                                      GoVernmenT
                                                                                                                      This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	
                                                                                                                      an	 introduction	 to	 the	 issues	 surrounding	 land	
                                                                                                                      claim	 agreements	 and	 self-government	 in	 the	
                                                                                                                      Northwest	 Territories,	 as	 well	 as,	 trans-boundary	
98
jurisdictions	of	the	Yukon,	Alaska,	Nunavut,	and	the	            estimation,	 confidence,	 hypothesis	 testing,	 and	




                                                                                                                                   environMent And nAturAl resourses teCHnologY
circumpolar	 world.	 Students	 will	 be	 introduced	 to	         significance,	will	be	used	to	draw	conclusions	from	data	
the	historical	context	of	law,	Treaties	and	Aboriginal	          sets.	Full	statistical	analysis	using	calculators,	statistical	
rights	 within	 the	 Canadian	 Constitution	 including	          software,	databases,	and	graphing	technologies	will	be	
the	concepts	of	internal	colonialism,	decolonization,	           required	in	many	of	the	applications.	
and	 Aboriginal	 self-government.	 This	 course	
examines,	 in	 detail,	 claim	 negotiations	 and	 settled	       120-213 WATer resourCes mAnAGemenT
claims	 in	 the	 Northwest	 Territories	 with	 particular	       This	 course	 is	 an	 introduction	 to	 limnology	 and	 the	
reference	 to	 the	 management	 of	 natural	 resources.	         management of freshwater resources in Northern
Finally,	 students	 will	 be	 introduced	 to	 aspects	 of	       Canada.	 Subjects	 covered	 include	 basic	 physical	 and	
self-government	 policies	 and	 agreements,	 and	 will	          chemical	properties	of	water,	topography	and	ecology	
explore	 the	 significance	 of	 a	 land-based	 economy	          of	lakes	and	rivers,	biomonitoring,	identification	and	
to	 the	 establishment	 of	 effective	 and	 sustainable	         control	of	aquatic	pests	and	parasites,	and	municipal	
indigenous	government.	                                          and	 industrial	 use	 of	 water.	 Other	 subjects	 include	
                                                                 domestic	and	industrial	pollution	of	lakes	and	rivers,	
120-115 GPs AnD mAPPInG                                          water	 sampling	 techniques,	 the	 regulatory	 process,	
This course will introduce learners to the use and               and	 related	 legislation.	 The	 course,	 depending	
interpretation	 of	 maps,	 electronic	 mapping	 devices	         on	 availability,	 includes	 the	 nationally	 recognized	
and	software,	aerial	photography	and	remote	sensing	             certification	 of	 students	 through	 Environment	
imagery.	Participants	will	learn	to	collect	geographic	          Canada’s	 Canadian	 Aquatic	 Biomonitoring	 Network	
data	 using	 GPS	 and	 to	 create	 maps	 using	 software	        (CABIN).	
such	as	Oziexplorer	and	Google	Earth.	Students	will	
examine	 techniques	 for	 collecting,	 displaying	 and	          120-214 FresHWATer FIsHerIes
interpreting	 spatially	 arranged	 data	 commonly	 used	         The Freshwater Fisheries course introduces students
in	 natural	 resource	 management.	 Tasks	 will	 include	        to the basic elements of the science of ichthyology
route	 finding,	 navigation,	 identification	 of	 physical,	     including	 fish	 evolution,	 systematics,	 taxonomy,	
cultural	and	vegetation	features	and	natural	resource	           biology,	 ecology,	 and	 behaviour.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	
values.                                                          placed	 on	 the	 Northwest	 Territories.	 Students	 will	
                                                                 research	the	life	histories	of	northern	fish	and	fisheries	
120-116 GeoGrAPHIC InFormATIon sYsTems                           management	 case	 studies	 to	 understand	 population	
This	course	introduces	students	to	the	use	of	Geographic	        dynamics,	 stock	 assessment,	 relevant	 legislation,	
Information	 Systems	 (GIS),	 computer-based	 mapping	           and	 anthropogenic	 impacts.	 Lab	 studies	 will	 include	
systems	 that	 allow	 the	 integration	 of	 spatial	 data	       fish	 identification,	 dissections	 and	 field	 sampling	
from	 diverse	 land	 resource	 management	 disciplines.	         methodology	 and	 field	 equipment/instrument	
Students will learn the basic concepts and principles of         operation.
GIS	and	then	gain	a	working	knowledge	of	ARCVIEW.		

120-207 ArCTIC mArIne sCIenCes                                   120-222 ForesT AnD FIre mAnAGemenT
This	 course	 introduces	 students	 to	 the	 foundational	       This course introduces students to the concepts
concepts of marine science and its four basic                    and	 techniques	 of	 managing	 northern	 forests	 for	
components	 –	 physics,	 geology,	 chemistry	 and	               economic	productivity,	ecological	integrity,	and	public	
biology.	Emphasis	will	be	placed	on	the	Arctic	Ocean	            safety.	 The	 course	 begins	 with	 a	 general	 study	 of	
and	 students	 will	 explore	 the	 scientific	 process	 of	      forestry	 practices	 including	 logging,	 utilization,	 forest	
discovering	the	facts,	processes	and	unifying	principles	        management,	 and	 silviculture.	 The	 course	 includes	
that explain the nature of this ocean and its associated         a technical component that examines methods of
life	 forms.	 Recent	 case	 studies	 will	 be	 reviewed	 to	     measurements	 of	 standing	 and	 felled	 timber;	 use	
identify	and	analyze	the	challenges	of	protecting	and	           of	 common	 mensuration	 equipment;	 planning,	
managing	the	Arctic	marine	ecosystem.                            designing	and	carrying	out	an	operational	cruise;	and	
                                                                 computer	 analysis	 of	 the	 collected	 data. Finally the
120-211 DATA mAnAGemenT AnD sTATIsTICs                           fire	 management	 module	 emphasizes	 the	 principles,	
Field	work	in	forestry,	fisheries	and	wildlife	management	       concepts	 and	 scientific	 tools	 used	 to	 study	 fire	 and	
often	involves	mathematics	and	statistics.	This	course	          define	 its	 role	 in	 ecosystems.	 Students	 are	 exposed	
presents	 basic	 techniques	 and	 exercises	 related	 to	        to a wide range of topics from modern suppression
descriptive	 and	 inferential	 statistics.	 Data	 collection,	   techniques	to	fire	suppression	policy.		
organization,	 summarization,	 and	 presentation	 are	
emphasized	 throughout	 the	 course.	 Fundamental	               120-232 enVIronmenTAL sTeWArDsHIP
concepts	 of	 statistical	 application,	 analysis	 and	          Environmental	 Stewardship	 utilizes	 Traditional	
interpretation;	 including	 sampling,	 experimentation,	         Knowledge as context when discussing the many
variability,	 distribution,	 association,	 causation,	           ecological and socio-economic issues found
                                                                 throughout	 the	 North.	 Students	 will	 explore	

                                                                                                                                                                                  99
                                                     economic	 development	 pressures	 in	 the	 North	 in	         ocean	 basins,	 and	 economic	 hydrocarbon	 and	



      environMent And nAturAl resourses teCHnologY
                                                     order	 to	 understand	 the	 complex	 relationships,	          mineral	 deposits.	 As	 well,	 surface	 processes	 and	
                                                     legal	 obligations	 and	 responsibilities	 of	 government	    landforms,	 groundwater,	 and	 environmental	 issues	
                                                     agencies and local communities.	 This	 course	 also	          relating	 to	 resource	 exploration	 and	 development	
                                                     investigates	 protected	 natural	 environments	 such	         will	be	applied	to	northern	examples.
                                                     as	 national	 parks,	 wildlife	 sanctuaries,	 marine	
                                                     conservation	 areas,	 anthropological	 reserves,	             120-285 WesTern ArCTIC FIeLD CAmP
                                                     etc.	 with	 an	 emphasis	 on	 ecological	 integrity,	         (REquIREd NoN-CREdIT)
                                                     environmental	 policy,	 and	 enforcement.	 Canadian	          This	 two	 week	 Field	 Camp	 provides	 second-year	
                                                     national	 parks	 and	 other	 northern	 protected	 areas	      Environment	 and	 Natural	 Resources	 Technology	
                                                     are	closely	examined.		                                       students	 with	 field	 experiences	 related	 to	 several	
                                                                                                                   second	 year	 courses	 including	 Environmental	
                                                     120-224 WILDLIFe mAnAGemenT                                   Assessment,	 Freshwater	Fisheries,	 Water	 Resources	
                                                     Students	 learn	 the	 basics	 of	 wildlife	 population	       Management,	and	Environmental	Stewardship.
                                                     dynamics	 and	 trend	 analysis	 and	 develop	 wildlife	
                                                     management	 skills	 such	 as	 defining	 management	           120-286 WInTer FIeLD CAmP (REquIREd NoN-
                                                     problems,	 decisions,	 and	 judgments.	 Students	             CREdIT)
                                                     examine	 a	 variety	 of	 wildlife	 philosophies	 and	         Winter	camp	provides	an	opportunity	for	students	to	
                                                     perspectives	 along	 with	 alternative	 wildlife	             apply the knowledge and skills learned throughout
                                                     management	 strategies.	 Current	 management	                 the	 diploma	 program.	 Movement	 of	 caribou	
                                                     problems	and	programs	are	reviewed	for	a	variety	of	          determines	 the	 location	 of	 winter	 camp,	 where	
                                                     populations	with	an	emphasis	on	NWT	fauna.                    students	collect	data	while	using	traditional	land	skills	
                                                                                                                   under	typical	northern	winter	conditions.	This	camp	
                                                     120-225 WILDLIFe TeCHnIQues                                   consists	 of	 field-based	 exercises	 including	 hunting	
                                                     The	purpose	of	this	course	is	to	emphasize	field	skills	      and	necropsy,	meat	cutting,	sampling	and	wrapping,	
                                                     and	laboratory	techniques	for	obtaining	information	          winter	 survival,	 aerial	 surveying,	 net-setting,	 and	
                                                     used	 to	 support	 decisions	 in	 wildlife	 management.	      winter	travel.		
                                                     Topics	include	experiment	design,	specimen	capture	
                                                     and	evaluation,	necropsy,	habitat	use,	and	population	        120-295 TeCHnICAL ProJeCT
                                                     abundance	 and	 distribution.	 Field	 camps	 and	 trips	      This independent study course introduces the student
                                                     will	 permit	 practical	 application	 of	 some	 of	 the	      to	 the	 principles,	 techniques	 and	 skills	 needed	 to	
                                                     techniques	discussed	in	the	course.                           conduct	a	self-directed	project	on	a	natural	resource,	
                                                                                                                   environment	or	Traditional	Knowledge	related	topic.	
                                                     120-233 enVIronmenTAL AssessmenT AnD                          Instruction	 will	 focus	 primarily	 on	 the	 process	 of	
                                                     THe reGuLATorY ProCess                                        hypothesis	 development,	 project	 design,	 project	
                                                     This	course	introduces	students	to	the	environmental	         management,	and	investigation	or	experimentation.	
                                                     regulatory process for resource management in the             In	 consultation	 with	 instructional	 staff	 the	 student	
                                                     Northwest	Territories.	Legislation	of	natural	resource	       will	 test	 their	 hypothesis	 with	 sound	 methodology,	
                                                     management	 created	 under	 several	 aboriginal	              perform	 qualitative	 and	 quantitative	 analysis,	 and	
                                                     comprehensive	land	claims	agreements	is	examined	             analyze	results	to	develop	conclusions.	To	complete	
                                                     in	 conjunction	 with	 the	 Territorial	 and	 Federal	        the	 project	 the	 student	 will	 produce	 a	 scientific	
                                                     regulatory	 processes.	 Traditional	 Knowledge	 will	 be	     written	report	and	formally	present	their	findings	to	
                                                     utilized	 as	 a	 critical	 component	 of	 environmental	      their	instructors	and	their	peers.	
                                                     impact	assessment	in	the	North.	The	course	will	also	
                                                     explore	 how	 to	 effectively	 resolve	 environmental	
                                                     and	 resource	 use	 issues.	 Students	 will	 work	
                                                     through	 practical	 examples	 of	 environmental	 issues	
                                                     incorporating	 knowledge	 of	 typical	 environmental	
                                                     impacts,	 including	 socio-economic	 impacts	 and	
                                                     mitigating	techniques,	for	a	variety	of	land	and	water	
                                                     use	scenarios.	Students	will	also	undertake	a	detailed	
                                                     site	assessment	project.	

                                                     120-240 GeoLoGY
                                                     This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 students	 with	 a	
                                                     basic understanding and general knowledge of a
                                                     broad	 spectrum	 of	 geological	 facts,	 processes	 and	
                                                     concepts	relevant	to	minerals,	rocks,	plate	tectonics,	
                                                     dating	 techniques,	 formation	 of	 fossils,	 mountains,	

100
trAdes ACCess                                                  progrAM AdMission




                                                                                                                               trAdes ACCess
                                                               Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	
                                                               the	 program	 eligibility	 criteria	 and	 subject	 to	 space	
CHeCK WITH THe reGIsTrAr’s oFFICe For                          available.
sPeCIFIC DeLIVerY LoCATIon(s).
                                                               progrAM inforMAtion
progrAM desCription                                            As	the	aim	of	this	program	is	to	combine	educational	
The	 Trades	 Access	 Program	 intends	 to	 prepare	 the	       upgrading	with	the	acquisition	of	relevant	knowledge	
student	 for	 entry	 into	 trades	 related	 programs.	 The	    and	 credits,	 it	 is	 anticipated	 that	 students	 will	
student	will	gain	a	foundation	in	physical	science.	She/       be	 challenged.	 To	 ensure	 a	 high	 success	 rate,	
he	will	have	the	opportunity	to	improve	their	skills	in	       supplemental	 instructors/tutors	 will	 be	 available	 to	
communications	and	technical	mathematics.                      assist	students	through	the	program.

This is a twenty to twenty-six week program when the           progrAM oBJeCtives
four	 core	 courses	 are	 delivered.	 The	 program	 can	 be	   Upon	successful	completion	of	the	program,	student	
lengthened	 by	 offering	 other	 appropriate	 electives.	      will	have:
These	 additional	 electives	 will	 enhance	 the	 program	     •		 Determined	his/her	personal	suitability	for	work		
and	may	provide	the	student	with	the	necessary	skills	         	 and	continued	study	in	the	trades	sector.
to	 challenge	 the	 St.	 John’s	 Ambulance	 Standard	 First	   •		 Increased	his/her	formal	education	level	while	
Aid	Certificate,	training	for	a	class	five	driver’s	license	   	 gaining	credits	and	pertinent	knowledge	in	the		
and	the	Trades	Entrance	Exam.                                  	 chosen	field	of	study.
                                                               •		 Gained	knowledge	and	skills	that	will	enhance		
This	program	is	designed	to	be	flexible	to	ensure	that	        	 his/her	ability	to	function	effectively	within	a		
individualized	 programming	 will	 meet	 the	 students’	       	 science	setting.
needs	not	only	in	Math,	English	and	Science,	but	may	          •		 Developed	valuable	employment	and	study	skills.
also	include	First	Aid,	occupational	health	and	safety,	
driver’s	 education	 and	 computer	 skills	 training.	 	 It	
also	provides	the	opportunity	to	extend	the	program	
                                                               CoMpletion requireMents
                                                               •		   Students	must	complete	all	course	assignments		
delivery	 time	 to	 accommodate	 students	 entering	
                                                               	     and	examinations	with	a	minimum	grade	as		
the	 program	 with	 academic	 levels	 lower	 than	 the	
                                                               	     specified	in	each	course	outline.
recommended	ABE	levels.
                                                               •		   Students	must	adhere	to	Aurora	College	policies.
Potential	 employers	 of	 the	 student	 completing	 the	
                                                               At	 the	 conclusion	 of	 these	 upgrading	 courses,	
Trades	Access	Program	must	realize	 that	the	course	
                                                               Education,	 Culture	 and	 Employment	 administers	 a	
is	 intended	 to	 be	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 working	
                                                               Trades	 Entrance	 examination.	 Successful	 candidates	
industry.	 Because	 proficiency	 can	 only	 be	 attained	
                                                               (those	 who	 achieve	 65%	 or	 higher)	 are	 notified	 and	
through	 an	 apprenticeship	 program,	 students	
                                                               apprenticeship	 contracts	 drawn	 up	 if	 the	 candidate	
are	 provided	 with	 all	 the	 necessary	 information,	
                                                               has	 secured	 employment	 in	 his/her	 trade.	 Time	
guidance,	and	incentives	to	pursue	the	trade	of	his/
                                                               credits	 (if	 any)	 are	 allocated	 at	 this	 time,	 the	
her	choice.	
                                                               procedure for indenturing can now be completed and
                                                               the	 apprenticeship	 begins.	 If	 a	 successful	 candidate	
progrAM eligiBilitY                                            is	NOT	employed	in	their	specific	trade,	employment	
Admission	 to	 the	 Trades	 Access	 Program	 is	 open.	        must	be	secured,	then	a	contract	will	be	drawn	up.
Completion	of	Grade	8/9	or	ABE	math	120	and	English	
130	is	recommended	for	the	twenty	week	program.
                                                               CurriCuluM
                                                               Core
The program can be extended for students who
                                                               080-412		      TRADES	MATH
demonstrates	 reading,	 writing	 and	 math	 skills	 at	 a	
                                                               080-413		      TRADES	SCIENCE
lower	 level	 than	 the	 recommended	 completion	 of	
                                                               080-414		      TRADES	ENGLISH	(4	MODULES	X	70)
Grade	8/9	or	ABE	120	in	Math	and	English	130.
                                                               080-321		      BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO	COMPUTERS
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                           eLeCTIVe Courses DeemeD APProPrIATe
Aurora College Assessment tests in English and math            BAseD on neeDs oF sTuDenTs.
must	be	completed	by	 each	 applicant.	 Three	letters	         031-145		  INTRODUCTION	TO	MICROCOMPUTERS
of reference from former employers or community                080-142		  ABE	CAREER/LIFEWORK	120/130
groups	 and	 a	 letter	 of	 intent	 must	 be	 submitted	 by	   080-143		  ABE	CAREER/COLLEGE	130/140
the	applicant.                                                 080-416		  DRIVER	EDUCATION	CLASS	5
                                                               080-418		  NORTHERN	GOVERNMENT
                                                               080-419		  OCCUPATIONAL	HEALTH	&	SAFETY
                                                                                                                                               101
                     080-420		      FIRST	AID                                        080-142 CAreer/LIFeWorK 120/130


      trAde ACCess
                     080-421		      WORK	EXPERIENCE                                  Career/Lifework	 120/130	 begins	 with	 a	 focus	 on	 the	
                                                                                     self	 allowing	 individual	 learners	 to	 explore	 and	 assess	
                     Course desCriptions                                             their	 interests,	 values,	 and	 personal	 characteristics	 in	
                     080-412 TrADes mATH                                             relation	 to	 specific	 career	 options.	 Learners	 are	 given	
                     The	Trades	Math	is	a	145	hour	course	[for	the	student	          the	opportunity	to	practice	skills	and	acquire	knowledge	
                     who	 has	 completed	 math	 120]	 and	 is	 intended	 to	         that	will	allow	them	to	have	more	successful	educational	
                     prepare learners to challenge the Trades Entrance               and	 work	 experiences.	 A	 focus	 on	 techniques	 for	
                     Exam.	 The	 course	 is	 designed	 within	 a	 technical-         communicating	 effectively	 including	 a	 look	 at	 cultural	
                     vocational	framework.                                           awareness	forms	an	important	part	of	the	course.	The	
                                                                                     culminating	 project	 is	 an	 individual	 career	 plan	 which	
                     080-413 TrADes sCIenCe                                          will allow learners to use all of the knowledge and skills
                     The	Trades	Science	course	is	a	145	hour	course	and	is	          presented in the course to create a document that will
                     intended to prepare learners to challenge the Trades            help them chart a course for further study or work-
                     Entrance	 Exam,	 in	 order	 to	 enter	 apprenticeship	          related	training.
                     training.	 The	 curricular	 objectives	 for	 science	 are	
                     very	similar	on	each	of	the	four	series	of	the	Trades	          080-143 ABe CAreer/CoLLeGe 130/140
                     Entrance	 Examination.	 Therefore,	 the	 materials	 in	         The	 primary	 focus	 of	 Career/College	 130/140	
                     this	course	prepare	learners	equally	well,	for	any	one	         career	 exploration	 and	 job	 preparation	 skills.	 This	
                     of	the	four	examinations.                                       includes	 skill	 building	 in	 the	 area	 of	 teamwork,	
                                                                                     the	 development	 of	 an	 educational	 action	 plan,	
                     080-414 TrADes enGLIsH                                          and	 the	 identification	 of	 strategies	 for	 overcoming	
                     The Trades English course is intended to prepare                barriers which may be encountered in a work or
                     learners	 to	 challenge	 the	 Trades	 Entrance	 Exam.	          higher	 education	 setting.	 Learners	 are	 encouraged	
                     The four modules in the Trades English course are               to	 develop	 career	 skills	 that	 will	 be	 useful	 to	 them	
                     designed	 within	 a	 technical-vocational	 framework.	          throughout	their	lives.
                     Each module is expected to take approximately
                     70	 hours	 to	 complete	 [for	 the	 student	 who	 has	          080-416 DrIVer eDuCATIon CLAss 5
                     completed	 English	 130].	 The	 instructor	 is	 expected	       This	25	hour	course	will	provide	theory	and	practical	
                     to choose from the units those materials which meet             instruction	in	the	operation	of	Class	5	motor	vehicles.	
                     the	individual	and	class	learning	needs	and	interests.          Emphasis	 will	 be	 on	 the	 development	 of	 defensive	
                                                                                     driving	attitudes	and	habits.
                     080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers
                     This course will introduce the student to the world             080-418 norTHern GoVernmenT
                     of	 computers.	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	         This	 is	 a	 study	 of	 politics	 and	 the	 structure	 of	
                     computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	             governments	 with	 special	 application	 to	 the	
                     and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	           emerging	 structures	 of	 the	 Government	 of	 the	
                     with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 A	 hands-on	             Northwest	 Territories.	 This	 examination	 will	 include	
                     approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	       a	look	at	aboriginal	organizations,	hamlets,	housing	
                     utilized.	 The	 student	 is	 expected	 to	 spend	 additional	   associations,	boards	and	agencies,	regional	and	tribal	
                     time	on	the	computer	practicing	keyboarding	skills.             band	councils.	Land	claims	and	the	Nunavut	Territory	
                                                                                     will	be	of	special	interest.
                     eLeCTIVes
                     As deemed by needs of students in their goals and               080-419 oCCuPATIonAL HeALTH & sAFeTY
                     their	levels	of	academics	and	experience	at	the	time	           The	occupational	Health	and	Safety	segment	is	a	ten	
                     of	acceptance	into	the	program.                                 lesson	course	in	the	classroom	that	covers	all	aspects	
                                                                                     of	safety	in	the	working	industry.	Safety	plays	a	very	
                     031-145 InTroDuCTIon To mICroComPuTers                          important	 role	 in	 our	 working	 environment	 and	 it	 is	
                     The student is introduced to microcomputer                      our	 intention	 to	 encourage	 the	 student	 to	 become	
                     hardware,	 software	 and	 operations.	 The	 course	             more	 aware	 of	 the	 role	 he/she	 plays	 in	 becoming	 a	
                     is	 designed	 to	 give	 students	 a	 conceptual	 and	           confident	and	productive	worker	on	the	job	site.
                     operational	 understanding	 of	 operating	 systems,	
                     Windows,	 an	 emphasis	 on	 word	 processing	 and	 an	          080-421 WorK eXPerIenCe
                     introduction	to	spreadsheets	and	databases.	There	is	           Work	 experience	 provides	 the	 student	 with	 on	 the	
                     sufficient	reinforcement	to	enable	students	to	acquire	         job	 learning	 experience	 in	 various	 trades	 in	 the	
                     useable	skills	in	the	production	of	letters,	memos	and	         working	industry.	The	student	will	be	introduced	to	
                     formal	 reports	 and	 documents.	 It	 is	 recommended	          practical	 and	 theoretical	 application,	 as	 well	 as	 the	
                     that	a	working	knowledge	of	keyboarding	is	an	asset.            usage	of	various	types	of	equipment.	Some	of	these	
                                                                                     trades	may	include:	Carpentry,	Plumbing,	Electrical,	
                                                                                     Electronics,	Welding,	Small	Engine	Mechanics,	Garage	
102
Mechanics	 and	 Heavy	 Equipment	 Operation.	 The	




                                                            trAdes ACCess
work	experience	will	be	dependant	on	the	availability	
of	 the	 trades	in	that	particular	 community	 in	 which	
the	 Trades	 Access	 Program	 is	 being	 delivered.	 The	
student	will	also	receive	on	site	training	regarding	all	
safety	aspects	of	the	working	industry	enabling	her/
him to understand the importance of becoming a safe
and	competent	worker	on	the	job	site.	The	student	will	
be	scheduled	to	work	2	days	per	week	on	a	rotating	
basis	each	week	the	full	length	of	the	program.	This	
scheduling	will	allow	the	student	to	fully	perceive	and	
comprehend	 the	 working	 knowledge	 of	 the	 various	
trades	he/she	is	assigned	to.




                                                                            103
                        trAdes ACCess ii                                                   successfully write the Clusters 1 or 2 or 3 Trades


      trAde ACCess ii
                                                                                        	 Entrance	Exam.
                                                                                        Note 1: Students must complete the Trades Access
                        oFFereD AT AurorA CAmPus                                        program prior to writing one of the Trades Entrance
                                                                                        Exams.
                        progrAM desCription                                             Note 2: Students who aim to pass the Cluster 4 or 5
                        The	 Trades	 Access	 II	 program	 integrates	 courses	          Trades Entrance Exams could consider applying to the
                        from	an	existing	Aurora	College	program,	093	Trades	            Aurora College Pre-Technology Program.
                        Access,	 with	 courses	 incorporating	 practical,	 hands-
                        on	 Career	 and	 Technology	 Studies	 (CTS)	 modules	           CoMpletion requireMents
                        from	Alberta	Education.                                         To	complete	this	program,	students	must	successfully	
                                                                                        complete	 each	 course	 by	 completing	 all	 course	
                        The	 Trades	 Access	 component	 is	 designed	 to	 give	         assignments	 and	 examinations.	 The	 pass	 mark	 for	
                        students the skills and knowledge necessary to write            each	course	is	50	per	cent,	unless	otherwise	stated	in	
                        the	Cluster	1	or	2	or	3	Trades	Entrance	Exam.	Trades-           the	course	outline.
                        specific	Math,	Science	and	English	will	be	taught.
                                                                                        Students who successfully complete the Trades Access
                        The	 CTS	 modules	 will	 provide	 students	 with	 basic	        program	(students	who	achieve	70	per	cent	or	higher	
                        carpentry,	 automotive,	 plumbing,	 welding,	 and	              in	the	program)	are	eligible	to	write	a	Trades	Entrance	
                        electrician	skills.                                             Exam	(one	of	Cluster	1,	Cluster	2	or	Cluster	3).

                        Students	 who	 successfully	 complete	 this	 10-month	          doCuMent of reCognition
                        program	 will	 receive	 an	 Aurora	 College	 Record	 of	        Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement
                        Achievement.
                                                                                        CurriCuluM
                        progrAM eligiBilitY                                             Core Courses
                        Admission	 requirements	 to	 the	 Trades	 Access	 II	           080-412		 TRADES	MATH	
                        program	are:                                                    080-413	  TRADES	SCIENCE	
                        •		 Completion	of	Grade	7	or	8;	or                              080-414	  TRADES	ENGLISH	(70	HOURS	X	4		
                        •		 ABE	Math	130	and	English	130                                	         MODULES)	
                                                                                        080-321	  BASIC	INTRODUCTION	TO		    	
                        AppliCAnt AssessMent                                            	         COMPUTERS	
                        Each applicant must complete the Aurora College                 760-101	  READY	TO	WORK	NORTH	
                        assessment	tests	in	English	and	math.	Also,	applicants	         080-220	  WORK	EXPERIENCE
                        must	submit	a	letter	of	intent,	as	well	as	two	letters	
                        of	reference.                                                   sHoP ComPonenTs usInG
                                                                                        ALBerTA eDuCATIon CTs moDuLes:
                        progrAM AdMission                                               002-781	  APPLIED	SHOP	–CARPENTRY	
                        Applicants	will	be	admitted	to	this	program	based	on	           002-782	  APPLIED	SHOP	–	AUTOMOTIVE/SMALL		
                        the	 program	 eligibility	 criteria	 and	 subject	 to	 space	   	         ENGINES	
                        availability.                                                   002-783	  APPLIED	SHOP	–	PLUMBING	
                                                                                        002-784	  APPLIED	SHOP	–	WELDING	
                        progrAM inforMAtion                                             002-785	  APPLIED	SHOP	–	ELECTRICAL
                        This	 program	 combines	 educational	 upgrading	 with	
                        practical,	 hands-on	 experience	 to	 prepare	 students	        eLeCTIVes
                        to	continue	their	education	in	a	trades-related	field,	         002-387	      SAFETY	AWARENESS
                        or	 for	 entry-level	 employment	 opportunities	 in	 the	       002-662		     INTERNAL	RESPONSE	AND	DUE		
                        construction	industry.                                          	             DILIGENCE
                                                                                        002-664	      INCIDENT	AND	ACCIDENT		  	
                                                                                        	             INVESTIGATION	
                        progrAM oBJeCtives                                              002-199	      CLASS	7	DRIVER	TRAINING	
                        Upon	successful	completion	of	the	program,	students	
                        will	have:
                        •		 Determined	their	personal	suitability	for	work		
                        	 and	continued	study	in	the	trades	sector.
                        •		 Increased	their	formal	education	level	while		
                            gaining credits and knowledge in the chosen
                        	 field		of	study.
                        •	 Developed	valuable	employment	and	study	skills.
                        •		 Acquired	the	knowledge	and	skills	necessary	to	
104
Course/Module desCriptions                                        shop Components using AlbertA eduCAtion




                                                                                                                                   trAdes ACCess ii
080-412 TrADes mATH                                               Cts modules:
Trades	 Math	 is	 a	 145-hour	 course	 (for	 the	 student	        002-781 APPLIeD sHoP – CArPenTrY
who	 has	 completed	 Math	 120)	 and	 is	 intended	 to	           In	 this	 course,	 students	 will	 develop	 basic	 hand	 tool	
prepare learners to challenge the Trades Entrance                 and	 production	 skills	 to	 transform,	 safely,	 common	
Exam.	 The	 course	 is	 designed	 within	 a	 technical-           building	materials	into	useful	products.	Students	will	
vocational	framework.                                             also	 examine	 common	 building	 systems,	 develop	
                                                                  basic skills related to building a simple model or full-
080-413 TrADes sCIenCe                                            size	 system/structure,	 and	 develop	 basic	 framing	
The	Trades	Science	course	is	a	145-hour	course	and	is	            knowledge	and	skills	associated	with	the	construction	
intended to prepare learners to challenge the Trades              of	 a	 floor	 and	 wall	 system,	 and	 with	 framing	 and	
Entrance	 Exam,	 in	 order	 to	 enter	 apprenticeship	            finishing	a	simple	roof	system.
training.	 The	 curricular	 objectives	 for	 science	 are	
very	similar	on	each	of	the	four	series	of	the	Trades	            002-782 APPLIeD sHoP – AuTomoTIVe/smALL
Entrance	 Examinations.	 Therefore,	 the	 materials	 in	          enGInes
this	course	prepare	learners	equally	well,	for	any	one	           In	this	course,	students	will	develop	knowledge,	skills,	
of	the	four	examinations.                                         and	attitudes	to	care	for	and	service	a	motor	vehicle.	
                                                                  Students	will	also	investigate	and	describe	operating	
080-414 TrADes enGLIsH                                            principles,	construction,	and	applications	of	engines,	
The Trades English course is intended to prepare                  perform	the	basic	service	requirements	necessary	to	
learners	 to	 challenge	 the	 Trades	 Entrance	 Exam.	            ensure	adequate	maintenance	of	a	motor	vehicle,	and	
The four modules in the Trades English course are                 learn	to	diagnose	the	condition	of	an	engine	for	worn	
designed	 within	 a	 technical-vocational	 framework.	            or	damaged	parts	and/or	improper	adjustments.
Each module is expected to take approximately
70	 hours	 to	 complete	 (for	 the	 student	 who	 has	            002-783 APPLIeD sHoP – PLumBInG
completed	 English	 130).	 The	 instructor	 is	 expected	         In	this	course,	students	will	develop	basic	knowledge	
to choose from the units those materials that meet                and	skills	to	fabricate	and	make	repairs	to	residential	
individual	and	class	learning	needs	and	interests.                drainage,	 waste,	 vent	 (DWV),	 and	 water	 supply	
                                                                  systems.	 Students	 will	 also	 learn	 about	 the	 uses	 of	
080-321 BAsIC InTroDuCTIon To ComPuTers                           pipes,	basic	piping	principles,	and	fabrication	skills.
This course will introduce the student to the world
of	 computers.	 Beginning	 with	 a	 brief	 history	 of	           002-784 APPLIeD sHoP – WeLDInG
computers,	an	overview	of	the	modern	microcomputer	               In	 this	 course,	 students	 will	 develop	 knowledge	 and	
and	terminology,	the	student	will	proceed	to	working	             skills in the use of basic hand tools and materials used
with	 IBM/MAC	 compatible	 computers.	 A	 hands-on	               in	fabrication	processes,	and	safely	transform	common	
approach	 using	 lectures	 and	 demonstrations	 will	 be	         metals	into	useful	products.	Students	will	also	develop	
utilized.	 The	 student	 is	 expected	 to	 spend	 additional	     basic	 skills	 in	 the	 safe	 handling	 and	 operation	 of	
time	on	the	computer	practising	keyboarding	skills.               oxyacetylene	equipment,	the	safe	use	and	operation	
                                                                  of	 one	 or	 more	 common	 electric	 welding	 processes,	
760-101 reADY To WorK norTH                                       and	 the	 safe	 and	 efficient	 use	 of	 thermal	 cutting	
The	Ready	To	Work	North	course	is	designed	to	help	               equipment	and	supplies.
the	 student	 prepare	 for	 the	 workplace.	 The	 course	
includes	a	wide	range	of	subjects	such	as:	developing	            002-785 APPLIeD sHoP – eLeCTrICAL
a	positive	attitude,	workplace	numerate	skills,	team	             In	this	course,	students	will	apply	electrical	principles,	
work,	 Safety	 Awareness,	 guidelines	 for	 handling	             and	 develop	 an	 understanding	 of	 residential	
hazardous	 materials,	 First	 Aid	 with	 CPR,	 WHMIS,	            electrical	 code	 requirements	 and	 installation	
security,	resume	writing	and	job	search	skills.                   procedures.	 Students	 will	 also	 experiment	 and	 work	
                                                                  with	 principles	 of	 electrical	 energy	 conversion	 and	
080-220 WorK eXPerIenCe                                           distribution,	as	well	as	demonstrate	the	fundamental	
This	course	is	designed	to	give	the	student	actual	On	            concepts	 of	 repairing,	 servicing,	 and	 maintaining	
-the	-	Job	experience	in	a	chosen	trade,	working	for	             electrical	and	electronic	equipment,	and	demonstrate	
a	local	contractor.		The	course	will	be	split	into	two,	          the fundamentals of branch circuit wiring used in
seventy	 hour	 modules.	 	 The	 first	 will	 occur	 prior	 to	    residential/commercial	buildings.
the	 first	 semester	 end	 and	 the	 second	 will	 occur	
at	 year	 end	 (June).	 	 This	 will	 assist	 the	 student	 in	   eLeCTIVes:
choosing the Trade that they are most suitable for                002-387 sAFeTY AWAreness
and	interested	in.                                                This course is designed to inform both the employee
                                                                  and	employer	of	their	rights	and	requirements,	under	
                                                                  WCB	legislation.	The	rationale	is	accident	prevention	
                                                                  and	developing	a	safe	work	environment.
                                                                                                                                                      105
                        002-662 InTernAL resPonse AnD Due


      trAde ACCess ii
                        DILIGenCe
                        The	purpose	of	this	course	is	to	enable	all	participants	
                        to come away with a clear understanding of the
                        Internal	 Responsibility	 System	 (IRS),	 Due	 Diligence,	
                        and	 how	 it	 affects	 each	 and	 every	 person	 in	 the	
                        workplace	throughout	the	NWT	and	NU.	By	increasing	
                        the	 awareness	 and	 knowledge	 of	 the	 IRS	 and	 Due	
                        Diligence	as	it	applies	to	all	workplaces,	all	employers	
                        and	 workers	 will	 be	 better	 prepared	 to	 meet	 the	
                        challenges	of	regulation	compliance	for	Occupational	
                        Health	and	Safety	(OHS)	workplace.

                        002-664 InCIDenT AnD ACCIDenT
                        InVesTIGATIon
                        The	 first	 step	 to	 preventing	 the	 recurrence	 of	 an	
                        accident	 and,	 therefore,	 further	 injury	 is	 to	 identify	
                        its	cause.	This	course	will	teach	incident	and	accident	
                        investigators	 how	 to	 perform	 a	 thorough	 and	
                        complete	investigation.

                        002-199 CLAss 7 DrIVer TrAInInG
                        This course will prepare the student to take the Class
                        7	Learners	Permit	test.	It	includes	2	days	of	classroom	
                        time.




106
introduCtion to                                                  the	Ready	To	Work	North	course	(certificate)	provides	




                                                                                                                                 introduCtion to underground Mining
                                                                 participants	 with	 transferable	 skills/attitudes/

underground
                                                                 knowledge	 to	 seek	 and	 obtain	 employment.	 The	
                                                                 courses presented are related to careers in the
                                                                 mineral	 resource	 industry	 e.g.	 engineering,	 geology	
Mining                                                           or	 production	 (mining)	 including	 the	 simulated	
                                                                 operation	 of	 underground	 mining	 equipment	
progrAM desCription                                              through	 the	 use	 of	 desk-top	 equipment	 simulators	
This Community-based program is designed to                      for	 selected	 underground	 equipment.	 Experiential	
provide	 Northern	 students	 with	 the	 necessary	               learning	 activities	 will	 form	 key	 components	 of	 the	
knowledge and basic skills to consider a career in               program.	Group	 work	and	 individual	 projects	will	 be	
the	Mineral	Resource	(Mining)	Industry	in	any	one	of	            undertaken	and	attendance	in	class	and	field	activities	
many	occupations.	The	program	consists	of	the	Ready	             is	mandatory.
To	Work	North	course	followed	by	five	introductory	
courses	 representing	 various	 topics	 related	 to	 the	        progrAM oBJeCtives
underground	 mining	 process:	 Introduction	 to	 the	            The	objective	of	the	program	is	to	provide	an	overview	
Mine	 Life	 Cycle,	 Mine	 Geology,	 Mineral	 Processing,	        of	the	mining	process	from	which	participants	will	be	
Underground	Mining	Methods,	and	Mine	Safety.	The	                able	to	make	informed	career	choices	with	particular	
total	of	180	hours	will	be	covered	in	six	weeks.	Course	         emphasis	 on	 underground	 mining	 and	 consideration	
delivery	 will	 have	 a	 theoretical	 as	 well	 as	 practical	   for	other	opportunities	within	the	mineral	resources	
component.	 Students	 will	 be	 able	 to	 experience	            industry.	 Instruction	 will	 be	 presented	 using	 non-
many	of	the	practical	specialties	of	the	industry	and	           technical language where possible and will be
from this be able to select those industry professions           sequenced	 to	 cover	 the	 theoretical	 components	
and	occupations	that	best	suit	their	personal	profile	           of	 the	 course	 in	 synchronization	 with	 the	 practical	
and	skills.                                                      components	 to	 develop	 a	 more	 complete	
                                                                 understanding	of	the	topic.		
Upon	completion,	students	will	be	able	to	confidently	
consider	 enrolling	 in	 the	 14-week	 Underground	              CoMpletion requireMents
Miner	Training	Program.			                                       Students	must:
Note: These courses will be within the employment                •		 complete	all	assignments	to	the	satisfaction	of	the	
non-credit division.                                             	 instructors;	and
                                                                 •		 attend	classes	and	adhere	to	both	Aurora	College		
progrAM eligiBilitY                                              	 and	program	specific	policies.
Applicants wishing to enroll in this program must
indicate	an	interest	in	working	in	the	mining	industry.	
                                                       	         doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                 Aurora	College	Record	of	Participation
Note: Successful completion of the Ready To Work
North course is mandatory for continuing with the                CurriCuluM
mining related courses.                                          760-101			     READY	TO	WORK	NORTH	
                                                                 765-001			     INTRODUCTION	TO	THE	MINE	LIFE		 	
AppliCAnt AssessMent                                                            CYCLE
Applicants:                                                      765-002			     INTRODUCTION	MINE	GEOLOGY		
•		 must	submit	academic	transcripts	or	ABE		                    765-003	       INTRODUCTION	TO	MINERAL		 	     	
	 upgrading;                                                     	              PROCESSING	
•		 may	be	required	to	complete	an	Assessment	                   765-004			     INTRODUCTION	TO	UNDERGROUND		 	
	 test(s);and                                                    	              MINING	METHODS	
•		 must	provide	a	current	resume                                765-005	       MINE	SAFETY	      	
•		 Applicants	in	possession	of	Letters	of	Intent	from	
	 prospective	employers	will	receive	preference                  Course desCriptions
                                                                 760-101 reADY To WorK norTH
progrAM AdMission                                                The	Ready	To	Work	North	course	is	designed	to	help	the	
Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program	 based	         student	prepare	for	the	workplace.	The	course	includes	
upon	program	eligibility,	applicant	assessment	results	          a	wide	range	of	subjects	such	as:	developing	a	positive	
and/or	personal	interviews.                                      attitude,	 workplace	 numeracy	 skills,	 team	 work,	 safety	
                                                                 awareness,	guidelines	for	handling	hazardous	materials,	
progrAM inforMAtion                                              First	Aid	with	CPR,	WHMIS,	security,	resume	writing	and	
This	six-week	program	is	designed	to	give	students	a	            job	search	skills.
general	overview	of	the	mining	industry	with	emphasis	
on	 underground	 mining.	 Successful	 completion	 of	
                                                                                                                                                                      107
                                           765-001 InTroDuCTIon To THe mIne LIFe


      introduCtion to underground Mining
                                           CYCLe
                                           This	 course	 will	 provide	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	
                                           various	 stages	 of	 the	 mine	 life	 cycle	 from	 initial	
                                           mineral	exploration	to	decommissioning	(closure	and	
                                           reclamation).	 The	 basics	 of	 all	 aspects	 of	 a	 mining	
                                           operation	will	be	reviewed	with	emphasis	placed	on	
                                           the	 mines	 currently	 in	 operation	 in	 the	 North.	 Key	
                                           areas	of	focus	will	include	mining	terminology,	mining	
                                           methods	and	the	various	career	options	available.		

                                           765-002 InTroDuCTIon To mIne GeoLoGY
                                           This	 course	 offers	 an	 introduction	 to	 the	 general	
                                           concepts	of	mine	geology	including	basic	rock	types,	
                                           structures,	and	the	formation	of	the	mineral	deposits	
                                           found	 at	 operating	 mines	 in	 the	 north.	 Students	
                                           will	 participate	 in	 activities	 related	 to	 underground	
                                           sampling	techniques	and	the	recognition	of	geologic	
                                           structures and rocks found in the underground
                                           environment.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 on	 how	 geologic	
                                           structures	affect	mining	and	safety	concerns.	Career	
                                           options	related	to	mine	geology	will	be	explored.	

                                           765-003 InTroDuCTIon To mInerAL
                                           ProCessInG
                                           This	course	provides	a	general	overview	of	the	stages	
                                           of	mineral	processing	at	mines	operating	in	the	north	
                                           including	 diamond	 processing,	 gold	 milling	 and	 the	
                                           processing	of	base	metal	ore.	Students	will	construct	
                                           simple	 flow	 diagrams	 to	 visualize	 the	 sequences	 of	
                                           mineral	processing	and	will	investigate	related	career	
                                           and	employment	opportunities.		

                                           765-004 InTroDuCTIon To unDerGrounD
                                           mInInG meTHoDs
                                           This course will introduce the student to the processes
                                           and	 systems	 involved	 in	 the	 physical	 extraction	 of	
                                           mineral	 resources	 from	 the	 ground.	 Underground	
                                           mining	 methods	 currently	 being	 used	 at	 operating	
                                           mines in the north will be highlighted including
                                           mining	 terminology,	 equipment	 used	 and	 careers	
                                           possibilities.	 Introducing	 students	 to	 the	 operation	
                                           of	underground	equipment	will	be	achieved	through	
                                           the	 use	 of	 desk-top	 simulators.	 Field	 exposure	 and	
                                           guest	speakers	will	be	incorporated	when	possible.

                                           765-005 mIne sAFeTY
                                           This	 course	 focuses	 on	 the	 very	 important	 issue	 of	
                                           mine	safety.	Students	will	develop	an	understanding	
                                           of	 the	 “attitude”	 of	 safety,	 working	 safely	 and	 the	
                                           relevant	 NWT	 regulations	 related	 to	 mine	 safety.	    	
                                           Identifying	 the	 various	 types	 of	 hazards	 possible	 in	
                                           the	 underground	 environment,	 preventing	 personal	
                                           injury	 to	 self	 and	 others,	 and	 preventing	 damage	
                                           to	 equipment	 and	 mine	 property	 will	 be	 included.	
                                           Career	 and	 employment	 opportunities	 related	 to	
                                           mine	safety	will	be	explored.




108
underground                                                      material	 will	 cover	 information	 related	 to	 careers	




                                                                                                                                  underground Mining trAining
                                                                 in	 the	 mineral	 resource	 industry	 e.g.	 engineering,	

Miner trAining
                                                                 geology	 or	 production	 (mining)	 and	 will	 include	
                                                                 the	 operation	 of	 underground	 mining	 equipment	
                                                                 through	the	use	of	full-scale	underground	equipment	
oFFereD AT YeLLoWKnIFe CAmPus                                    simulators.	 Experiential	 learning	 activities	 will	 form	
                                                                 a	 key	 component	 of	 the	 program.	 Group	 work	 and	
progrAM desCription                                              individual	 projects	 will	 be	 undertaken.	 	 Attendance	
This	program	is	designed	to	provide	students	with	the	           in	class	and	field	activities	is	mandatory.	Students	will	
necessary knowledge and basic skills to consider a               also	receive	industry	recognized	certificate	training	in	
career	as	an	underground	miner	and	also	provide	an	              First	 Aid	 &	 CPR,	 Underground	 Mine	 Rescue	 (student	
overview	of	the	other	careers	in	the	Mineral	Resource	           course),	WHMIS,	and	Safety	and	the	Young	Worker.
(Mining)	 Industry	 in	 any	 one	 of	 many	 occupations.	    	
The	 program	 consists	 of	 the	 Ready	 To	 Work	 North	         progrAM oBJeCtives
course	(if	not	previously	completed)	followed	by	four	           The	 overall	 objective	 of	 the	 program	 is	 to	 provide	
expanded	courses	representing	various	topics	specific	           participants	 with	 a	 thorough	 overview	 of	 the	
to	 the	 underground	 mining	 process:	 The	 Mine	 Life	         underground	 mining	 process.	 They	 will	 also	 obtain	
Cycle,	Mine	Geology,	Underground	Mining	Methods,	                exposure	 to	 other	 career	 opportunities	 available	 at	
and	 Underground	 Mine	 Safety.	 The	 total	 of	 420	            a	 mining	 operation.	 Instruction	 will	 be	 presented	
hours	will	be	covered	in	fourteen	(14)	weeks.	Course	            using non-technical language where possible and will
delivery	 will	 have	 a	 theoretical	 as	 well	 as	 practical	   be	 sequenced	 to	 cover	 the	 theoretical	 components	
component.	 Students	 will	 be	 able	 to	 understand	            in	 synchronization	 with	 the	 practical	 components	 to	
and	 experience	 many	 of	 the	 daily	 routines	 in	 an	         develop	 the	 complete	 picture	 of	 the	 topic.	 Students	
underground	 mining	 operation	 including	 extensive	            will	 be	 exposed	 to	 “real	 life”	 situations	 by	 using	
training	 utilizing	 the	 underground	 equipment	                available	 resources	 –	 underground	 equipment	
simulator.	 From	 this,	 students	 will	 be	 able	 to	 select	   simulators,	 guest	 speakers	 from	 industry,	 field	 trips,	
those	industry	professions	and	occupations	that	suit	            classroom	 activities,	 etc.	 The	 goal	 is	 to	 produce	 job-
their	 personal	 profile	 and	 skills.	 Certificate	 training	   ready	underground	miner	trainees.					
courses will also be presented for Standard First Aid
&	CPR	‘A’,	WHMIS,	Safety	and	the	Young	Worker,	and	              CoMpletion requireMents
Underground	Mine	Rescue	(Student).                               Students	must:
                                                                 •		 complete	all	assignments	to	the	satisfaction	of	the	
progrAM eligiBilitY                                              	 instructors;	and
Applicants wishing to enroll in this program must                •		 attend	classes	and	adhere	to	both	Aurora	College		
be	 18	 years	 of	 age.	 Depending	 on	 academic	 levels,	       	 and	program	specific	policies.
individual	 assessments	 and	 interviews	 may	 be	
required.	                                                       doCuMent of reCognition
                                                                 Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement		
AppliCAnt AssessMent
Applicants:                                                      CurriCuluM
•		 Must	submit	a	resume;                                        760-101			     READY	TO	WORK	NORTH
•		 Must	submit	academic	transcripts	or	ABE		                    766-001	       THE	MINE	LIFE	CYCLE	
	 upgrading;	and                                                 766-002	       MINE	GEOLOGY		
•		 May	be	required	to	complete	an	assessment	test.              766-003	       UNDERGROUND	MINING	METHODS	
Applicants in possession of letters of intent from               766-004			     UNDERGROUND	MINE	SAFETY		
prospective employers will receive preference
                                                                 Course desCriptions
progrAM AdMission                                                760-101 reADY To WorK norTH
Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 the	 program	 based	         The	Ready	To	Work	North	course	is	designed	to	help	
upon	program	eligibility,	applicant	assessment	results	          the	 student	 prepare	 for	 the	 workplace.	 The	 course	
and/or	personal	interviews.                                      includes	a	wide	range	of	subjects	such	as:	developing	
                                                                 a	 positive	 attitude,	 workplace	 numeracy	 skills,	 team	
progrAM inforMAtion                                              work,	 safety	 awareness,	 guidelines	 for	 handling	
This	 14-week	 program	 is	 designed	 to	 give	 students	        hazardous	 materials,	 First	 Aid	 with	 CPR,	 WHMIS,	
a	 thorough	 and	 comprehensive	 overview	 of	 the	              security,	resume	writing	and	job	search	skills.
mining	industry.	Successful	completion	of	the	Ready	
to	 Work-North	 course	 provides	 participants	 with	
valuable	 transferable	 skills/attitudes/knowledge	
to	 seek	 and	 obtain	 employment.	 The	 course	
                                                                                                                                                                109
                                    766-001 THe mIne LIFe CYCLe


      underground Mining trAining
                                    This	course	will	include	all	material	from	the	Introduction	
                                    to	the	Mine	Life	Cycle	and	the	Introduction	to	Mineral	
                                    Processing	courses	for	those	who	have	not	taken	the	
                                    Introduction	 to	 Underground	 Mining	 Program.	 This	
                                    course	will	challenge	students	to	investigate	each	stage	
                                    in	more	detail.	The	basics	from	all	aspects	of	a	mining	
                                    operation	 will	 be	 reviewed	 with	 emphasis	 placed	 on	
                                    the	 mines	 currently	 in	 operation	 in	 the	 North.	 Key	
                                    areas of focus will include mining terminology and the
                                    various	career	options	available	throughout	the	cycle.

                                    766-002 mIne GeoLoGY
                                    This	 course	 includes	 the	 material	 covered	 in	 the	
                                    Introduction	to	Mine	Geology	course	and	focuses	in	
                                    more detail on the geological concepts important
                                    to	 the	 underground	 mining	 process.	 Topics	 include	
                                    identification	 of	 common	 minerals	 and	 rocks	
                                    found	 in	 the	 NWT,	 exposure	 to	 regional	 geologic	
                                    structures	 and	 why	 mines	 are	 where	 they	 are,	 and	
                                    the	formation	and	structures	of	the	mineral	deposits	
                                    found	 at	 operating	 mines	 in	 the	 north.	 	 Students	
                                    will	 participate	 in	 activities	 related	 to	 underground	
                                    sampling	 techniques,	 ground	 control,	 and	 the	
                                    recognition	of	geologic	structures	and	rocks	found	in	
                                    the	underground	environment.	Career	options	in	the	
                                    field	of	mine	geology	will	be	explored.	

                                    766-003 unDerGrounD mInInG meTHoDs
                                    This	 course	 will	 include	 the	 material	 covered	 in	 the	
                                    Introduction	 to	 Underground	 Mining	 Methods	 and	
                                    the	Introduction	to	Mine	Safety	courses	and	expand	
                                    the	topics	to	provide	a	more	detailed	investigation	of	
                                    the	 processes	 and	 systems	 involved	 in	 the	 physical	
                                    extraction	 of	 mineral	 resources	 from	 the	 ground.	
                                    Underground	 mining	 methods	 currently	 being	 used	
                                    at	 operating	 mines	 in	 the	 north	 will	 be	 highlighted	
                                    including	 mining	 terminology,	 equipment	 used	 and	
                                    careers	 possibilities.	 Students	 will	 gain	 valuable	
                                    experience	 in	 the	 operation	 of	 underground	
                                    equipment	 through	 the	 use	 of	 a	 full-scale	 mining	
                                    equipment	 simulator.	 Other	 topics	 covered	 will	
                                    include	 ground	 control,	 ventilation,	 engineering,	
                                    and	blasting	with	aspects	of	mine	safety	emphasized	
                                    throughout.		Field	exposure	and	guest	speakers	will	
                                    be	 incorporated	 at	 every	 opportunity	 to	 provide	
                                    current,	up-to-date	industry	information.	Career	and	
                                    employment	opportunities	will	be	investigated.

                                    Simulator operating experience will be integrated into
                                    the overall program to allow individual student time
                                    tabling.

                                    766-004 unDerGrounD mIne sAFeTY
                                    This	course	will	expand	on	the	material	covered	in	the	
                                    Introduction	 to	 Mine	 Safety	 course.	 Topics	 covered	
                                    will	 include:	 Safety	 and	 the	 Young	 Worker,	 WHMIS,	
                                    Standard	 First	 Aid	 with	 CPR	 ‘A’,	 and	 Student	 Mine	
                                    Rescue	training.

110
HeAvY                                                          Pass	a	Class	3	or	Class	1	NWT	Driver’s	Medical.




                                                                                                                                  HeAvY equipMent operAtor
                                                               Submit	 a	 current	 driver’s	 license	 abstract	 (can	 be	

equipMent
                                                               obtained	from	Motor	Vehicles	Licensing	office).

                                                               NOTE 1.	 Applicants	 are	 not	 required	 to	 obtain	 a	
operAtor                                                       medical	or	driver’s	abstract	for	their	initial	application.	
                                                               After	 screening,	 applicants	 who	 are	 “conditionally	
FuLL TIme ProGrAm oFFereD AT THeBACHA                          accepted”	 will	 be	 advised	 to	 pass	 a	 Class	 3	 or	 Class	
CAmPus, PArT TIme In oTHer LoCATIons                           1	 Driver’s	 Medical	 and	 to	 submit	 a	 current	 driver’s	
                                                               license abstract in order to become fully accepted in
progrAM desCription                                            the	program.	
Aurora	 College	 offers	 three	 programs	 in	 the	 Heavy	
Equipment	Operator	field.	                                     NOTE 2.	For	entry	into	the	HEO	program,	either	a	Class	
                                                               3	or	Class	1	Medical	is	acceptable.	The	criteria	for	both	
                                                               medicals	 are	 similar,	 so	 it	 may	 be	 advantageous	 for	
HeAvY equipMent operAtor                                       a	 student	 to	 get	 a	 Class	 1	 Medical	 if	 they	 anticipate	
progrAM                                                        pursing	a	Class	1	License	in	the	future.
In	 this	 full	 15-week	 program	 students	 receive	
compulsory/core	 training	 in	 first	 aid,	 introduction	
                                                               AppliCAnt AssessMent
to	 heavy	 equipment	 operation,	 introduction	 to	
                                                               Applicants will be assessed based on the program
equipment	 systems,	 preventative	 maintenance	
                                                               eligibility.
procedures,	 interpretation	 of	 construction	 surveys,	
and	 air	 brakes.	 This	 program	 also	 includes	 175	
hours	of	training	on	two	pieces	of	heavy	equipment	            progrAM AdMission
(crawler,	 loader,	 motor	 grader,	 front-end	 loader,	        Applicants	 will	 be	 admitted	 to	 this	 program	 based	
backhoe,	track	excavator	swing	rig,	or	Class	7	tandem	         on	 the	 eligibility	 requirements	 and	 the	 applicant	
axle	dump	truck).                                              assessment	results.	


ABridged HeAvY equipeMent                                      progrAM inforMAtion
                                                               Students must bring clothing suitable for outside
operAtor progrAM                                               equipment	operation.	Students	must	also	possess	and	
This	 8-week	 program	 offers	 the	 same	 compulsory/
                                                               wear	proper	protective	footwear,	eye	protection,	CSA-
core	training	as	the	full-length	program,	but	students	
                                                               approved	 Class	 2	 coveralls,	 or	 coveralls	 and	 a	 CSA-
will	receive	175	hours	of	training	on	one	(as	opposed	
                                                               approved	Class	2	safety	vest.	Headgear	is	provided	by	
to	two)	piece	of	heavy	equipment.
                                                               the	 College.	 All	 required	 manuals	 for	 the	 course	 are	
                                                               provided	by	the	College.	Attendance	for	all	courses	is	
introduCtion to HeAvY                                          compulsory.
equipMent operAtor progrAM
This	 7-week	 program	 offers	 the	 same	 compulsory/
                                                               progrAM oBJeCtives
core	 training	 as	 the	 full-length	 program.	 Students	
                                                               Upon	 completion	 of	 the	 program,	 students	 will	 be	
will	 receive	 64	 hours	 of	 training	 on	 two	 pieces	 of	
                                                               able	to:
equipment.
                                                               • Competently	and	safely	operate	specific	pieces
                                                               		 of	equipment	at	a	basic	entry	level	for		 	         	
progrAM eligiBilitY                                            	   employment;
The	 eligibility	 requirements	 for	 all	 three	 heavy	        •	 Perform	required	safety	checks	and	maintenance		
equipment	 operator	 programs	 are	 the	 same.	        	       	   on	the	equipment;
Applicants	must	meet	the	following	criteria:                   •	 Perform	basic	construction	procedures			            	
•	 Be	18	years	of	age	or	older.                                	   associated	with	the	equipment;
•	 Have	Grade	9	level	of	reading,	writing	and		                •	 Describe	the	workings	of	a	vehicle’s	systems;	and
	   mathematics	(ABE	English	130	and	ABE	Math		                •	 Describe	and	demonstrate	the	attributes
	   130).                                                      	   required	by	employers	of	heavy	equipment		         	
•	 Be	fluent	in	English.                                       	   operators.
•	 Possess	a	valid	unrestricted	Class	5	Driver’s		
	   License	prior	to	entry	into	the	program.	A		
	   temporary	or	restricted	Class	5	Driver’s	License		         CoMpletion requireMents
    is noT	acceptable.                                         Students	must	successfully	complete	the	compulsory/
                                                               core	 and	 operational	 courses	 in	 their	 respective	
Based	on	screening	in	the	above	areas,	applicants	will	        program as well as demonstrate acceptable life skills
be	advised	if	they	are	“conditionally	accepted”.	              such	 as	 punctuality,	 attendance	 and	 professional	
If	 applicants	 are	 “conditionally	 accepted”	 into	 the	     attitude.	 Students	 must	 demonstrate,	 to	 the	
program,	they	must	also:                                       satisfaction	 of	 the	 instructors,	 that	 they	 are	 safety	
                                                                                                                                                             111
                                 minded and capable operators on each of the pieces           ABrIDGeD HeAVY eQuIPmenT


      HeAvY equipMent operAtor
                                 of	equipment	they	were	trained	on.                           oPerATor ProGrAm
                                                                                              STUDENTS	 OF	 THE ABrIDGeD HeAVY eQuIPmenT
                                 Students	 must	 pass	 all	 courses	 in	 their	 respective	   oPerATor ProGrAm MUST	 TAKE one (1) OF
                                 program in order to complete the program and be              THE	FOLLOWING:		       	      	     	
                                 awarded the appropriate Aurora College Record of
                                 Achievement.                                                 oPerATInG Courses
                                                                                              (NOTE:	COURSE	SELECTION	MAY	BE	LIMITED	BY	
                                 doCuMent of reCognition                                      AVAILABILITY	OF	EQUIPMENT)
                                 Heavy equipment operator Program - Aurora College
                                 Record	of	Achievement                                        728-110	     INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		
                                 Abridged Heavy equipment operator Program -                  	            CRAWLER	TRACTOR	 	        	
                                 Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement                         728-111	     INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		
                                 Introduction to Heavy equipment operator Program                          BACKHOE
                                 - Aurora	College	Record	of	Achievement                       728-112	     INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		
                                                                                              	            MOTOR	GRADER	      	
                                 Program(s) Length/Duration                                   728-113	     INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		
                                 Heavy	Equipment	Operator	Program	                                         FRONT END LOADER
                                 72	days	(15	weeks)	                                          728-114	     INTRODUCTION	TO	TRUCK	DRIVING		
                                 Abridged	Heavy	Equipment	Operator	Program		                  	            –	CLASS	IIIQ	 	    	      	
                                 40	days	(8	weeks)                                            728-119	     INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A	TRACK		
                                 Introduction	to	Heavy	Equipment	Operator	Program	            	            EXCAVATOR	SWING	RIG
                                 35	days	(7	weeks)
                                                                                              InTroDuCTIon To HeAVY eQuIPmenT oPerATor
                                                                                              ProGrAm
                                 CurriCuluM
                                                                                              STUDENTS	 OF	 THE	 InTroDuCTIon To HeAVY
                                 ComPuLsorY/Core ToPICs
                                                                                              eQuIPmenT oPerATor ProGrAm	MUST	TAKE	TWo
                                 ALL	HEO	STUDENTS	MUST	TAKE:	          	         	
                                                                                              (2) OF	THE	FOLLOWING:	 	     	    	
                                 728-005	      FIRST	AID	 	         	
                                                                                              oPerATInG Courses
                                 728-100	      INTRODUCTION	TO	HEAVY		      	
                                                                                              (NOTE:	COURSE	SELECTION	MAY	BE	LIMITED	BY	
                                 	             EQUIPMENT	OPERATOR	          	
                                                                                              AVAILABILITY	OF	EQUIPMENT)	
                                 728-101	      INTRODUCTION	TO	THE		        	
                                 	             KNOWLEDGE	AND	USE	OF	HEAVY		
                                                                                              728-310	   INTRODUCTION	TO	CRAWLER		 	
                                 	             EQUIPMENT	
                                                                                              	          TRACTOR	OPERATION	 	         	
                                 728-102	      INTRODUCTION	TO	EQUIPMENT		
                                                                                              728-311	   INTRODUCTION	TO	BACKHOE		 	
                                               SYSTEMS
                                                                                              	          OPERATION
                                 728-103	      PREVENTATIVE	MAINTENANCE		
                                                                                              728-312	   INTRODUCTION	TO	MOTOR	GRADER		
                                 	             PROCEDURES	          	       	
                                                                                              	          OPERATION	
                                 728-104	      INTERPRET	CONSTRUCTION		 	
                                                                                              728-313	   INTRODUCTION	TO	FRONT	END		
                                 	             SURVEY	SPECIFICATIONS	
                                                                                              	          LOADER	OPERATION	 	          	
                                 728-105	      DUAL	CIRCUIT	121	AIR	BRAKE		 	
                                                                                              728-314	   INTRODUCTION	TO	CLASS	III	Q	TRUCK		
                                               SYSTEM
                                                                                              	          DRIVING
                                                                                              728-319		  INTRODUCTION	TO	TRACK	EXCAVATOR		
                                 HeAVY eQuIPmenT oPerATor ProGrAm
                                                                                              	          SWING	RIG	OPERATION	         	
                                 STUDENTS	OF	THE	HeAVY eQuIPmenT oPerATor
                                                                                              eLeCTIVes
                                 ProGrAm	MUST	TAKE	TWo (2)	OF	THE	FOLLOWING:
                                                                                              728-201	   CLASS	1	DRIVER	TRAINING*
                                                                                              *SEE	COURSE	OUTLINE	FOR	PRE-REQUISITES
                                 oPerATInG Courses
                                 728-110	      INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING			
                                 	             A	CRAWLER	TRACTOR	 	                           Course desCriptions
                                 728-111	      INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		                  ComPuLsorY/Core Courses
                                               BACKHOE                                        728-005 FIrsT AID
                                 728-112	      INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		                  The purpose of this course is to train each student to
                                 	             MOTOR	GRADER	      	                           the	Emergency	or	Standard	level	of	First	Aid	and	to	
                                 728-113	      INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING	A		                  the	BASIC	RESCUER	of	CPR.	
                                               FRONT END LOADER
                                 728-114	      INTRODUCTION	TO	TRUCK	DRIVING		
                                 	             –	CLASS	IIIQ	 	    	       	
                                 728-119	      	INTRODUCTION	TO	OPERATING		
                                 	             A	TRACK	EXCAVATOR	SWING	RIG	
112
728-100 InTroDuCTIon To HeAVY eQuIPmenT                         HeAvY equipMent operAtor




                                                                                                                               HeAvY equipMent operAtor
This	 course	 is	 intended	 to	 give	 the	 student	 a	 basic	   progrAM And ABridged HeAvY
knowledge	of	the	Earth	Moving	Industry	and	the	types	
                                                                equipMent operAtor progrAM
of	equipment	that	are	used	on	a	daily	basis.
                                                                oPerATInG Courses – 175 Hours Per eACH
728-101 InTroDuCTIon To THe KnoWLeDGe
                                                                PIeCe oF eQuIPmenT
AnD use oF HeAVY eQuIPmenT
It	is	expected	that	the	student	will	become	extremely	
                                                                728-110 InTroDuCTIon To oPerATInG A
safety conscious and recognize the importance of
                                                                CrAWLer TrACTor
using	 proper	 safety	 precautions	 and	 procedures.	
                                                                This course is designed to instruct the student in all
Students	are	introduced	to	the	NWT	Industrial	Safety	
                                                                aspects	of	the	Crawler	Tractor	and	provide	ample	time	
Regulations,	 rudimentary	 safety	 practices,	 hand	
                                                                to	practice	operating	this	piece	of	equipment	in	actual	
signals,	emergency	situations,	and	Basic	First	Aid.	The	
                                                                work	assignments.
importance	of	safety	cannot	be	over-emphasized.
                                                                728-111 InTroDuCTIon To oPerATInG A
728-102 InTroDuCTIon To eQuIPmenT
                                                                BACKHoe
sYsTems
                                                                This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
This	course	is	designed	to	give	the	students	an	overview	
                                                                the	necessary	basic	skills	and	information	to	operate	
of	the	common	systems	found	in	most	pieces	of	heavy	
                                                                this	piece	of	equipment	to	entry	level	proficiency.
equipment.	 Students	 will	 be	 expected	 to	 understand	
how	many	of	the	equipment	systems	work	and	their	
                                                                728-112 InTroDuCTIon To oPerATInG A
importance	to	the	equipment.	Some	of	the	common	
                                                                moTor GrADer
systems	 to	 be	 covered	 include	 engine	 types	 and	
                                                                This	 course	 will	 provide	 the	 student	 with	 the	
operation,	 fuel	 systems,	 cooling	 systems,	 lubricating	
                                                                knowledge and experience to operate this piece of
systems,	power	train,	tracks	and	tires.
                                                                equipment	 safely	 and	 proficiently	 as	 an	 entry	 level	
                                                                employee	in	the	HEO	field.
728-103 PreVenTATIVe mAInTenAnCe
ProCeDures
                                                                728-113 InTroDuCTIon To oPerATInG A FronT
This	course	provides	the	student	with	the	knowledge	
                                                                enD LoADer
and	capabilities	to	perform	preventative	maintenance	
                                                                This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
requirements	on	heavy	equipment.	This	is	an	important	
                                                                the	necessary	basic	skills	and	information	to	operate	
function	of	heavy	equipment	operators	to	ensure	the	
                                                                this	piece	of	equipment	to	entry	level	proficiency.
equipment	 is	 routinely	 checked	 and	 preventative	
maintenance	 procedures	 are	 carried	 out.	 The	
                                                                728-114 InTroDuCTIon To TruCK DrIVInG –
course concentrates on special winter maintenance
                                                                CLAss 3
requirements	and	basic	troubleshooting.
                                                                This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
                                                                the	knowledge	and	experience	to	safely	drive	a	Class	7	
728-104 InTerPreT ConsTruCTIon surVeY
                                                                truck.	Work	experience	is	based	on	the	skills	required	
sPeCIFICATIons
                                                                of	a	driver	employed	at	mine	sites,	construction	sites,	
This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
                                                                hamlets,	towns,	and	cities.	
a general knowledge and understanding of the many
aspects	 of	 construction	 specifications.	 This	 is	 an	
                                                                728-119 InTroDuCTIon To oPerATInG A TrACK
extremely	 detailed	 course.	 Students	 are	 introduced	
                                                                eXCAVATor sWInG rIG
to	interpreting	survey	stakes,	soils	classification,	road	
                                                                This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
building	 stages,	 assembling	 and	 backfilling	 culverts,	
                                                                the	necessary	basic	skills	and	information	to	operate	
soil	 compaction,	 weights	 and	 composition.	 Much	
                                                                a	track	excavator	swing	rig	to	entry	level	proficiency.
of	 the	 associated	 training	 on	 the	 equipment	 will	
be	 related	 directly	 to	 this	 section	 of	 the	 program.	
During	the	practical	part	of	the	program	students	will	
practice	 reading	 construction	 stakes,	 building	 roads	
and	 moving	 different	 soils	 to	 experience	 what	 they	
have	been	taught.

728-105 DuAL CIrCuIT 121 AIr BrAKe sYsTem
This course is one of the most important aspects
of	 the	 program	 if	 enrolled	 in	 Introduction	 to	 Truck	
Driving	Class	III	Q	728-114.	This	course	deals	with	all	
components of the Dual Circuit 121 Air Brake Systems
used	on	todays	vehicles.

                                                                                                                                                          113
                                 introduCtion to HeAvY                                            with	 tri-axle	 side	 dump	 equipment.	 This	 includes	


      HeAvY equipMent operAtor
                                 equipMent operAtor progrAM                                       road	 safety,	 pre-trip	 planning,	 loading,	 hauling	 and	
                                                                                                  dumping,	 trip	 planning,	 and	 effective	 and	 efficient	
                                 oPerATInG Courses – 64 Hours Per eACH                            road	travel.
                                 PIeCe oF eQuIPmenT

                                 728-310 InTroDuCTIon To CrAWLer TrACTor
                                 oPerATIon
                                 This course is designed to instruct the student in all
                                 aspects	of	the	Crawler	Tractor	and	provides	practice	
                                 operating	 this	 piece	 of	 equipment	 in	 actual	 work	
                                 assignments.

                                 728-311 InTroDuCTIon To BACKHoe
                                 oPerATIon
                                 This course is designed to instruct the student in
                                 all	 aspects	 of	 the	 Backhoe	 and	 provides	 practice	
                                 operating	 this	 piece	 of	 equipment	 in	 actual	 work	
                                 assignments.

                                 728-312 InTroDuCTIon To moTor GrADer
                                 oPerATIon
                                 This course is designed to instruct the student in all
                                 aspects	 of	 the	 Motor	 Grader	 and	 provides	 practice	
                                 operating	 this	 piece	 of	 equipment	 in	 actual	 work	
                                 assignments.

                                 728-313 InTroDuCTIon To FronT enD LoADer
                                 oPerATIon
                                 This course is designed to instruct the student in all
                                 aspects	of	the	Front	End	Loader	and	provides	practice	
                                 operating	 this	 piece	 of	 equipment	 in	 actual	 work	
                                 assignments.

                                 728-314 InTroDuCTIon To CLAss 3 TruCK
                                 DrIVInG
                                 This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 provide	 the	 student	 with	
                                 the	knowledge	and	experience	to	safely	drive	a	Class	7	
                                 truck.	Work	experience	is	based	on	the	skills	required	
                                 of	a	driver	employed	at	mine	sites,	construction	sites,	
                                 hamlets,	towns,	and	cities.	

                                 728-319 InTroDuCTIon To TrACK eXCAVATor
                                 sWInG rIG oPerATIon
                                 This course is designed to instruct the student in all
                                 aspects	of	the	Track	Excavator	Swing	Rig	and	provides	
                                 practice	 operating	 this	 piece	 of	 equipment	 in	 actual	
                                 work	assignments.

                                 eLeCTIVes
                                 728-201 CLAss 1 DrIVer TrAInInG
                                 This	 course	 is	 designed	 to	 prepare	 individuals	 to	
                                 write	 and	 pass	 the	 written	 and	 practical	 GNWT	
                                 class	 1	 drivers	 exam.	 The	 training	 concentrates	 on	
                                 the	 operation	 of	 a	 tractor	 tri-axle	 side	 dump	 trailer	
                                 in	 a	 construction	 and/or	 industrial	 environment.	
                                 Students	 will	 be	 exposed	 to	 various	 operations	 in	 a	
                                 construction/industrial	 setting	 in	 conjunction	 with	
                                 other	heavy	equipment.	The	course	focuses	on	safety,	
                                 maintenance,	 and	 the	 operation	 of	 tractor	 truck	
114
CAMp Cook                                                          The	 Aurora	 College	 Attendance	 Policy	 C.02	 Course	




                                                                                                                                  CAMp Cook
                                                                   Attendance,	Academic	Matters,	will	be	strictly	adhered	
                                                                   to,	as	will	all	Aurora	College	Policies.
oFFereD AT THeBACHA CAmPus
                                                                   progrAM oBJeCtives
this program is currently under review.                            A	 student	 graduating	 from	 this	 program	 shall	 find	
                                                                   employment	 in	 industrial	 camp	 kitchens,	 tourism	
progrAM desCription                                                camps	or	community	hotels.		The	student	will:
This	 12-18	 week	 competency-based,	 entry-level	 camp	           •	 Understand	 sanitation	 and	 food	 handling	
cook program is intended to prepare the student for                     regulations	in	order	to	produce	wholesome	foods
employment	 as	 a	 camp	 cook	 in	 camp	 kitchens.	 	 The	         •	 Know	safety	regulations	in	order	to	work	safely	on	
emphasis	 of	 the	 program	 is	 on	 food	 preparation,	                 the	job-site	
supplemented	 with	 relevant	 theoretical	 components.	            •	 Demonstrate	 safe	 food	 handling	 and	 practice	
Upon	successful	completion	of	the	Camp	Cook	program	                    safety	regulations
and	 with	 additional	 relevant	 experience/academic	              •	 Have	 a	 general	 knowledge	 of	 terminology,	
upgrading	 the	 student	 may	 pursue	 Pre-Employment	                   standard	cooking	procedures	and	equipment
Cooking.                                                           •	 Be	able	to	produce	nutritional	foods	appropriate	
                                                                        to	a	camp	setting
progrAM eligiBilitY                                                •	 Know	standard	camp	operating	procedures
The	applicant	must:                                                •	 Know	basic	camp	attendant	duties
•	 Be	at	least	17	years	of	age                                     •	 Achieve	 certification	 in	 food	 safety,	 safety	
•	 Possess	 a	 minimum	 of	 Grade	 10	 recommended	                     awareness,	WHIMIS,	HACCP,	NorthernMost	Host,	
    or	English	130	and	Math	120.	                                       and	First	Aid/CPR
•	 Submit	 a	 medical	 clearance	 form:	 	 Be	 screened	
    by	Public	Health	for	T.B.	(negative	Mantoux	test	              NWT	 (National)	 Occupational	 standards	 for	 Camp	
    or	 present	 	 an	 explanatory	 letter	 from	 Public	          Cook	 will	 be	 adhered	 to.	 	 Program	 materials	 will	
    Health	stating	they	do	not	have	active	T.B.)                   be	 supplemented	 with	 menu	 plans,	 recipes	 and	
•	 Submit	a	letter	of	intent                                       procedural	 manuals	 from	 active	 camp	 catering	
•	 Accompany	 this	 application	 with	 a	 letter	 of	              companies.
    reference	 from	 persons	 acquainted	 with	 their	
    employment	and/or	study.                                       CoMpletion requireMents
                                                                   Students	require	a	pass	of	60%	in	all	components	of	
In	 addition	 to	 these	 requirements,	 a	 personal	               the	program.	
interview	may	be	required.		
                                                                   doCuMent of reCognition
progrAM inforMAtion                                                Record	of	Achievement
The student will gain the necessary skills and knowledge
to	work	in	a	camp	setting.		The	program	will	focus	on	             CurriCuluM
developing	 practical	 cooking	 skills	 and	 basic	 camp	          748-001				    INTRODUCTION	TO	FOOD	SERVICE
attendant	 duties	 and	 will	 be	 supplemented	 with	              748-120				    KITCHEN	SAFETY
introductory	 level	 theory	 to	 support	 these	 skills.	 	 The	   744-001			     FOODSAFE	LEVEL	I
development	of	positive	work	habits	will	be	emphasized.            744-003				    PRACTICAL	COOKING
                                                                   744-004				    PRACTICAL	BAKING
The	 student	 will	 gain	 certification	 in	 FoodSafe	 Level	      744-005				    CAMP	ATTENDANT
1,	 First	 Aid/CPR,	 Safety	 Awareness,	 WHMIS,	 HACCP	
Training.                                                          748-001 InTroDuCTIon To FooD serVICe
                                                                   This course will introduce the students to the history
The	student	must	be	in	good	physical	condition,	able	to	           of	cooking	and	the	scope	of	work	involved	in	the	food	
withstand	 the	 long	 hours	 of	 standing,	 be	 prepared	 to	      services	 industry.	 The	 student	 will	 become	 familiar	
work	under	pressure,	to	work	a	flexible	schedule,	deal	            with	 trade	 terminology	 as	 well	 as	 the	 different	
with	 the	 requirement	 of	 being	 away	 from	 home	 for	          classifications	of	food	service	workers	and	be	able	to	
extended	periods	of	time,	and	show	a	strong	degree	of	             recognize	 different	 types	 of	 food	 service	 operations.	
self-reliance.                                                     They will also learn how to operate and maintain
                                                                   kitchen	tools	and	equipment	and	be	able	to	operate	
This	 program	 may	 require	 attendance	 in	 classes	 that	        them in a safe manner and will be introduced to food
are held outside of regular school hours and away from             purchasing/ordering	 from	 local	 suppliers.	 	 Students	
the	student’s	home	community,	for	example	in	a	camp	               will	learn	proper	etiquette	for	dealing	with	customers	
setting.                                                           in	the	service	industry	through	the	NorthernMost	Host	
                                                                   course	as	well	as	through	incorporation	of	customer	
                                                                   service	topics	throughout	the	program.
                                                                                                                                              115
                  748-120 KITCHen sAFeTY


      CAMp Cook
                  The	 students	 will	 gain	 knowledge	 of	 safe	 operating	
                  procedures	when	using	knives	and	power	equipment.	
                  They	 will	 be	 able	 to	 identify	 work	 hazards,	 how	
                  to	 avoid	 burns,	 falls,	 cuts	 and	 strains	 and	 gain	
                  certification	in	Standard	First	Aid	and	CPR	from	either	
                  the	Canadian	Red	Cross	or	St.	John	Ambulance,	both	
                  of	which	are	nationally	recognised.	The	students	will	
                  learn	about	the	proper	use	of	fire	extinguishers	and	
                  other	fire	equipment	through	a	demonstration	by	the	
                  Fort	Smith	Volunteer	Fire	Department.	They	will	also	
                  learn	 about	 the	 Work	 Hazard	 Material	 Information	
                  System	(WHMIS)	and	Safety	Awareness	through	guest	
                  speakers	 from	 Workers	 Compensation	 Board.	 They	
                  will	 also	 learn	 Hazard	 Analysis	 Critical	 Control	 Point	
                  (HACCP)	 delivered	 by	 Mackenzie	 Regional	 Board	 of	
                  Health.

                  744-001			     FOODSAFE	LEVEL	I
                  744-003			     PRACTICAL	COOKING
                  744-004			     PRACTICAL	BAKING
                  744-005		      CAMP	ATTENDANT




116
ApprentiCesHip




                                                                ApprentiCesHip progrAMs
progrAMs
oFFereD AT THeBACHA CAmPus

GNWT	 Department	 of	 Education,	 Culture	 and	
Employment	(Apprenticeship	Division)	in	cooperation	
with	 Aurora	 College	 (Thebacha	 Campus)	 offer	 the	
following	Apprenticeship	training	programs	on	an	on-
going	basis:

•	   CARPENTER
•	   ELECTRICIAN
•	   HEAVY	DUTY	EQUIPMENT	TECHNICIAN
•	   HOUSING	MAINTAINER
•	   PLUMBER/GASFITTER
•	   OIL	BURNER	MECHANIC	(TQ)	SPECIAL

All	 apprenticeship	 entrance	 requirements	 are	 set	
by	 the	 Apprenticeship	 Division	 and	 these,	 as	 well	
as	 complete	 course	 outlines,	 are	 available	 from	
Apprenticeship	Training	offices.	

Apprenticeship	is	the	method	of	gaining	training	and	
knowledge through working in a chosen profession
and	 attending	 formal	 training	 on	 a	 yearly	 basis.	 For	
most	 trades	 this	 means	 finding	 a	 willing	 employer	
who	will	employ	an	individual	as	an	apprentice	for	on-
the-job	training,	supplemented	by	six	to	eight	weeks	
of	 technical	 training	 at	 an	 educational	 institution	
each	year.

To	apply,	or	for	further	information	on	these	or	any	
other	 apprenticeship	 program,	 contact	 your	 local	
or	 regional	 representative	 of	 the	 Department	 of	
Education,	 Culture	 and	 Employment.	 You	 can	 also	
call	one	of	the	N.W.T.	Apprenticeship	Training	offices	
listed	below:

Fort	Simpson		(867)	695-7258
Hay	River	(867)	874-9200
Norman	Wells	(867)	587-2566
Fort	Smith	(867)	872-7218
Inuvik		(867)	777-7165
Yellowknife	(867)	766-5103
Apprenticeship	Division	(867)	920-3422




                                                                                          117
                         trAditionAl                                                           eligibility criteria


      trAditionAl Arts
                                                                                            •	 All	 applicants	 will	 undergo	 an	 interview	 for	 the	

                         Arts
                                                                                               program

                                                                                            progrAM AdMission
                         oFFereD AT AurorA CAmPus                                           Students	must	meet	program	eligibility	requirements.

                         progrAM desCription                                                progrAM oBJeCtives
                         The	 Traditional	 Arts	 Certificate	 Program	 is	 open	 to	        •	 To	 provide	 individuals	 with	 the	 skills	 necessary	
                         all	 learners	 interested	 in	 developing	 artistic	 skills	 in	      to	 design,	 develop	 and	 produce	 traditional	 and	
                         traditional	 and	 contemporary	 Aboriginal	 arts	 and	                contemporary	Aboriginal	arts	and	crafts
                         crafts.	 The	 program	 consists	 of	 three	 (3)	 modules.	         •	 To	 appreciate,	 strengthen	 and	 utilize	 local,	 and	
                         After	 completion	 of	 all	 three	 (3)	 modules	 students	            regional,	traditional	arts	and	crafts	skills	
                         will	be	able	to	design	and	produce	unique,	innovative	             •	 To	 promote	 artisan	 self-employment	 as	 a	 viable	
                         products.	 They	 will	 have	 the	 skills	 to	 create,	 and	           employment	option
                         market,	high	quality	Aboriginal	arts	and	crafts	for	local,	        •	 To	supply	local,	regional,	national	and	international	
                         national	 and	 international	 markets.	 Students	 will	               markets	 with	 high-end	 products	 	 which	 reflect	
                         have	the	expertise	necessary	for	self-employment,	as	                 the	unique	arts	and	crafts	history	of	the	Beaufort	
                         independent	artists	and/or	as	managers	of	arts	and	                   Delta and Sahtu regions
                         crafts	outlets.	Students	will	receive	certification	upon	
                         completion	of	all	three	(3)	modules.	                              MetHods of instruCtion
                                                                                            Teaching methods will include formal classroom
                         Throughout the program students will learn from                    teaching	and	extensive	lab	work.	Some	lab	work	will	
                         ‘hands-on’	instruction	in	traditional	and	contemporary	            take	place	on	the	land.	
                         Aboriginal	art	forms,	including:	Moose	Hide	Tanning;	
                         Carving;	 Beadwork;	 Traditional	 Footwear;	 Northern	
                                                                                            MetHods of evAluAtion
                         Embellishments	 (embroidery,	 quill	 work	 and	
                                                                                            Methods	 of	 evaluation	 will	 vary	 according	 to	 the	
                         tufting);	 Sewing	 (hand	 and	 machine);	 Tool	 Making;	
                                                                                            requirements	 of	 each	 course.	 	 Evaluation	 could	
                         Tanning	 Fur;	 and,	 Bush	 and	 Tundra	 Crafts.	 Courses	
                                                                                            include	 term	 papers,	 projects,	 assignments,	
                         in	 the	 History	 of	 Aboriginal	 Art	 will	 give	 students	 a	
                                                                                            presentations,	exhibitions,	journals,	demonstrations	
                         comprehensive	 appreciation	 of	 the	 culture,	 and	 the	
                                                                                            and	 final	 exams.	 The	 highest	 weight	 in	 terms	 of	
                         traditional	 arts	 and	 crafts,	 which	 inspire	 and	 inform	
                                                                                            evaluation	 will	 be	 placed	 on	 demonstrated	 skill	
                         their	own	artistic	efforts.	
                                                                                            development.	 All	 projects	 must	 be	 completed	 in	 a	
                                                                                            timely	fashion.
                         The	 artistic	 courses	 will	 also	 be	 supplemented	
                         with	 computer	 and	 marketing	 courses.	 	 Marketing	
                         instruction	will	include	practical	experience	in	display	          doCuMent of reCognition
                         and	 sales.	 A	 Product	 Development	 Small	 Crafts	               For	 individual	 modules,	 students	 will	 receive	 an	
                         Course	will	encourage	students	to	perfect	their	skills,	           Aurora	 College	 Record	 of	 Achievement.	 	 Students	
                         and	 apply	 them	 to	 the	 production	 of	 high	 quality	          who	 complete	 Module	 I,	 II	 and	 III	 will	 receive	 an	
                         traditional	and	contemporary	arts	and	crafts.                      Aurora	College	Certificate	in	Traditional	Arts.	


                         progrAM eligiBilitY                                                CurriCuluM
                         Applicants to the program must meet the following                  moDuLe I
                         criteria:                                                          435-101	       MOOSE	HIDE	TANNING
                         •	 Be	17	yrs	of	age	or	older                                       435-102	       CARVING	(ELECTIVE)
                         •	 Have	a	strong	interest	in	northern	Aboriginal	arts	             435-103	       SEWING		(ELECTIVE)
                             and culture                                                    435-104	       MARKETING	I
                         •	 Undergo	a	placement	test	to	determine	an	entry	                 435-105	       HISTORY	OF	ABORIGINAL	ART	I
                             level	of	English	130                                           435-106	       COMPUTERS	I
                         •	 Provide	a	portfolio,	or	samples,	of	their	art	work
                         •	 Possess	 a	 desire	 to	 be	 self-employed	 in	 the	 arts	       moDuLe II
                             and	crafts	field                                               435-204	       MARKETING	II
                                                                                            435-205	       HISTORY	OF	ABORIGINAL	ART	II
                                                                                            435-206	       COMPUTERS	II
                         AppliCAnt AssessMent                                               435-207	       BEADWORK
                         •	 Applicants	 must	 submit	 an	 Aurora	 College	
                                                                                            435-208	       ABORIGINAL	FOOTWEAR
                            Application	 Form	 to	 the	 Registrar	 of	 the	 campus	
                                                                                            435-209	       TOOL	MAKING	I
                            to which they are applying
                                                                                            435-210	       PRODUCT	DEVELOPMENT	SMALL		
                         •	 Applicants	 will	 be	 assessed	 against	 the	 program	
                                                                                                           CRAFTS
118
435-211	       TANNING	FUR                                       moDuLe II




                                                                                                                                   trAditionAl Arts
                                                                 435-207 BeADWorK
moDuLe III                                                       The	 focus	 of	 this	 course	 is	 the	 traditional	 practice	
435-304	       MARKETING	III                                     of	 beadwork	 in	 the	 Northwest	 Territories.	 Students	
435-305	       HISTORY	OF	ABORIGINAL	ARTS	III                    will	complete	projects	using	the	three	main	styles	of	
435-306	       COMPUTERS	III                                     beadwork:	loom,	knitting	with	beads	and	appliqué.	A	
435-309	       TOOL	MAKING	II                                    number	of	related	bead	working	techniques	will	also	
435-312	       NORTHERN	EMBELLISHMENTS                           be	presented.
435-313	       BUSH	AND	TUNDRA	CRAFTS
                                                                  435-208 ABorIGInAL FooTWeAr
Course desCriptions                                              The	 focus	 of	 this	 course	 is	 designing,	 decorating	 and	
moDuLe I                                                         constructing	 traditional	 northern	 Aboriginal	 footwear.	
435-101 moose HIDe TAnnInG                                       Each student will make a pair of moccasins and a pair of
The Moose Hide Tanning course will focus on the                  mukluks.	 The	 ‘uppers’,	 fur,	 hide,	 beadwork	 and	 sewing	
traditional	 methods	 used	 by	 the	 Dene	 of	 the	 NWT	 to	     produced	 in	 previous	 courses	 will	 be	 utilized	 in	 the	
prepare,	 tan	 and	 smoke	 hides.	 Specific	 techniques	 as	     construction	of	the	footwear.
practiced	 by	 the	 Sahtu	 Dene	 will	 be	 employed.	 Some	
traditional	living	skills	activities	will	be	included	during	    435-209 TooL mAKInG I
the	Moose	Hide	Tanning	course.		                                 Students	 will	 learn	 how	 to	 make	 hide	 tanning	 tools.	
                                                                 They	 will	 make	 scrapers	 and	 awls	 utilizing	 the	 bone	
435-102 CArVInG                                                  and	antler	from	caribou	and	moose.	
In	 the	 Carving	 course	 students	 will	 become	 familiar	
with	 a	 variety	 of	 carving	 materials	 including:	 stone,	    435-210 ProDuCT DeVeLoPmenT smALL CrAFTs
bone,	 antler,	 and	 ivory.	 Students	 will	 learn	 carving	     Students	will	learn	to	design	and	construct	a	variety	of	
design	 and	 appropriate	 tool	 usage.	 They	 will	 bring	 a	    original	 small	 craft	 items.	 Emphasis	 will	 be	 placed	 on	
carving	 project	 to	 completion	 using	 various	 finishing	     product	 development	 for	 the	 market	 place.	 Students	
techniques.	 Students	 will	 also	 acquire	 a	 basic	            will	plan	and	produce	projects	that	employ	traditional	
understanding	of	geology.                                        skills,	 materials	 and	 techniques.	 Stringent	 quality	
                                                                 control	 standards	 will	 be	 developed.	 The	 goal	 of	 this	
435-103 seWInG                                                   course	is	to	create	high	quality	products	at	a	standard	
Students	 will	 learn	 measuring,	 pattern	 drafting	 and	       that	 increases	 the	 overall	 inventory	 of	 desirable,	
basic	sewing	techniques.		Hand	sewing	skills	will	include	       affordable	and	marketable	northern	artistic	products.	
the	decorative	techniques	of	appliqué,	‘delta	braid’	and	
embroidery	(including	Brazilian	embroidery).	Students	           435-211 TAnnInG Fur
will	learn	to	operate	a	sewing	machine,	an	embroidery	           During	 this	 course	 students	 will	 learn	 to	 ‘home	 tan’,	
machine	and	a	serger.                                            stretch	 and	 cut	 the	 raw	 fur	 of	 beaver,	 fox,	 lynx	 and	
                                                                 rabbit.	 They	 will	 transform	 these	 skins	 into	 valuable	
435-104 mArKeTInG I                                              artistic	resources	and	marketable	products.	Products	
The	 Marketing	 I	 course	 will	 teach	 the	 concepts	 of	       will	be	developed	which	utilize	traditional	skills	such	
marketing	 as	 they	 apply	 to	 the	 production	 and	 selling	   as	knitting	with	fur	and	making	trim	for	parkas.		
of	 Aboriginal	 arts	 and	 crafts.	 Students	 will	 have	 the	
opportunity to understand these concepts from both a             435-204 mArKeTInG II
theoretical	and	a	practical	point	of	view.	                      The	 Marketing	 II	 course	 focuses	 on	 personal	 and	
                                                                 business	 promotion.	 	 Students	 will	 develop	 an	
435-105 HIsTorY oF ABorIGInAL ArT I                              artist	 profile	 and	 portfolio	 for	 small	 business	 and/
The	History	of	Aboriginal	Art	I	course	will	focus	on	the	        or	 employment	 purposes.	 Course	 work	 will	 also	
history	 and	 development	 of	 traditional	 northern	 art	       include	 small	 business	 development	 and	 the	 design	
forms:	 hide	 tanning,	 sewing,	 and	 carving.	 Through	         of	 promotional	 material.	 Students	 will	 take	 part	 in	
stories,	 films	 and	 presentations	 students	 will	 explore	    exhibits	of	their	work.
the	cultural	significance	of	these	Aboriginal	art	forms.
                                                                 435-205 HIsTorY oF ABorIGInAL ArT II
435-106 ComPuTers I                                              The	History	of	Aboriginal	Art	II	course	will	focus	on	the	
Students	will	be	introduced	to	keyboarding.	They	will	study	     historical	development	of	the	following	traditional	art	
the	parts	of	the	computer	and	a	short	tour	of	Windows	XP	        forms:	 beadwork,	 Aboriginal	 footwear,	 skin	 and	 fur	
will	be	completed.	This	course	will	emphasize	the	use	of	        clothing,	and	tool	making.	Through	stories,	films	and	
Word	2002.	Students	will	learn	to	create	and	edit	various	       presentations,	 students	 will	 explore	 the	 history	 and	
documents.	 Electronic	 artistic	 design	 methods	 will	 also	   cultural	significance	of	these	Aboriginal	art	forms.
be	explored.	Students	will	develop	an	awareness	of	the	
internet	as	a	marketing	tool.		

                                                                                                                                                      119
                         435-206 ComPuTers II


      trAditionAl Arts
                         Building on Computers l students will learn to
                         keyboard	 with	 improved	 speed	 and	 accuracy.	 They	
                         will	 become	 more	 adept	 in	 their	 use	 of	 Windows	
                         XP	 and	 Word	 2002.	 	 Students	 will	 create	 and	 edit	
                         various	 documents,	 and	 further	 their	 ability	 to	 use	
                         the	 internet	 as	 a	 marketing	 tool.	 Electronic	 design	
                         methods	will	be	further	developed.	

                         moDuLe III
                         435-312 norTHern emBeLLIsHmenTs
                         Students	 will	 be	 instructed	 in	 the	 traditional	 arts	 of	
                         moose	hair	and	caribou	hair	tufting	and	embroidery.	
                         They will learn horsehair embroidery and porcupine
                         quillwork.	 Instruction	 will	 include	 the	 collection,	
                         cleaning	and	dyeing	of	the	hair,	fur	and	quills.

                         435-313 BusH AnD TunDrA CrAFTs
                         This	 course	 provides	 instruction	 in	 the	 collection,	
                         preparation	 and	 conservation	 of	 natural	 materials	
                         used	to	make	crafts.	Students	will	construct	projects	
                         using	 a	 variety	 of	 materials,	 including:	 willow,	 birch	
                         bark,	 branches,	 roots	 and	 grasses.	 Students	 will	 be	
                         required	 to	 produce	 a	 variety	 of	 products	 including	
                         willow	 baskets,	 furniture,	 dolls,	 and	 a	 product	 of	
                         choice.

                         435-304 mArKeTInG III
                         Students	will	learn	how	to	write	proposals,	and	how	
                         to	develop	and	write	a	business	plan.

                         435-305 HIsTorY oF ABorIGInAL ArT III
                         The	 History	 of	 Aboriginal	 Art	 III	 course	 will	 focus	
                         on	 the	 historical	 development	 of	 the	 traditional	 art	
                         forms	 practiced	 in	 the	 Northern	 Embellishments	
                         course.	These	art	forms	include	tufting	and	quillwork,	
                         and	bush	crafts	that	employ	materials	such	as	roots	
                         and	willow.	Through	stories,	films	and	presentations	
                         students	will	explore	the	cultural	significance	of	these	
                         Aboriginal	art	forms.

                         435-309 TooL mAKInG II
                         Students	 will	 learn	 how	 to	 make	 fishhooks	 and	 a	
                         miniature	braided	dog	whip.	They	will	use	traditional	
                         materials	 including	 bone,	 grasses,	 hide,	 wool	 and	
                         roots.

                         435-306 ComPuTers III
                         Building	 on	 Computers	 II	 students	 will	 learn	 to	
                         keyboard	 with	 improved	 speed	 and	 accuracy.	 They	
                         will	become	more	adept	in	their	use	of	Windows	XP	
                         and	Word	2002.	Students	will	learn	how	to	operate	
                         Microsoft	 Excel	 XP	 and	 Microsoft	 Front	 Page	 XP.	
                         Students	 will	 learn	 how	 to	 create	 web	 pages,	 and	
                         further their ability to use the internet as both a
                         research	and	a	marketing	tool.




120
121